PH FFSQ0106 Assistant Furniture Designer

Assistant Furniture Designer
Par�cipant Handbook
Sector
Furniture and Fi�ngs
Sub-Sector
Wooden/Modular Furniture
Occupation
Design: Wooden/Modular Furniture
Reference ID: FFS/Q0106, Version 1.0

NSQF level: 4
Assistant Furniture
Designer
1
Published by
VIKAS ® PUBLISHING HOUSE PVT. LTD.

E-28, Sector-8, Noida-201301 (UP)
Phone: 0120-4078900 • Fax: 0120-4078999
7361, Ravindra Mansion, Ram Nagar, New Delhi-110055
Website: www.vikaspublishing.com •
All Rights Reserved
ISBN 978-93-5271-242-7
Printed in India
Copyright © 2018
Address: 407-408, 4th Floor, DLF City Court, MG Road, Sikanderpur

Gurugram-122002, Haryana, India
Phone: +91 124 4513900
Disclaimer
The contained herein has been obtained from sources reliable to Furniture and Skill
Council. Furniture and Skill Council disclaims all to the accuracy, completeness or
adequacy of such Furniture and Skill Council shall have no liability for errors,
omissions, or inadequacies, in the contained herein, or for thereof. Every
has been made to trace the owners of the copyright material included in the book. The publishers would be
grateful for any omissions brought to their for acknowledgments in future of the book. No
in Furniture and Skill Council shall be responsible for any loss whatsoever, sustained by any
person who relies on this material. The material in this is copyrighted. No parts of this
may be reproduced, stored or distributed in any form or by any means either on paper or
electronic media, unless authorized by the Furniture and Skill Council .
Skilling is building a be�er India.
If we have to move India towards
development then Skill Development
should be our mission.
Shri Narendra Modi

Prime Minister of India
iii
Participant Handbook
iv
Acknowledgements
Furniture and Fittings Skill Council (FFSC) would like to express its gratitude to all the individuals and institutions
who contributed in different ways towards the preparation of this “Participant Handbook”. Without their
contribution it could not have been completed. Special thanks are extended to those who collaborated in the
preparation of its different modules. Sincere appreciation is also extended to all who provided peer review for
these modules.
The preparation of this handbook would not have been possible without the Furniture & Fittings Industry’s
support. Industry feedback has been extremely encouraging from inception to conclusion and it is with their
input that we have tried to bridge the skill gaps existing today in the industry.
This participant handbook is dedicated to the aspiring youth who desire to achieve special skills which will be a
lifelong asset for their future endeavors.
v
About this book

This Participant Handbook is designed for providing skill training and /or upgrading the knowledge level of the
Trainees to take up the job of an “Assistant Furniture Designer” in the Furniture and Fittings Sector.
This Participant Handbook is designed based on the Qualification Pack (QP) under the National Skill Qualification
framework (NSQF) and it comprises of the following National Occupational Standards (NOS)/topics and
additional topics.
1. Introduction
2. FFS/N0109 Research and creation of furniture design concept
3. FFS/N0110 Create a scale model and build a furniture prototype
4. FFS/N8601 Ensure health and safety at workplace
5. FFS/N8801 Work effectively with others
6. Employability & Entrepreneurship Skills
Symbols Used
Key Learning Exercise Tips Notes

Outcomes
Summary
vi
Table of Contents
S.No Modules and Units Page No
1. Introduction 1
Unit 1.1 - Introducing the Furniture and Fittings Sector in India 3
Unit 1.2 - Common Furniture Styles 5
Unit 1.3 - Defining Modular Design of Furniture 14
2. Research and Creation of Furniture Design Concept (FFS/N0109) 19
Unit 2.1 - Furniture Design Objective and Research 21
Unit 2.2 - Prioritize Work Activities to Achieve Desired Results 48
Unit 2.3 - Create Design Concept 57
Unit 2.4 - Furniture Design Drawing and Approval 84
3. Create a Scale Model and Build a Furniture Prototype (FFS/N0110) 123
Unit 3.1 - Create a Scale Model 125
Unit 3.2 - Build a Prototype and Test 138
4. Ensure Health and Safety at Workplace (FFS/N8601) 157
Unit 4.1 - Health and Safety 159
Unit 4.2 - Dealing with Emergencies 186
5. Work Effectively with Others (FFS/N8801) 225
Unit 5.1 - Interaction with Seniors 227
Unit 5.2 - Work Effectively 234
6. Employability & Entrepreneurship Skills 249
Unit 6.1 - Personal Strengths & Value Systems 253
Unit 6.2 - Digital Literacy: A Recap 269
Unit 6.3 - Money Matters 274
Unit 6.4 - Preparing for Employment & Self Employment 282
Unit 6.5 - Understanding Entrepreneurship 290
Unit 6.6: Preparing to be an Entrepreneur 312
vii
viii
1. Introduction
Unit 1.1 - Introducing the Furniture and Fittings Sector

in India
Unit 1.2 - Common Furniture Styles
Unit 1.3 - Defining Modular Design of Furniture
Key Learning Outcomes

At the end of this module, you will be able to:
1. Discuss the Furniture and Fittings sector in India
2. Analyze the common furniture styles
3. Define modularity
2
Unit 1.1: Introducing the Furniture and Fittings Sector in India
Unit Objectives
At the end of this unit, you will be able to:
1. Evaluate the Furniture and Fittings sector in India
2. Analyse the statistics for furniture purchase in India
1.1.1 Get an Overview of the Furniture and Fittings Sector

in India
• Currently, India is the 14th largest market in the world for the Furniture and Fittings sector, as stated by
HKTDC Research.
• The Indian middle-class population and business organisations are gradually recovering from the temporary
market decline, which was driven by recent economic reforms and measures. These are like Demonetization,
introduction of the GST (Goods and Services Tax) and advent of the Long-Term Capital Gains Tax.
• The GDP (Gross Domestic Product) of India, for the fiscal year 2018-19, has been forecasted to grow by
7-7.5% by the Economic Survey of India (2017-18).
• This can be attributed to the rise in per capita income level and the subsequent growth in consumption by
the urban and semi-urban middle-class population.
• The choice and consumption of middle-class population in India are now driven by need, quality and
convenience, rather than affordable prices.
• Middle-class households are now interested in enhancing their lifestyle standards by decorating their homes
with modern and chic furniture, fixtures and fittings.
• The Furniture & Fittings sector in India has been forecasted, by TechSci Research, to beat INR 3200 Crores
by 2019.
• Apart from the rising consumption of middle-class households, expansion of the Tourism and
• Hospitality sector would also substantially contribute towards the mammoth growth of the Furniture &
Fittings sector.
• According to recent reports by KPMG India, the current Furniture & Fittings sector in India comprises the
following segments:
Fig. 1.1.1.1: popular brands in Indian furniture industry
3
Fig. 1.1.1.2: Furniture Industry in India
On the basis of the area of applicability, the major subsectors in the Indian Furniture & Fittings sector are:
• Home Furniture segment (comprises furniture used to furnish and decorate Indian homes)
• Office Furniture segment (comprises furniture used in commercial spaces)
• Contract segment (caters to the need of Tourism & Hospitality industry)
Fig. 1.1.1.3: Statistics for Furniture purchase in India
4
Unit 1.2: Common Furniture Styles
Unit Objectives
1. State the History and Style of Furniture
2. Identify the common furniture styles (before and after 20th Century)
1.2.1 About History and Style of Furniture

History of Furniture
The concept of furniture came from ancient Egypt. The chief forms of furniture were boxes, chairs, beds
and thrones. One of the earliest forms of furniture were beds that were made up of wood and had a simple
framework.
The location of one of the great beds was found in Tutankhamen’s tomb which was put together with staples
and bronze hooks. The ideology behind such furniture design was simple – quick folding and dismantling process
and easy facilitation for transportation and storage.
Fig. 1.2.1.1: Furniture from Tutankhamen’s tomb
As per the early Indian culture, the furniture-making tradition started with the Vijayanagar Empire (South India)
during the 14th Century.
The common types of wood that were used for creating and designing furniture in ancient and present India are:
• Rosewood or Shisham
• Ebony (Aabnus or Aablus)
• Acacia (Olonkar or Badam)
• Teak (Segun or Sagaun)
In India, the furniture designs were heavily inspired by traditional English Styles, Indo-Dutch Style, Goanese
Style, Mughal Style, and Indo-European furniture.
5
Fig. 1.2.1.2: Furniture design with East and West blend - Goanese Style
Fig. 1.2.1.3: Traditional English Styles
Fig. 1.2.1.4: Indo Portuguese Furniture
6
Fig. 1.2.1.5: Mughal Style Wooden Furniture
The common styles of furniture are:

Before 20th Century
Style Characteristics Images
• Geometric, symmetrical design

and a strong emphasis on
rectilinear lines and shapes
• Ornate carvings, influenced by
Jacobean
the Classical era and detailed
geometric motifs
• Physically and visually heavy
• Very close to the ground level
• Replaced the orthogonal,

rectilinear Jacobean style with
soft curves and graceful spirals
• Physically lighter and sleeker,
as compared to the Jacobean
William and Mary style
• Visually disconnected from and
higher off the ground
• Implemented Dovetails joints
to incorporate softer features in
furniture
7
• Geometric, symmetrical design

and a strong emphasis on
rectilinear lines and shapes
• Ornate carvings, influenced by
Queen Anne
the Classical era and detailed
geometric motifs
• Physically and visually heavy
• Very close to the ground level
Pennsylvania Dutch • Influenced by American and

German culture
• Straightforward and utilitarian
style
• Incorporated straight lines and
tapered legs
• Less use of ornate curves
• Decorated with colorful folk
painting on the cases, generally
depicting natural sceneries or
geometric patterns
• Often polished, finished and
varnished with veneer (thin,
decorative piece of fine wood)
Chippendale • Pioneered by English cabinet-
maker Thomas Chippendale
• Highly elegant and classy, this
style incorporates the important
features of Gothic, Chinese and
Rococo influence
• Pointed arches, wooden lattice,
and S-shaped curves were
adopted from the Gothic culture
• Fretwork design and Jappaning
were adopted from the Chinese
culture
• Rococo influence brought about
designs like broad chair seats,
decorated with interlacing ribbon
backs
• Stained Maple was used, instead
of Mahogany, Walnut and Cherry
Wood to reduce cost
• Such furniture were often
finished with a clear wax coating
• Easily recognized from designs
like the Ball-and-Claw foot and
Chair backs decorated with
ribbon and shell motifs
8

Chippendale • Pioneered by English cabinet-
maker Thomas Chippendale
• Highly elegant and classy, this
style incorporates the important
features of Gothic, Chinese and
Rococo influence
• Pointed arches, wooden lattice,
and S-shaped curves were
adopted from the Gothic culture
• Fretwork design and Jappaning
were adopted from the Chinese
culture
• Rococo influence brought about
designs like broad chair seats,
decorated with interlacing ribbon
backs
• Stained Maple was used, instead
of Mahogany, Walnut and Cherry
Wood to reduce cost
• Such furniture were often
finished with a clear wax coating
• Easily recognized from designs
like the Ball-and-Claw foot and
Chair backs decorated with
ribbon and shell motifs
Hepplewhite • Pioneered by English designer
George Hepplewhite
• Very graceful and influenced by
the Neoclassical style
• Delicate appearance due to ex-
tensive use of veneers with con-
trasting colors (Marquetry)
• Presence of decorative motifs
like elegant swags, tapered legs,
curling ribbons, feathers, urns,
trees, etc.
• Use of narrow vertical strips of
wood glued to a heavy back-
ground clot called 'Tambours.'
• Incorporates simple geometric
shapes like circle and primary
curves
9

• Marked with the use of thinner
legs
• Visually lighter as compared to
other styles
• Characterized by Rectangular
Chair and Sofa backs
• Characterized by Cabinets
and dressers with rectilinear
Sheraton
features
• Flaunts the presence of ornate
and delicate lines and contrasting
veneers, influenced by the
Neoclassical style
• The legs are usually tapered,
often resembling columns of a
Greek temple in appearance
• Incorporates the borderline

features of the Sheraton and the
Hepplewhite styles
Federal • Depicts strong use of ornate
inlay, tapered legs, straight lines
and delicate feature columns of a
Greek temple in appearance
• Characterized by traditional
ornamentation, rustic decoration
and dark finish
• Depicts a strong presence of
Roman and Greek motifs
American Empire
• Visually heavy, thus
communicating strength and
durability
• Highly decorated, to depict
prosperity
• This style was greatly influenced
by Queen Victoria's love for
heavy, ornate decoration
• This style primarily includes
a mixture of the Gothic,
Victorian Neoclassical and Rococo
features
• Usually characterized by dark
pieces of furniture, heavy fabrics,
and chinaware and glassware as
accessories
10

Scandinavian Contemporary • Involves basic, utilitarian style
• Primarily built out of natural
wood
• Influenced by less ornate details
• Defined strongly by modern,
clean, solid pieces
• Designed to occupy less space,
in a clutter-free manner
Scandinavian Contemporary • Involves basic, utilitarian style

• Primarily built out of natural
wood
• Influenced by less ornate details
• Defined strongly by modern,
clean, solid pieces
• Designed to occupy less space,
in a clutter-free manner
Post 20th Century

• Antique
• Traditional
• Vintage
• Rustic
• Art Deco
• Retro
• Modern
• Contemporary
• Modular
11
• A piece of furniture is
considered “Antique” if it is at
least 100 years old
• Generally built out of wood
• Antique furniture comprises
Antique
ornate details and specific
motifs that help in determining
their date of origin and thus,
their prices
• This style incorporates the best

features of styles like Queen
Anne, Chippendale and Sheraton
Traditional • Significant features are the
elegant ornamentation, straight
lines and gently tapered legs
• Younger in age as compared to

Antique, this style of furniture
flaunts the most prominent
features of a particular detail
associated with a certain period
• Incorporates a very charming,
Vintage
delicate, lightweight style
• Wood is painted in light pastel
colors like Wool White, Beryl
Green, Santa’s Gray, Mauve,
Oriental Pink, etc
• Characterized by geometric and

angular patterns
• Typical examples of such
patterns are ziggurats,
pyramidal, triangular,
trapezoidal, zigzagged, chevron,
Art Deco
sunburst, sweeping curves,
stepped forms, etc.
• It harmonizes jazzy patterns with
materials like glass, chrome,
mirrors, etc.
12

• This style bears the look of
having been built between the
1950s and the 1980s
• This style imitates previous
Retro fashion trends
• Evokes nostalgic feelings and
memories related to a particular
era or place
• Characterized by smooth
surfaces, minimal decoration,
standardized dimensions,
neutral design and combination
of different materials in an ad
hoc manner
• Common materials are Steel,
Vinyl, Plastic and Leather
Modern
• However, the use of natural
materials is predominant
• Prominent use of
monochromatic color palettes
• Marked by a balance between
aesthetics, utility, and
affordability
• This style is ever-changing and

adapts itself with time
• Contemporary style pertains
to the style most popular
nowadays
• Although referred to
synonymously, the
Contemporary style is
Contemporary
completely different from the
modern style of furniture
• The Modern style refers to a
particular era (the 1900s), while
the Contemporary style walks
hand-in-hand with the changing
time
• Specific form of portable

furniture aimed at saving space
• Highly utilitarian and cost-
effective
• Divided into numerous small
and solid units, which can be
Art Deco connected horizontally, vertically
and matrix-wise, using a simple
series of steps
• All small parts or “modules” in a
system are reusable and scalable
13
Unit 1.3: Defining Modular Design of Furniture
Unit Objectives
1. Define and explain Modularity
2. Evaluate the characteristics of Modular Furniture
3. Categorise Modular Furniture according to design
1.3.1 Defining and Explaining Modularity

• Modularity is an approach of designing furniture, which involves subdividing a system into numerous small
building blocks, or elementary components, commonly known as "modules" or "skids".
• These elementary modules, building blocks or skids can be autonomously created for developing various
systems.
• In simple words, Modularity enables us to develop and administer a system by the “divide and rule” policy.
• The procedure, in which a system can be broken down or subdivided into modules, is called “Functional
Allocation”.
• Modular furniture can not only be assembled from small modules but also be dismantled into them, thus
making repeated assembly and disassembly possible.
• For re-assembling specific pieces of furniture (say, modular bed), entire sets of modules are available and
sold in the market in the form of prefilled packages.
• Modularity is a popular concept that is applicable not only in building furniture but also in the following
areas:
ᴑᴑ Architecture
ᴑᴑ Designing and building Heavy Vehicles
ᴑᴑ Aerodynamics
ᴑᴑ Building Heavy Machinery
ᴑᴑ Manufacturing Computer Hardware
ᴑᴑ Developing and testing Software using OOPS (Object-oriented Programming System) concept
1.3.2 Characteristics of Modular Furniture

Modular Furniture and their components exhibit the following characteristics:
Reusability The same modules can be arranged and built up according to
various designs or matrices to develop diverse types of furniture.
Discreteness Individual modules or skids have autonomous properties and are
functionally distinct from the other modules in the matrix.
Adaptability An existing modular design can be broken down into its modules,
which can be reconstructed into another modular design, serving a
different purpose.
14
Application Hardware application plays an important role in modular furniture.

Scalability A modular design is scalable, i.e., its size, shape, and dimensions
can be varied by rearranging, increasing or decreasing (as per
requirement) the number of modules used in building it
Simplicity • As the term suggests, modular designs are very simple to
understand and easy to build
• This is because the first step in building design is to understand
the individual, small building blocks
Reliability • Modular designs are very precise, accurate and highly
reliable
• This is because each design is created and built using discrete
modules, which are precise regarding individual dimensions,
make and specifications
Cost Minimization and • Modularity helps in reducing training, operational (assembling,
Space Utilization installing and dismantling) and maintenance costs
• The very purpose behind modularity is Space utilization
1.3.3 Classifying Modular Furniture According to Design

According to design, Modular Furniture can be classified into the following:
• Single-bodied
• Multi-bodied
• Universal for completion
• On a frame
• For hanging
15
Summary
• India is the 14th largest market in the world for the Furniture and Fittings sector, as stated by HKTDC Research.
• The Indian middle-class population and business organizations are gradually recovering from the temporary
market decline.
• The GDP (Gross Domestic Product) of India, for the fiscal year 2018-19, has been forecasted to grow by
7-7.5% by the Economic Survey of India (2017-18).
• Middle-class households are now interested in enhancing their lifestyle standards by decorating their homes
with modern and chic furniture, fixtures and fittings.
• The Furniture & Fittings sector in India has been forecasted, by TechSci Research, to beat INR 3200 Crores
by 2019.
• Furniture styles can be broadly categorized into - Before and After the 20th Century
• Modularity is an approach of designing furniture, which involves subdividing a system into numerous small
building blocks
• Modular Furniture can be classified according to the design.
• The location of one of the great beds was found in Tutankhamen’s tomb which was put together with staples
and bronze hooks.
16
Notes
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
17
Exercise
Choose the Correct Option
1. Which sector also substantially contributes towards the mammoth growth of the Furniture & Fittings sector?
a) Bartending b) Electrical c) Hospitality
2. The characteristic of which furniture type has geometric and angular patterns?
a) Retro b) Art Deco c) Vintage
3. The full form of OOPS is:

a) On-Line Operating Plan System b) Operation on Placental Support c) Object-oriented
Programming System
4. Modularity helps in reducing training, operational (assembling, installing and dismantling) and:
a) Maintenance costs b) Travel allowance c) Electricity bills
5. As per the early Indian culture, the furniture-making tradition started with the Vijayanagar Empire (South
India) during which Century?
a) 50th b)14th c) 3rd
Activity
Chart Paper
• In this session, the Trainer will divide the class into 3 groups
• After the group is formed, the Trainer will give the groups their respective topic.
• The topic for the 1st group will be on “History of Furniture.”
• The topic for the 2nd group will be on “Types of Furniture before the 20th Century.”
• The topic for the 3rd group will be on “Types of Furniture Post 20th Century.”
• The Trainees can use both texts as well as hand-drawn diagrams to represent their answers.
• After the groups complete their work, it is the responsibility of the Trainer to collect all the charts and
evaluate them properly
• The group that impressively creates the chart with valid points and diagrams will receive appreciation and
accolades
18
2. Research and
Creation of Furniture
Design Concept
Unit 2.1 - Furniture Design Objective and Research
Unit 2.2 - Prioritize Work Activities to Achieve Desired
Results
Unit 2.3 - Create Design Concept
Unit 2.4 - Furniture Design Drawing and Approval
FFS/N0109
19

1. List the furniture design objective and research
2. State the correct process of marking out and measuring accurately
3. Illustrate furniture ergonomics
4. Relate about design software like Auto-CAD, CorelDraw, Photoshop
20
Unit 2.1: Furniture Design Objective and Research
Unit Objectives
1. Express furniture design objective and research
2. List and prioritize work activities to achieve desired results
3. State about the design concept
4. Describe furniture design drawing and approval
2.1.1 Organisation Procedures and Formalities to be completed

during Work
An assistant furniture designer must understand that successful designing, assembly, and installation is not a
mechanical work that can be done alone.
There are a few other important aspects of the designing processes that an assistant furniture designer must
consider.
There are relevant procedures and formalities that designers require to check. They are like:
• Appropriate documentation
• Accepting client’s payment
• Reporting
• Calling up and asking for the clients’ suggestions (if any)
• Greeting the client on visit
• Using appropriate PPE
Statutory Responsibilities under Organization Rules and Regulations

• An assistant furniture designer must abide by all clauses in his / her job responsibilities and code of conduct.
These are considered statutory as per the organizational legislation and regulations.
• The role and responsibilities of an assistant furniture designer depend on the situation and the phase of the
project. It is extremely important that the designer, on requirement, must switch between the role of a Team
Player and a Team Leader.
• During the process and during each phase of the project, the assistant furniture designer must identify the
mandatory clauses in his / her job responsibilities and play the role accordingly.
• It is important that on the initiation of an assignment or project, the assistant furniture designer is subjected
to an induction or a training session on his / her work area and related responsibilities.
Escalation Hierarchy and Code of Conduct

Organizational hierarchy refers to the pyramid of ranks or posts in an organization. In an organization, every
employee has to report to the immediate boss. In case of escalations, the employee should put it forward to the
immediate boss. Here, we will see the escalation hierarchy in the furniture industry.
21
Fig. 2.1.1.1: Sectoral hierarchy
Any person in an organization should escalate his/ her issues to the person he/she is reporting. For example, as
an assistant furniture designer, you will be working under and with your supervisor or senior furniture designer.
You should contact your supervisor in case of queries on procedures, products, or problem. If it is not satisfactorily
resolved, you can report your query to a higher level.
Although, organizations encourage direct escalation to higher levels in some cases, like:
• Breach of code of conduct
• Women Harassment
• Racial discrimination
• Misbehavior by co-workers/seniors
Code of Conduct
• It is mandatory to follow the design standards that are approved by the Project Director and Project Manager.
• You should not indulge in any fraudulent activity
22
You should project pleasant behavior to the Admin team, other designers, and customers
• You should not put your personal watermark in the created furniture designs sanctioned by your company
• The submission of furniture designs should be before the allotted deadline
• It is considered inappropriate to ask the clients for their personal contact numbers
• Misbehavior with clients regarding money is a strict no-no
Standard Operating Procedures

• There is a set of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for the designing of each modular furniture or unit.
• As a part of the organizational context, an assistant furniture designer must thoroughly learn, abide by and
refer to the SOP before starting an operation.
• Apart from the SOPs, a designer must also thoroughly read and follow the Instruction Manuals and Directions
of Use of software required for designing of modular furniture.
• In case of accidents and deviations from protocols, a designer must report the same according to the
standard Escalation Hierarchy
Roles and Responsibilities in Executing the Work and Support Requirement from Subordinates
1. Recognising the key opportunities required for the work delegation: When you are given a task, it is
imperative that you complete the task on time. Being the project delegator, it is your responsibility to
break down your task into a series of steps like brainstorming, designing as per requirement and with
measurements, etc.
2. Setting objectives as per your project: Being a designer, you would be opened to the designing of various
types of modular furniture. This may be of individual nature like beds, lounges, chairs, etc. or of sets like
kitchens, bedrooms, office rooms, etc.
It is necessary that for every project you have proper planning regarding the flow of work and its execution.
3. Using the strength of your Subordinates: Even though your co-workers and you are in the same department,
there are chances of them possessing certain skills. That may be related to flawless 2D drawing, AutoCAD
drawing, or creating furniture models that would stand fit to be put together.
For an effortless and excellent task, it is better to delegate to work to your colleagues who are adept at those
fields.
Organisation Processes and Products and Services

As per the standard organization processes, an assistant furniture designer require to follow certain things:
• Gathering information about the organization’s clients
ᴑᴑ Generally, assistant furniture designers are grouped in the organizational hierarchy as per the clients and
assignments they are working in.
ᴑᴑ It is extremely crucial for an assistant furniture designer to understand the requirements and specifications
of a given assignment or task before laying hands on it.
ᴑᴑ Apart from reading the work order carefully, a person can also gather relevant and fruitful information
about the assignment or job by knowing and understanding the client he/she would be working for.
ᴑᴑ This can be accomplished by interacting with senior colleagues and supervisors who have worked for the
same client(s) previously.
ᴑᴑ Knowing the organization’s clients help not only in understanding the project better, but also in handling
objections if any.
23
• Getting acquainted with the various types of designs of the products

ᴑᴑ Apart from the general style of furniture available in the market as “popular trends”, any business
organization that manufactures, assembles and installs modular furniture, design their own products.
ᴑᴑ An organization’s own products are unique. This is in terms of design type, make of the product, style,
and utility.
ᴑᴑ The more unique and special a product is, the more difficult it is for its competitors to replicate its design
and features.
ᴑᴑ This uniqueness of the products helps an organization build or strengthen its brand value and reputation
in the market.
ᴑᴑ In order to design a given product accurately and as per the given specifications, an assistant furniture
designer must familiarize with the latest trends, models, prototypes, and types of designs of the products
available in the market.
• Familiarizing about the relevant safety and security procedures to be followed

ᴑᴑ While carrying out the product or prototype creation process, assistant furniture designers must take
adequate safety and security measures. This is to protect themselves and others in the workplace against
potential risks and hazards.
ᴑᴑ Such procedures include SOPs, Instruction Manuals, Dos and Don’ts of carrying out the operations as
well as using, storing and maintaining PPE.
ᴑᴑ One must never miss or avoid mock drills and safety training sessions as these are the sessions where
the actual safety measures during different disasters, hazards and emergencies are enacted, simulated
and demonstrated practically.
About Terminology, Abbreviations, Symbols, Dimension Matrix Etc.

Terminology
Alder A light brown hardwood from the Birch family.
Back Splat Vertical slat of wood in the center of the back of a chair.
Furniture leg which curves outward from where it’s attached descending in a reverse
Cabriole curve into an ornamental foot.
Round wooden pin; usually spiral fluted or reeded, used to join pieces of wood
Dowel together and strengthen the joint.
Engineered Manmade sheet goods made from wood chips and glue under pressure; commonly
Wood referred to as particle board.
Faux Finish Decorative finish used to imitate the look of a natural material
Grain The natural patterns in wood created by the direction of fibers.
Headboard The upright structure attached to the head of the bed frame.
Decorative technique of inserting contrasting wood veneers or materials to create a
Inlay feature or design.
Japan Drier A drying agent or solvent used to speed up the drying time of oil based finishes.
Kiln Dried Lumber dried in a kiln to specified uniform moisture content.
Composite material used on counter or table tops; provides a heat resistant, wipe
Laminate clean surface.
Molding Decorative strip covering transitions or used for ornamentation.
Nesting Tables Multiple tables graduating in height allowing one to be stored under another; usually
in sets of three.
Ovolo Convex molding referred to a quarter-round molding.
24
Ovolo Convex molding referred to a quarter-round molding.

Plinth The squared base or pedestal that supports a cabinet or piece of furniture instead of
legs
Quarter Sawn Wood, cut from a log, which has been quartered lengthwise sometimes exposing
distinctive grain patterns such as tiger striped oak.
Runners Strips of wood on which drawers slide
Stretchers The horizontal braces which connect and reinforce the vertical elements together
such as chair or table legs.
Tenon A projection at the end of a piece of wood which fits into a mortise to join the pieces
together.
Unfinished Furniture that has not been stained, painted or had a finish applied to it.
Varnish A solvent based transparent film finish used to coat furniture.
Webbing Strips of elastic or woven fabric used to provide support for upholstered arms, backs,
and seats.
Zig-Zag Spring A sinuous or S-shaped upholstery spring used in a chair, ottoman and sofa seats and
backrests.
Abbreviations
• CL - Centreline
• CLP - Classification, Labelling, and Packaging
• CAD – Computer Aided Design
• FAS - Firsts-and-Seconds (hardwood-lumber grading)
• GST - Goods and Services Tax
• GDP - Gross Domestic Product
• HTP - Human Toxicity Potential
• HKTDC - Hong Kong Trade Development Council
• MDF - Medium Density Fibreboard
• OOPS - Object-oriented Programming System
• REACH - Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals
• S4S - surfaced on four sides
• S3S - surfaced on three sides
• S2S - surfaced on two sides
• TPI - threads per inch
• VOC - Volatile Organic Compound
25
Symbols
1. Bookcase and Cabinet Symbols
Fig. 2.1.1.2: Bookcase and cabinet symbols
2. Washroom related Symbol
Fig. 2.1.1.3: Washroom related symbols 1
26
27
3. Chair and Table Symbols
Fig. 2.1.1.6: Chair and table symbols 1
Fig. 2.1.1.7: Chair and table symbols 2
Sample of Floor Plan layout
Fig. 2.1.1.8: Sample floor plan
28
Dimension Matrix
• As a part of the profession, an assistant furniture designer must be well aware of the common glossary of
terms, symbols abbreviations and dimension matrices available with the employer organization.
• A Dimension Matrix helps in mapping given furniture with the standard dimensions and guidelines for
manufacture and repair.
• Designing Tables - General Dimension Matrix:
Width / Depth
Type of Table Height (Inches) Length (Inches)
(Inches)
Coffee, Rectangular 15-17 36-60 18-24
Coffee, Round 15-17 36-42 (diameter) 36-42 (diameter)
Dining, Rectangular 28-30 60-80 36-42
40 (minimum 40 (minimum
Dining, Round 28-30
diameter) diameter)
Writing 28-30 36-40 20-24
• Designing Chairs- General Dimension Matrix:

Parameter Standard Dimensions
Seat Width 16”-20”
Seat Depth 15”-18”
Seat Height from the floor 16”-18”
Slope of Seat Front to Rear 5-8 degrees
Armrest Height above Seat 7”-9’
Armrest Length (full armrest) 8” (minimum)
Armrest Width 2” (average)
Seat Back height 12”-16’ (above seat)
0-5 degrees (formal), 10-15 degrees
Seat Back Recline Angle
(casual)
• Designing Average Adult Beds - General Dimension Matrix:

Parameter Standard Dimensions (Inches)
Height to top of mattress 16-24
Best mattress height for sitting 17-18
Best mattress height for changing sheets 24
Acceptable toe room 6-8
29
• Designing Desks
Type of Desk Height (Inches) Width (Inches) Depth (Inches)
Children’s Desk 20-22 24-30 18-20
Computer Desk 24-28 24-60 20-30
Secretary Desk 28-30 60-80 36-42
Table Desk 28-30 30-48 20-30
Writing Desk 28-30 36-40 20-24
About The Organization’s Regular Buyers and Their Tastes and Preferences
• An organization selling modular furniture can attain regular buyers when they can fulfill their requirement.
• Buyers come back to the same organization from where they can buy quality furniture at an affordable
range.
• As per the taste and preference of Indian buyers, the aspects that they usually look for are:
ᴑᴑ Good quality wood (preferably Sheesham for sofas, beds, dressing tables, etc.)
ᴑᴑ Intricate work on the furniture
ᴑᴑ Glossy polishing for residential and commercial based furniture (houses, art galleries, bars, restaurants,
etc.) and matte for corporate use
ᴑᴑ Compact furniture for smaller rooms without cutting off the modern looks
2.1.2 Instructions from Design in Charge/Supervisor or Client

about Design Objective
The foremost information that you require to take from your in charge or the client is the type of furniture he or
she needs and the purpose of it. The objective of the furniture design is based on the purpose.
For example,
This is a piece of decorative furniture that can be

used in residential areas, art galleries or bistros.
However, one will not see these types of furniture
in industrial areas like offices or factories.
30
This is a piece of functional furniture that has a

sleek and modern look but can accommodate
numerous items, thereby saving a lot of space.
Furniture of this type are mass produced for

commercial areas.
As an assistant furniture designer, the other instructions that you need to ask for are:
• Request for a specific design from the client’s side or as per your description
• Extra specifications from the client’s end
• Purpose for the specific furniture
• Number of furniture pieces
• Individual furniture or in set
• Size of the furniture
• Dimension of the room where the furniture will be placed
• Colour and polishing of the furniture
• Deadline for the product delivery
Contact Person In Case Of Queries on Procedure or Products

During the research and project comprehension period, there are chances that you may come across scenarios
where you may face difficulties. This may be in the form of confusions regarding products or work procedure.
In such cases, you can approach your designer in charge or supervisor.
In case you senior cannot answer your queries or is not present at that time, you can approach the design director.
31
2.1.3 Identify the Type of Furniture to be designed

Chair
Chair 1 Chair 2

Chair 3 Chair 4
Sofa
Sofa 1
Sofa 2 Sofa 3
32
Sofa cum Bed
Table
Table 1 Table 2
Table 3
Contemporary Coffee Table
33
Contemporary Table
Cupboard
Cupboard 1 Cupboard 2
Cupboard 3 Cupboard 4
34
Wooden Cabinet 1 Wooden Cabinet 2
Wooden Cabinet 3
TV Cabinet
35
Kitchen Modular Furniture
Other Types of Furniture
Modular Furniture in an Office Modular Furniture in a Restroom
Modular Furniture in a Living Room
36
Modular Bookcase Modular Bedroom Furniture 1
Modular Bedroom Furniture 2 Modular Bedroom Furniture 3
Evaluate the Size of Furniture to be designed, the Style of the Furniture

Before delivering a piece of furniture in the client's place, it is important to know the appropriate space of that
place. After you receive your project order, the foremost thing after measuring the area of the place where the
furniture will be placed is to start working on the measurement of the furniture to be made.
As per the General standard, the measurement of an average human adult is:
Fig. 2.3.1.1: Measurement of an Average Human Adult
37
Standard Kitchen Appliances

Appliance Height Width Depth
Wall Oven with Broiler 38” – 40” 21” – 24” 21” – 23”
Wall Oven, Double 39” – 50” 21” – 24” 21” – 23”
Trash Compactor 33” – 35” 12” – 15” 18” – 24”
Range Hood 5” – 8” 24” – 72” 12” – 72”
Cooktop 2” – 3” 12” – 48” 18” – 22”
Wall Cabinets
• Width – As per Base cabinet
• Highest shelf Height – 60” – 68”
• Height without Soffit – 42”
• Height with Soffit – 30”
Stepback Cabinet
• Width – 36” – 48”
• Shelf Depth – 10” – 13”
• Base Cabinet Depth – 15” – 25”
• Shelf above base – 36” – 54”
• Base Cabinet’s Height – 30” – 36”
• Unit Height – 72” – 84”
Standing Bookcase
• Shelf Spacing (Maximum) – 13” – 15”
• Shelf spacing (Minimum) – 7” – 8”
• Width – 24” – 48”
• Depth – 8” – 24”
• Highest Shelf – 72” – 78”
• Height – 30” – 84
Writing table 28” – 30” 36” – 40” 20” – 24”

Table Desk 28” – 30” 30” – 48” 20” – 30”
Secretary 28” – 30” 36” – 42” 18” – 24”
Rolltop Desk 28” – 30” 48” – 72” 24” – 30”
Lap Desk 4” – 6” 20” – 24” 12” – 18”
Computer Desk 24” – 28” 24” – 60” 20” – 30”
38
Fig. 2.3.1.2: Standard Working and Dining Table Dimensions
Fig. 2.3.1.3: Standard Computer Desk Measurements
Lingerie Chest 50” – 54” 22” – 24” 16” – 18”

Night Table 16” – 25” 18” – 28” 18” – 22”
Double Dresser 26” – 34” 60” – 72” 18” – 22”
Chest of Drawers 42” – 56” 32” – 40” 18” – 22”
39
Standard Bed Dimensions
Fig. 2.3.1.4: Bunk Bed
Fig. 2.3.1.5: Adult Bed Dimensions
Standard Chair Dimension
Fig. 2.3.1.6: Wooden Rocking Chair Dimension
40
Fig. 2.3.1.7: Dining Chair
Style of the Furniture

Modern Wooden Furniture
41
Contemporary Wooden Furniture
42
Classical Wooden Furniture

Kind of Usage of Furniture
Fig. 2.3.1.8: Multifunctional furniture
43
Fig. 2.3.1.9: Furniture for lounging and sitting
(Top – Left to Right – Armchair, Sofa, Chaise lounge, Corner sofa)

(Bottom – Left to Right – Chair, Tabouret, Stool, Pouffe, Bar Stool)
Fig. 2.3.1.10: Storage Furniture
(Top – Left to Right – Buffet, Container, Dressing Table, Library Bookcase)

(Bottom – Left to Right – Wardrobe, Bookcase, Shelf, Dresser, Chest Of Drawers)
Identify the Visual Impact it should Have (Whether to Complement or Contrast the Surrounding) And Whether
the Designed Furniture Piece Will Be a Focal Piece or Blend with Surroundings
The visual impact of furniture can only come to light when it is placed on a complimenting or contrasting surrounding
In this case, the light colored wooden bookshelf is placed against a bright colored wall which instantly captures the
attention of the viewer.
44
In this case, the choice of furniture color is on a dual tone, which has been placed in a spacious room with a
white floor
The size of this room is uneven with a slanted roof, giving it a den-like structure. The beige colored wall apart
from the off-white wall color on all the side is creating a focused backdrop. The visual aspect, in this case, is the
colored wooden cabinets placed on the beige wall.
The stark white backdrop ensures that the dark colored furniture pops out to the viewers.
45
In this case, the color of the furniture is darker than the standard furniture. The chocolate brown color comes out
to the forefront, keeping the dual wall color (off-white and beige) and the floor color (latte brown) to a contrasting
but harmonious distance.
The latte brown and off-white bookcase with a quirky design on a grainy, off-white and grey background is making
the furniture piece a star attraction.
Conduct Market Research for Latest Designs, Fixtures/Fittings, Style, Trends, Wooden Material /Other Material
the requirement of modular furniture in residential and corporate areas have increased two folds as compared to
the past 5 years.as per the market research the contribution of furniture production from India is nearly 85%.
The focus of the Indian furniture market is not only to search for latest trends of the current times but to also bring
back the traditional furniture designs with a new twist.
The prediction as per the market research states the furniture market growth 20%+ CAGR (Compound Annual
Growth Rate).
Amongst the current trends, Indian furniture and fittings industry is gleefully accepting the application of laminates,
ply board, MDF, veneers, fiber board, etc. This shift from using "only traditional furniture designs" to inculcating
modular furniture in all spans of lives is mainly due to more disposable income and urbanization.
46
With the evolving market of modular kitchen and furniture, the demand for latest furniture styles with highly
improved fittings is on the rise.
The mode of market research includes:
Research from Valid source: The primary research process passes through surveys from distributors, retailers,
manufacturers, catalogs from these sources, websites, etc. Later, this is followed by another set of exhaustive
secondary research
Assessment and validation: After the required data are collected, with the help of various data warehouses and
sources are they validated.
Identify and Extract the Information from Research Materials about Recycling /Best Use of Waste Material
Which Can Be Used/Incorporated With the Target Piece of Furniture
As different types of furniture are made in joineries, a huge amount of waste materials are also produced. This
may be in the form of chiseled wood, wood chips, shavings, etc.
Some of the main reasons for wood wastage were:
• Chipboard
• Fencing
• Shuttering
• Floorboards
• Doors
• Beams
• Crates
• Pallets
Recycling of such wood waste can be achieved via the following methods:
• Any extra piece of wood from the side rails or slats can be used inside the furniture
• Wood chips can be used at the joints within the furniture
• Wooden bars can be used as the frame slats
• Some of the thinner bars can be used on the headboard bar (can also be used for designing the headboard)
• Extra pieces of wood can also be used inside the modular kitchen cabinets
47
Unit 2.2: Prioritize Work Activities to Achieve Desired Results
Unit Objectives
1. List the process of marking out and measuring accurately
2. State about effective communication and presentation skills
3. Analyse and prepare a plan marking out the activities to be done
4. Relate the process to sync timelines with processes involved to complete work in given time
2.2.1 Marking Out and Measuring Accurately

The method of marking out and measurement depends on:
• Running measurement – In this method, the breadth and thickness of the wooden block are not measured.
Only the length is measured. The length of a wooden block measured in foot is called Running Foot and if
measured in meter, it is called Running meter.
• Square measurement – In this method, the length and breadth of the wooden block is multiplied. The
thickness is not measured. The units of measurement in this method are square foot and square meter.
• Cubic measurement – In this method, the length, breadth, and thickness are multiplied together. The units
of this method are cubic meter and cubic foot.
The steps include:
Measure the Wood for marking Do Marking on Board
Check Squarness of Board Cut wood after marking
48
Measurement length, width & depth in MKS & FPS system and its application
Measurement of Length
• The method of measuring physical parameters is called Metrology.
• Each physical parameter is estimated and expressed in numerical values, along with Units. For example, the
units for temperature are Kelvin, Celsius, Fahrenheit, etc.
• Units of measurement are of two types:
ᴑᴑ System International (SI)
ᴑᴑ Centimeter - Gram – Second (CGS)
System International
• This comprises the Base Units, measuring the Base Quantities and the Derived Units, measuring the Derived
Quantities.
• Base Quantities are those physical quantities which are distinct and are independent of other physical
quantities.
• Derived Quantities are those physical quantities which result from the base quantities.
Base Quantities: Length, Time, Mass, Electric Current, Temperature, Amount of Substance and Luminous
Intensity.
Derived Quantities: Velocity, Acceleration, Area, Volume, Force, Capacitance, Density, Electric Charge, Voltage,
Energy, Work, and Resistance.
Examples of SI units are: (Both Base and Derived Quantities)
Physical Quantity SI Unit
Length, Width, Height, Depth Meter

Time Second
Mass Kilogram
Temperature Kelvin
Electric Charge Coulomb
Force Newton
Electric Current Ampere
Electric Power kiloWatt
Energy Joule
Luminous Intensity Candela
Plane Angle Radian
Solid Angle Steradian
49
CGS Unit
Examples of CGS units are:
Physical Quantity CGS Unit
Length, Width, Height, Depth Centimeter

Time Second
Mass Gram
Temperature Kelvin
Electric Franklin
Force Charge
Electric Current Dyne
Energy Biot
MKS & FPS System and its Application

MKS System
This system basically discusses length in Meter (M), time in Second (S) and mass in Kilogram (K).
• Meter refers to the length of path through which light travels in vacuum. The interval of travel is 1/299,792,458
of a second.
• Kilogram refers to mass that is equal to the kilogram's prototype mass (platinum-iridium standard) kept at
BIPM (International Bureau of Weights and Measures).
• Second refers to the duration which defines 1⁄86400 of a day.
Fig. 2.2.1.1: Marking scale
Now let us read the ruler in the metric system. Here is given a picture of a ruler. Look at it carefully. A centimeter
is marked on one side of the ruler, like one cm, two cm, three cm, and so on. Alter 100 centimeters, one meter
(m) is marked. Normally, meter is marked in black color or it has a black circle or square around it. One centimeter
(cm) has 10 equal segments. These segments are called millimeters (mm) which is the smallest measuring unit.
Fig. 2.2.1.2: Marking segmentation
50
Fig. 2.2.1.3: Marking segmentation (2)
Length Weight Volume

1 Km = 1000 m 1 Kg = 1000g 1 kL = 1000 L
1 m = 0.001 Km 1 Kg = 1000g 1 L = 0.001 kL
1 m = 100 cm 1 g = 0.001 Kg 1 L = 100 cL
1 cm = 0.01 m 1 g = 100 cg 1 cL = 0.01 L
1 m = 1000 mm 1 cg = 0.01 g 1 L = 1000 mL
1 mm = 0.001 m 1 g = 1000 mg 1 mL = 0.001 L
Fig. 2.2.1.4: MKS Measuring System
FPS System
This system basically discusses about length in Foot (F), time in Second (S) and mass in Pound (P).
Reading of a Rule/ Tape
Fig. 2.2.1.5: FPS Marking
Let us learn how to read a ruler in FPS system. Here is given a picture of a ruler. Look at it carefully. Inch is marked
on one side of the ruler, like one inch, two inch, three inch, and so on.
51
After every twelve Inches, a foot is marked. Normally, foot is marked in black colour or it has a black circle or
square around it.
The inch is divided into 16, 8. 4 and 2 equal segments. These segments are called graduations. 1/4 of an inch is
called quarter inch. 1/2 of an inch is called half inch. Symbol used for foot is (’) and far inch is (”). For example,
2 feet and 4 inches are written as 2’4".
Fig. 2.2.1.6: Marking segmentation (3)
Parameter Name of the Unit Measure

Parameter Name of the Unit Measure
Inch 1/12th Ft (Foot)
Foot 1 ft (Foot)
Length Yard 3 ft (Foot)
Mile 5280 ft (Foot)
Nautical Mile 6080 ft (Foot)
Area Area Acre 43,560 Sq.ft (Square Foot)
Volume 1/20th Pint
Fluid Ounce 1 Pint
Volume
Pint 2 Pint
Quart 8 Pint
Gallon 1/16th Lb (Pound)
Weight 1 Lb (Pound)
Weight
Ounce 14 Lb (Pound)
Pound 2240 Lb (Pound)
Fig. 2.2.1.7: FPS Measuring System
52
2.2.2 Effective Communication and Presentation Skills

Effective communication teaches people the appropriate way to share or exchange information.
It states that a person is responsible to respect other’s person boundaries and limits
Effective communication involves:
• 9% - Writing
• 16% - Reading
• 302% - Speaking
• 45% - Listening
Presentation Skills
There are certain factors on the basis of which listeners determine if they want to listen or trust you or not.
Those factors are:
• Visible factors – 55%
• Vocal factors – 38%
• Verbal factors – 7%
While dealing with customers regarding the designed furniture model, it is necessary that you project the best
of your presentation skills
2.2.3 Plan out Activities to be done

An appropriate planning depends on certain aspects like:
The Process Steps:
The process of Site Measurement varies according to the below criteria:
• Requirements and Specifications of the Project
• Site location
• Availability of resources, like time, manpower, funds and equipment
• Constraints and limitations involved in the project
However, the general steps involved in measuring a site are:

Step 1: Make a drawing of the room that needs to be measured. Mark the windows, doors and other openings
of the room on the drawing as well. Leave enough space to write down the measurements.
Step 2: Always measure the room starting clockwise. Measure the room from the left side of the room on the
first wall and work from left to right.
Step 3: Sketching the features of each room, including doors, windows, skylights, ventilators and positions of
fixtures and fittings like lighting, power outlets, fireplaces, brackets, shelves, etc.
Step 4: Naming each wall, room and fixture differently, with a different colours. It is recommended that the
names are given sequentially
Step 5: Showing the interrelationship of the units and labelling each of them
Step 6: Deciding what dimensions are required to show on the sketch
Step 7: Using appropriate dimension lines to indicate the overall dimensions of the site as well of individual
units and fixtures
53
Step 8: Measuring with the help of appropriate Measuring Tools (like Measuring Tape, Callipers, etc.) and
sticking to a particular unit (either MKS or FPS system)
Step 9: Writing down the dimensions, thus measured, along the particular Dimension Lines and followed by the
respective units
Step 10: Preparing elevations on the basis of the dimensions measured
Step 11: Taking additional notes in a separate block on the rough outline using a separate pen. In case of
insufficient space, a separate sheet of paper may be used for taking notes
Fig. 2.2.3.1: A Sample of Site Measurement Sketch
Extracting and Using Information from Engineering Drawings

A technical sketch or engineering drawing comprises of the following elements: Title Block, Main Contents and
Notes.
The steps involved in reading and interpreting a technical drawing/sketch are:

1. Start with reading the Title Block: This indicates the context in which the drawing must be perceived. The
Title block provides information about the following:
• General tolerances
• Projection details for the items and components to be manufactured
• Scale used in the drawing
• Status of the drawing (Preliminary, Approved, etc.)
• Name of the component or assembly
• Contact details of the drawing owner
• Mass
• Units used in the drawing
• Sheet number and number of sheets
54
2. Read the Notes.

• The notes should lie outside the Title Block.
• The information provided by the notes is preferred to that provided by the Title Block and hence, the
Notes supersede the Title Block information.
• In case of conflicts, the Notes are considered correct over the Title Block.
3. Read the Bill of Material (BOM).

• The Bill of Materials is a list of the components and the corresponding quantities that make up the
general assembly of the item being installed.
• The BOM is usually tabulated on the first page.
4. Ensure that you have all the relevant pages for the drawings: Drawings could be part of a series and hence
the entire series should be present in order to be able to read, understand and interpret the drawing.
5. Understand and interpret the difference between Visible Lines, Hidden Lines, and Phantom Lines.
• Visible lines indicate an edge is visible in the relevant view
• Hidden lines indicate the edge is behind a face
• Center lines indicate the geometric center of the assembly
• Dimension lines allow for the placement of the dimension value, with arrowheads at each end
Name of the Line Type of Line Image of the Line
Continuous thick
Visible Lines
line
Hidden Lines Dashed thick line
Center Lines Chain thin line
Continuous thin
Dimension Lines line with arrow-
head at the ends
6. Understand and Interpret the Projection, Sections, and Details

• View the drawing itself, regardless of the dimensions, trying to visualize how and what the assembly
looks like in 3D.
• Use the sections and details as a start point and you will soon realize that the details and sections have
been created to highlight important components or features.
• Few sketches are accompanied with Isometric projection drawings for easy comprehension.
55
7. With the aid of the BOM, find out the components in the drawing in order to understand the role each
component plays.
8. Find out the notes that have arrows pointing towards the assembly. These information are extremely vital to
the assembly and its functionality.
9. Use the dimensions in the drawing to comprehend the size of the component/Assembly and even use a tape
measure or ruler to estimate the size. The sketch may or may not be drawn to the scale.
2.2.4 Sync Timelines with Processes Involved

• Deciding and fixing the given work as per the timeline is an important work. This habit ensures that every
work stage gets completed within the estimated time and is delivered to the client.
• It is important to sync timelines during sketching, analyzing and generating a measurement of the furniture
(first draft) with creating AutoCAD image.
• After the image gets ready and approved by the supervisor or designer in charge, the work of miniature
prototype creation should be in sync with the purchase of required materials.
• Subsequently, with the completion of this work, a number of craftsmen will start joining the smaller furniture
pieces (joints) with nails and adhesives.
• The same synchronization has to be followed in case of cutting and chiseling the wood pieces as per the
approved image and sanding of furniture with sandpaper.
• Next, the craftsmen will add the finishes and start polishing the furniture and leave the pieces to dry out
completely.
56
Unit 2.3: Create Design Concept
Unit Objectives
1. Analyze furniture ergonomics
2. Identify furniture making techniques, process and step involved
3. Relate about joineries and all kind of furniture finishes
4. Organize all the researched data for analysis to create a design concept
5. State the current market trends and customer preferences
2.3.1 Furniture Ergonomics

The word ERGONOMICS is derived from the Greek words -
Ergo (Work) + Nomos (Laws)
When we talk about furniture ergonomics, we are basically talking about items that can provide comfort to the
user. The logical aspect, in this case, revolves around height, adjustability, width, comfort, etc.
Again, if we consider the anthropometric dimensions regarding the design of furniture, it is 95% for males and
5% for female.
When assistant furniture designers design furniture, the general measurement ranges are:
Fig. 2.3.1.1: Posture Measurements
• Section A showcases the height of females at their highest stretching point

• Section B showcases the height of females with a direct view (Section C)
• Section D showcases the rest position of the hand
• Section E showcases the appropriate sitting position of a male candidate
• Section F showcases the height of males with a direct view
• Section G showcases the normal position of the leg (resting position)
• Section H showcases the appropriate sitting area
57
The Anthropometric measurements for both Female and Male as per the above image are:
Measurement Letter Male Female

Seat Depth H 17.7” – 21.1” 16.9” – 20.4”
Sitting Knee Height G 21.4” – 25.0” 19.8” – 23.2”
Sitting Eye Height F 46.3” – 52.6” 42.6” – 48.8”
Sitting Height E 33.6” – 38.3” 31.3” – 35.8”
Standing Forward Reach D 33.8” – 39.5” 30.8” – 36.1”
Standing Eye Height C 61.4” – 69.8” 56.9” – 65.0”
Standing Height B 64.8” – 73.5” 60.2” – 68.4”
Standing Overhead Reach A 81.2” – 93.7” 74.9” – 86.8”
About Standard Size and Dimension of Furniture
CHAIRS
Types Width Depth Height (Min) Height (Max.)
Upholstered 30 26 16 40
Rocker 20 26 16 42
Kitchen Stool 12 12 27
Kitchen 19 19 19 34
Easy 25 26 17 31
Dining, Arm 24 18 18 36
Dining, Side 19 19 18 36
Barstool 17 17 30 42
CHESTS
Types Height Width Depth
Buffet 34 50 20
Cedar 20 40 19
Blanket 24 36 19
Bookcase (Hardbound) 50 36 10
Bookcase (Paperbacks) 38 36 7
Tall Chest (6" leg) 54 36 18
Lowboy (7" leg) 36 36 18
58
TABLES
Type Height Width Length
Workstation 26 30 48
Typewriter 25 18 30
Sofa 26 14 72
Printer 26 22 26
Poker 29 48 48
Picnic 28 36 72
Kitchen 29 36 60
Bedside 26 15 19
Hall 27 15 55
End 20 17 28
Dining 29 40 64
Conference 30 36 96
Coffee 19 18 36-48
Card 30 36 36
Buffet 34-38 24 60
Knowledge about Materials and its Properties

The main furniture material is wood.
Soft Wood
Pine
• It has a uniform texture and is very easy to work
with.
• It finishes well and resists shrinkage, swelling, and
warping.
• It is widely used in house construction, paneling,
furniture, and molding and for making wooden
boxes.
Hemlock
• It is lightweight and machines well.
• It is uniformly textured and has low resistance to
decay.
• It is mainly used for construction lumber, planks,
doors, boards, paneling, subflooring and crates.
59
Fir
• It is uniformly textured and has low resistance to
decay.
• It is non-resinous, works easy and finishes well.
• Fir is used for making furniture, doors, frames,
windows, plywood, veneer, general millwork, and
interior trim.
Redwood
• It is light, durable and easy to work with.
• It has a natural resistance to decay and is good for
making outdoor furniture, fencing, housed siding,
interior finishing, veneering, and paneling
Spruce
• It is a strong wood that finishes well and has low
resistance to decay.
• It possesses moderate shrinkage and is light.
• It is a good option for making spares for ships, air-
craft, crates, boxes, general millwork, and ladders.
Cedar
• It is a reddish wood with a sweet odor.
• It is very easy to work with, uniform in texture and is
resistant to decay.
• Cedar is extensively used in chest making, closet
lining, shingles, posts, dock planks, novelties, and
Venetian blinds.
Kail Wood
• This kind of wood is found in the heights of the
Himalayas.
• The color of this wood is white and light red.
• It is a weaker kind of wood. It has more bales on it
and is oily.
• It is used in rough work like making baton of parti-
tions, etc.
• It is also lighter in weight.
60
Hard Wood
Mahogany
• It is finely grained wood with reddish brown color.
• It is highly durable and can resist swelling, shrinking
and warping.
• This type of wood extensively used for quality
furniture such as wooden cabinets, boat
construction, wood facings, and veneers.
Walnut
• It has a fine texture and is strong, easy to work
with.
• It resists shrinking and warping and can take all types
of finishes very well.
• It is mostly used for making gunstocks, solid and
veneered furniture, novelties, cabinetry and wall
paneling.
Oak
• It has a good bending quality apart from being
durable.
• It finishes well and resists moisture absorption.
• Oak is good for furniture, trimming, boat framing,
wooden desks, and flooring.
Maple
• It is a fine textured wood with immense strength and
hardness.
• With moderate shrinkage, maple machines well
and is best used in flooring, fine furniture and
woodenware such as bowling alleys.
Cherry
• It is close-grained wood and as resists warping and
shrinking.
• It gets red when exposed to sunlight.
• It ages well and is extensively used in cabinet
making, boat trim, novelties, and solid furniture
handles.
61
Rosewood
• It is close-grained hardwood with a dark reddish
brown color.
• It has an exclusive fragrance.
• It is hard to work upon and takes a high polish.
• It is good for making musical instruments, piano
cases, tool handles, art projects, veneers, and
furniture.
Teak
• It is a hard and moisture- resistant wood.
• It resists warping, cracking and decay and is best
used in fine furniture, paneling, shipbuilding, doors,
window framing, and flooring and as a general
construction wood.
Sheesham
• It is also known as Indian Rosewood and is a rich
medium brown wood with deep grains.
• It is a fast-growing hardwood and the functional
furniture made from it can deal with everyday
stresses and strains without losing its attractive
appearance.
• It is highly durable, easily carved and is exclusively
used for making furniture, particularly almirahs and
cabinets
Meranti
• It is light yellow colored wood.
• It is easy to work on this wood because it is softer.
• It is used in making wooden panels, doors, windows
etc.
Sal wood
• This is a very hard and heavy kind of wood.
• It does not catch termites.
• It is very hard to work with this wood and giving a
good finishing since its surface is very hard.
• It is not used in making furniture. It is only used in
making panels, etc.
62
2.3.2 Furniture Making Techniques, Process and Steps

There are several wood types available in the market which is used for making furniture. The construction
techniques that are utilized for this are:
• Ply construction: A cross-grained wood is taken of either particleboard core or solid wood core and on it
ply pieces are added. The sandwiching technique is completed with the help of adhesives. This makes the
construction resistant to warping and strong.
• Combination wood panels: These are made by mixing wood flakes, chips or particles with binding agents and
resins. Under tremendous pressure and extreme heat, these sheets are created that are resistant to warping
and are stable and strong. These are used as panels, tops or cabinet backs.
• Shaping of wood: This can be done by gluing blocks of wood. With the help of machines, these woods are
intricately carved to achieve various furniture parts like posts, pedestals, legs, etc.
• Bonding: This technique states about the cutting of wide boards into narrow, long planks and then bonding it
back. This technique is used for creating door panels, sides, and tops.
Process
Fig. 2.3.2.1: Process flow chart
Steps
Fig. 2.3.2.2: Rough sketch of a bed
63
Make a rough sketch of the furniture that you have to create. The sketch does not need to be appropriate at
this phase.
Now create an AutoCAD image of the furniture.
Assemble all the required elements for creating the furniture. In case of this bed (mounting screws, basic L
brackets 24, decking screws, saw, velcro, Ikea Expedit bookshelves - 2)
Measurement of woods (example) -
• 1x10 - Four 16 & 3/4" wood
• 2x10 - Six 28" wood
• 2x10 - Four 38" wood
Mark and measure the wooden pieces.
64
The foremost thing, in this case, is the creation of shelves on which the frame of the bed will be created and the
weight will be shared.
The approximate dimension of the boxes will be 38"x31". L Bracket will be used at each corner at the center. The
brackets will be secured with decking screws.
Both the ends of the two boxes will be joined with the help of two thick wood pieces of 28" 2x10. The center
brace will be secured at each side with the help of L Bracket (bottom and top).
With the help of 1x10 lumber, which is cut into 16 and 3/4" you can create shelves on top of the bed frame.
Secure the shelves with L Brackets (2 at one side).
65
At the end shelves, add the backing. This can be done by tracing shelves onto plywood and with a jigsaw and
cutting out the backing. Secure it firmly with nails.
To provide support to the shelves above the bed frame, add feets below the end shelves.
Cut 38"x75" plywood and attach at the pointed area with strong adhesive and nails.
66
Beneath the bed frame, you can add rails and create drawers or sliding doors.
Finally, color the Bed frame.
About Furniture Material

In carpentry, wood is the material. Carpenters use seasoned wood to prepare furniture.
Here, we will discuss the types of material which are widely used by the carpenters.
Solid Wood:
• Solid wood refers to the timbre that is used to build structures.
• Timbres are the raw materials that are seasoned to produce workable wood.
• Timbre or the log of the tree is the first material that is processed to produce beams.
• Generally, the logs are cut horizontally to make beams.
• Beams are then sent to designated places for seasoning.
Fig. 2.3.2.2: Log and Beam
67
Engineered Wood:
• Engineered wood is commonly known as composite wood.
• This is a type of wood which incorporates various chemicals, fibers, sawdust and adhesive to prepare the
desired type from the solid wood.
• In other words, solid wood is further processed to engineered wood.
• There are many types of engineered wood available in the market
Some of the most important types of engineered wood are –

1. Plywood
2. High-Density Fibre (HDF)
3. Medium Density Fibre (MDF)
4. Veneer
5. Laminates
6. Block-board
Fig2.3.2.3: Sample of Engineered Wood
Plywood
Plywood is a form of engineered wood where thin slices or layers of wood are glued together to form a sheet.
Thickness:
MR grade (Moisture Resistant) = 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 15, 18, 21, 25 mm
Size: 6' x 3', 6' x 4', 7' x 3', 7' x 4', 8' x 3' & 8' x 4' (for both MR & BWR Grade)
Fig. 2.3.2.4: Plywood
68
Plywood is used to build interior walls, ceilings, doors, and cupboards in structural construction. Furniture
pieces like wardrobes, sideboards of cabinets, drawer bottoms can be made. Apart from this, plywood is used in
decorating railway coaches and trams etc.
High-Density Fibre (HDF)

HDF, also known as Hardboard, is made up of highly-compressed wood fibers. The higher magnitude of
compression makes hardboard denser and harder.
Thickness: 9, 11, 12, 17, 18 & 25mm
Size: Standard and common size 8 x 4 feet
Medium Density Fibre (MDF)
MDF is another form of engineered wood, which is denser than plywood.
MDF is produced by gluing residuals of softwood or hardwood with binders like resin or wax.
High temperature and pressure are required to procure MDF.
Thickness: 2.3, 4, 8, 12 & 15mm
Size: Standard and common size 8 x 4 feet
Fig. 2.3.2.5: MDF Sample
Advantages of using MDF:

• It’s stronger than particle board
• It’s cheaper than plywood and remains undamaged due to change in weather
• MDF doesn’t swell usually if it comes in contact with water or humid weather
• It has a smoother surface without any grain or knot which allows users to cut it into various shapes and
forms
• Smooth surface is ideal for painting
• MDF is good substance for veneering
Veneer
• Veneer is the thin slice of wood (typically lesser than 3mm) which is glued to form plywood sheet.
• Veneer is widely used to produce the outermost layer of the door, cupboard, and other furniture.
• Veneer is a smooth and well-polished slice of engineered wood.
• Thickness: 4 mm
• Size: Standard and common size 8 x 4 feet
69
Veneers are of following types depending upon their purpose:

• Raw Veneer: It has no backing on it. You can make any side as its face and vice versa. Keep in mind that both
the sides of veneer have a different appearance when finished. This difference in appearance is due to the
cell structure of the wood which is different on both sides.
• Paper Backed Veneer : This type of veneer is backed with paper. The best part of paper backed veneer is its
availability in large sizes or sheets. Before putting a backing, all smaller pieces are joined together making it
easy to get sheets of the required size. Paper-backed veneers have less possibility of cracking which makes
it helpful to use in veneer curves and columns.
• Phenolic Backed Veneer: It is an uncommon type of veneer. Mostly, it is used for composite or manmade
wood veneers. It is gaining popularity as it helps in saving the natural resource. The phenolic backed veneer
is available in sheets and can be used for curves as it does not crack if handled with care.
• Laid Up Veneer: It is also called raw veneer which is joined together to get larger pieces. It is extremely time-
consuming process and requires very careful handling. There is no need to use any expensive machinery or
tool to join these pieces. You can easily get veneers laid up to any size, shape, and design manually.
• Reconstituted Veneer: It is made from fast-growing tropical species. Raw veneer is cut from a log and dyed
if necessary. After drying the sheets are laminated to form a block. Then this block is sliced so that the edges
of the laminated veneer become the “grain” of the reconstituted veneer.
• Wood on Wood: It is commonly called 2-ply. It is a decorative wood veneer face with a utility grade wood
backer applied in the opposite direction to the face veneer.
Fig. 2.3.2.6: Sample Veneer
Laminates
Laminated wood is typically used to prepare flooring tiles. Generally, photographs or designs are glued on the
thin slice of wood to produce laminates.
• Thickness: 0.6 mm to 1.5 mm
• Size: Standard and common size is 8'x 4'
70
Fig. 2.3.2.7: Decorative Laminates
Decorative laminates are usually used for furniture surfaces and wall paneling. This includes cabinets, tables,
showcases and etc. The laminates are easy to maintain nut exposure to water may cause warping or ballooning.
Decorative laminates are used in the cubical toilets, kitchen or laboratory tables to resist moisture.
Laminates are made by compressing thin layers of flat papers and plastic resins. The upper layer is printed with
decorative textures, patterns, and colors. The typical size of laminate sheets is 8” by 4”. These sheets are pasted
on plywood, block board or MDF with adhesive.
Block-board
Block-boards are a fusion of softwood strips, which are sandwiched between veneer boards under high pressure.
• Thickness: 16, 19 & 25 mm
• Size: 6' x 3', 6' x 4', 7' x 3', 7' x 4', 8' x 3' & 8' x 4'
• These types of engineered wood have a general width of 25mm.
• Other than engineered wood, there are several other materials which are also used in furniture fittings. They
are:
Fig. 2.3.2.8: Block Board
Particle Board or Chipboard

Chipboard, commonly known as particle board is a man-made or engineered wood which is manufactured
by gluing chips, shaving or even sawdust. These are pasted with the help of suitable binders like resin. It is
extensively used across the world to manufacture furniture that is not exposed to moisture and humidity.
Particle boards that come with a layer of lamination done on its surface to make it more enduring are known as
a pre-laminated board. Particle board is a useful product to prepare cabinet, interior decorations, and roof and
partition constructions.
• Thickness: 9 mm to 25 mm
• Size: 8x4', 8x6', 8x3', 9x6', 9x3', 6x4', 6x3', 6x2.5'
71
Fig. 2.3.2.9: Samples Of Particle Board (Chipboard)
BWD is a type of engineered wood resistant to high temperature and moisture. BWP is manufactured by gluing
thick layers of wood at right angles using Phenol formaldehyde (PF) resin.
Thickness: 4, 6, 9, 12, 16, 19, 25 mm
Size: 6' x 3', 6' x 4', 7' x 3', 7' x 4', 8' x 3' & 8' x 4' (for both MR & BWR Grade)
Fig. 2.3.2.10: Stack of Boiling Waterproof Plywood
Some of the advantages of BWP are:

• It is better than solid wood in handling water exposure. Therefore, BWP is the first preference to manufacture
kitchen cabinets, laboratory tables, and other useful items
• It is free from termites or borer attacks
• It is stronger and more endurable than MDF or particle board and is lesser prone to warping
• It can be covered with laminates or veneer as per clients’ requirement
Edge Bands (PVC Tapes)

The edges of a panel, made of plywood, MDF or particle board need to be covered, secured, decorated so that
the furniture looks good and hide the rough edges. To give furniture a clean and polished finish, edge banding is
used. Edge banding, used for modular furniture, is made up of PVC materials.
Edge bands are available in circular bangle form. The length of the roll or the bangle is typically 15 meters (50
feet) and the width varies from 7/8 inches to 2 inches. In certain cases, aluminum edge bands are also used to
protect the modular furniture.
72
Fig. 2.3.2.11: Edge bands or PVC Tapes
Butt Joint
• The butt joint is the most basic of joints.
• In this joint two members are simply butted together.
• In most cases, carpenters glue the boards together and further strengthen it with screws or nails.
• One can even use this humble joint to glue two boards together side by side to make a wider panel.
• These joints can be used in making simple boxes or frames.
Dowel Joints
• Another way of strengthening the butt joint is by adding wooden pegs called dowel pins.
• Accurate matching holes should be drilled on both edges.
• Dowel pins are short bamboo sticks that fit in the drilled holes.
• This joint is further secured with an adhesive.
Half Lap Joints

• Aside from the basic butt joint, the half - lap joint is your simplest choice for joining pieces together.
• A notch is cut out of one board, and a similar notch is cut out of another.
• The two pieces are overlapped and glued together.
• Some variations of a half lap joint include:
• Cross-Lap Joints
• “T”-Lap Joints
• Corner-Lap Joints
73
Dovetail Joints
• The dovetail joint is used for fine woodworking.
• The dovetail joint is most commonly used in drawers.
• Triangular sections called “tails,” are cut on one member.
• The receiving member is cut into “pins.”
• The pins fit inside the tails and are glued into place.
Rabbet Joint
A rabbet is simply an open-sided recess cut along the edge or across the end of one member. Usually, only one
member of the mating parts is rabbeted.
Mortise and Tenon Joint

• The mortise and tenon often used in the assembly of tables, chairs, and furniture.
• It consists of the tenon (stub), cut on one piece of wood, and a mortise (a hole) cut into a receiving piece of wood.
• The tenon is inserted into the mortise, then glued or nailed in place.
74
Housing Joint
• A housing joint can also be called a dado joint.
• A dado joint is made by cutting a recess across the face of a member.
• The end of another member is then inserted and secured into the recess.
Furniture Finishes
One of the most essential components of any modular kitchen and wardrobe is its finish. It is what enhances
the aesthetic appeal of the furniture. There are various finishes available in the market as presents. Some of the
preferred ones are like:
• Acrylic
• Membrane foils
• Polymer
• Laminates
Acrylic and laminates are among the most popular options. However, they differ in terms of aesthetics, durability,
and pricing.
Acrylic Finish
• This is a type of finish that is similar to lacquer.
• Acrylic is a non-toxic, reflective high gloss finish which can give furniture a perfectly smooth appearance.
• It is available in a wide range of colors which retain their hue and brightness for years.
• Acrylic finish gives a mirror-like appearance to the furniture.
• A premium high-gloss option is preferred for high-end kitchens and wardrobes.
• Scratch resistant, acrylic finishes do not tarnish, de-laminate or fade away with time
• They maintain their smooth and ultra-glossy appearance.
• However, this means that finger print marks, dirt, and stains are more visible and require regular cleaning.
• Acrylic finished cabinets are more expensive when compared to laminates.
Laminate Finish
• Laminate is a commonly used finishing material for various type of furniture.
• Laminates are also available in glossy options but these are not as reflective as an acrylic finish.
• The variety available in laminate finishes is higher and includes matt, glossy, ultra high gloss.
• Apart from colors, these are also available in various textures including wood.
• Relatively more hard-wearing and durable when compared to acrylic finishes, laminate finishes are moisture
and heat resistant and can be treated for antibacterial properties.
• Laminate finishes offer variety and durability at a significantly lower cost.
• One possible option which is trending today is a combination of both acrylic and laminate finishes.
75
• Since most lighting tends to highlight the upper cabinets, acrylic finishes is used on them for a glossy,
attractive look.
• Laminate is a good choice for lower cabinets since they are likely to see more use as well as wear and tear.
• One can choose textures and colors that complement each other for a coordinated look.
2.3.4 Organize all the Researched Data for analysis to Create a

Design Concept
Creation of design concept is based on two aspects – creativity of the designer and samples from previous
furniture designs. For design concept creation, the analysis depends on:
• Furniture design as per Human body support or proxemics Fabrication processes like digital techniques,
methods-hand technique
• Spatial partitions
• Environmental design matters like off-gassing, renewable materials, sustainability
• Design processes like Full-scale working prototypes collage assemblies, digital modeling, model studies,
iterative overlays, sketching
• Ergonomics furniture functionality
• Principles of design like spatial order, hierarchy, harmony, unity
• Furniture examples or samples from the past
• Aesthetics related to the furniture
Organize all Ideas for Design Concept and discuss the same with Seniors/Peers to Finalize/Shortlist one or two
Ideas for Creating New Designs
Before presenting your design concept ideas to your peers or seniors it is important to arrange those prospects
as a list. This will ensure that the people reading your ideas will understand the logical steps and can add or
subtract the ideas without hampering the others.
• Furniture design as per the site or purpose
• Furniture design preference of client (towards modern look and feel, completely traditional or mix of two)
• Handy-work or carving on the wood or sleek look
• Drawing and templates of the furniture
• Type of fabric on the furniture
• Preference for abstract designs or as per market standards.
Convert these Conceptualized Ideas onto a Paper by making of few Basic Rough Design Sketches
The sketch of furniture as per market standards:
76
Fig. 3.2.4.1: Design Sketch of a Dinning Set
This image focuses on:

• Dining table and chairs
• Bookshelf (at the left-hand corner)
• Showcases
• Small tables
Fig. 2.3.4.2: Sketch of a Sofa
77
Fig. 2.3.4.3: Sketch of a Bookshelf
Fig. 2.3.4.4: Sketch of a Bar Tool
78
Abstract furniture design
Fig. 2.3.4.5: Drawing of an Abstract Furniture Design
Fig. 2.3.4.6: Model of an Abstract Furniture Design
79
Fig. 2.3.4.7: Sketches of Various types of Cabinets
Observe and visualize all the Sketches Drawn to come up with Final Design Paper Sketch
Fig. 2.3.4.8: Sofa
80
Fig. 2.3.4.9: Kitchen Cabinet
Fig. 2.3.4.8: Chair
Fig. 2.3.4.10: DressingTable
2.3.5 Current Market Trends and Customer Preferences

With the consistent upgrade in every industry, the Indian furniture industry is not lagging behind. In the next few
years, it is expected that the growth in furniture industry will be roughly 20% per year. This study is presented
by the World Bank, which also states that the monetary projection is expected to cross at least US$ 32 billion by
the end of 2019.
If we consider the Luxury Furniture Market, the expected turnover by 2020 is around $27.01 billion with a CAGR
of 4.1% from 2015-2020.
81
Fig. 2.3.5.1: Indian Market Scenario – Growth of Furniture Industry
Some of the current furniture trends that are as per Customer preference
Fig: Coffee Table and Sofa Set Fig: Walk-In Closet
Fig. 2.3.5.2: Bed with Wardrobe and Dressing Table
82
Fig. 2.3.5.3: Wall Unit Fig. 2.3.5.4: Showcase
Fig. 2.3.5.5: Dining Table Fig. 2.3.5.6: Shoe Rack
Fig. 2.3.5.7: Traditional looking Modern Bed
83
Unit 2.4: Furniture Design Drawing and Approval
Unit Objectives
1. Define design software like Auto-CAD, CorelDraw, and Photoshop
2. List the various types of furniture
3. State about furniture drawing preparation
4. Analyse and interpret 2D / 3D drawings
5. List the common issues troubleshooting knowledge
2.4.1 Design Software like Auto-CAD, CorelDraw, Photoshop

Auto-CAD
• Computer-aided Design, commonly known as CAD, controls the manufacture of parts and accessories,
according to specifications given by the client.
• This software defines the mechanical dimensions, commonly known as “specifications” of furniture
accessories, parts or modules.
• CAD can also be used to enhance the productivity and accuracy of the machines.
• CAD helps in preparing the blueprint of any modular furniture or module/accessory / part.
• AutoCAD is one of the most popular software that implements computer-aided design.
• The latest version of AutoCAD, AutoCAD 23.0, has been released on March 22, 2018.
• Few popular commands and shortcuts in AutoCAD
• Few popular commands and shortcuts in AutoCAD
Important AutoCAD Commands

QSAVE Saving the current drawing in default format
ARC Creating an arc
ZOOM Increasing or decreasing the magnification of view in the current viewpoint
WBLOCK Writing an object or a block to a new drawing file
STRETCH Stretching objects crossed by a selection window or polygon
EXPLODE Breaking a compound object into its component objects
ERASE Deleting objects from a drawing
DIMSTYLE Creating and modifying dimension styles
CIRCLE Creating a circle
REDRAW Refreshing the display in the current viewpoint
FILLET Rounding and filleting (cutting into strips) the edges of objects
84
VIEW Saving and restoring named views, camera views, layout views and preset views
MTEXT Creating a multiline text object
GROUP Creating and managing saved sets of objects called "groups"
BLOCK Creating a block from selected objects
HATCH Filling an enclosed area or selected objects with a hatch pattern, solid fill or gradient fill
JOIN Joining similar objects to form a new, single, unbroken object
MOVE Moving objects along a specific direction, for a specific distance
INSERT Inserting a new block object or drawing into the current drawing/draft
OFFSET Creating concentric circles, parallel lines and parallel curves
LINE Creating straight line segments
PAN Adding a given parameter with grips to a dynamic block definition
Fig. 2.4.1.1: AutoCAD Illustration of a Kitchen Cabinet
Make a furniture design drawing of final sketch with the help of computer software package (CAD)
As you can see the AutoCAD illustration of a kitchen cabinet, the final product will look like this:
CorelDraw
• CorelDraw software is a vector graphics editor that is used for designing and other graphics-related programs.
• The latest version of CorelDraw is 20 with the name CorelDraw Graphics Suite 2018.
• The supported platforms for this software are Windows 10, Windows 8, Windows 7, Mac OS X, and Mac OS.
• This software offers a range of symmetrical designs with the help of which the designers can not only draw
the basic furniture structure but also apply complex kaleidoscopic effects making the furniture piece look
like real.
• In most cases where the architects or the furniture designers prefers using CAD for creating a technically
85
perfect drawing, the intricacies, distribution modes, corner control in case of dashed lines can only be
achieved in CorelDraw.
Align and Distribute to the Right R
Align and Distribute to the Bottom B
Align and Distribute to the Left L
Align and Distribute to the Top B
Text alignment to the Baseline Alt+F12
Break Apart a selected object Ctrl + K
Converting selected object to a curve Ctrl + Q
Character Formatting Ctrl + T
Dynamic Guides (Hides or shows) Alt + Shift + D
Duplicate a selected object(s) Ctrl + D
Full-Screen Preview F9
Hue/Lightness/Saturation Ctrl + Shift + U
Opening dialog box for CorelDraw options setting Ctrl + J
Repeat the last operation Ctrl + R
Fig. 2.4.1.2: CorelDraw Illustration of a Shelf
86
Photoshop
• Photoshop is created by Adobe system, which is a raster graphics editor. In simple words, it is an excellent
drawing and editing tool.
• Various creative professionals like the furniture designers, interior designers, etc. to bring out the desired
effect from their generated drawings.
• One of the best aspects of this software is its comparability with software producing 2D drawings (AutoCAD)
and 3d drawing (SketchUp).
Suppose you have drawn a rough sketch via AutoCAD.
When you take the help of photoshop, you can add effects, finishes, and colors to your visuals for a realistic
outcome.
87
Make a furniture design drawing of final sketch with the help of computer software package (Photoshop)
You can easily distort, transform and manipulate images. One of the good examples is the wood flooring sample
in Photoshop.
The floor plan concept in Photoshop will look like this:
88
Include all dimensions such as construction details, material used, products finishes, and manufacturing
technics, joineries, used in making of the furniture
In this case, we will take a specific furniture – sofa.
Fig. 2.4.1.3: Sofa Frame
Construction Details
The foundation of a sofa will have:
• Woven strips of webbing that are interlocked tightly
• Burlap stitched over the springs
• Tight attachment of strings to the webbing
The frame of a sofa will have:
• Leg
• Back upright slat
• Webbing bridge
• Crest rail
• Back rail
• Front rail
• Arm top
• Armrest
Material Used
• Pocket Screws
• Screws (2.5" and 3")
• Biscuit join panels
89
• Sliding Compound Miter Saw with Laser

• Sander machine
• Screw Bit
• Cordless Drill
• Sofa Cushions
• Clamps
• Rag
• Grit sandpaper
• Pencil
• Ruler
• Construction Lumber:
ᴑᴑ 2×4 8' Long wood pieces (4)
ᴑᴑ 2x3 8' Long wood pieces (2)
ᴑᴑ 2×10 8' Long wood pieces (5)
Products finishes
• Danish Oil
• Seal and wood stain
Manufacturing Techniques
The manufacturing technique has several steps.
The first step begins with the creation of instructional diagrams on the basis of which the entire process will
proceed.
90
Cut the wood pieces as per the approved dimensions and sanding those pieces
Lay all the 3 2x10 panels and cut the notches with a biscuit joiner. Take the notches, add glue and put it above
the notches. For quick drying of the glues, use pipe clamps to press the boards together.
Using 3” screws assemble the bottom frame.
91
With the help of L-Brackets, wood plugs and screws, attach the base to the panel
Screw the back panel to the bottom frame and the panel to the frame top
Polish the furniture with wood stain
92
Add cushions and your sofa is ready. (This is just a prototype)
Joineries
• L Bracket
• Wood plugs
• Dowels
Ensure to Add Design Elements and Features to this Furniture Drawing
Fig. 2.4.1.4: Drawing of Sofa Set
93
2.4.2 Various Types of Furniture

Modular Kitchen
Drawer System
Currently, the drawer systems are available with metal side walls and the runners are mounted under the drawer.
The robust, resilient tracks provide the steel balls with optimum control. This is for perfect vertical and lateral
stability. The runners are ball bearing and Silent in operation.
Also, the runners are available with different weights that can carry capacity. Henceforth, one can design a
kitchen with these hardware and drawer size can be 150 mm for bottle pull out, 450 mm for grain trolley, 600
and 900 mm for cutlery, utensil or for containers.
Fig. 2.4.2.1: Types of Cabinets
94
Fig. 2.4.2.2: Types of Cabinets (2)
Fig. 2.4.2.3: Cabinet Sketch
Tall Units
Storage space in perfection: The tall units not only accommodate plentiful supplies but also bulky items like
brooms and vacuum cleaners. There are immense varieties of fitting solutions ensuring efficient use of the
storage space available in tall units, be it for intelligent supply management or as a classical broom cupboard.
Optimum use of the available storage space is assured. All supplies are stored in well-organised fashion and
within easy reach.
Fig. 2.4.2.4: Tall Units
95
Fig. 2.4.2.5: Ladder or Panty Unit
Pull-outs
Pull outs make the best of spaces in the kitchen. They are installed under the counter. Pull outs are available in
multiple widths and height. They can be used for keeping items like utensils, bottle, jars, cleaning agents and
more.
Bottle Pull-Out Wire Basket Pull Out
96
Under Sink Pull Out Sink in an important application in the Modular Kitchen
Garbage pullout
• Garbage pullout is a sub-assembly that comes with modular kitchen set-up

• Garbage pullout, like drawers, is installed on a pair of cleat
• This is used to store the garbage such as empty packets, vegetable skin, food residual
Garbage Pullout Cleat
97
Cutlery Tray
Fig. 2.4.2.6 Cutlery Tray
• Cutlery trays have different slots to store spoon, fork, knife and other kitchen items
• Cutlery trays come in different shapes and sizes as per the requirement of the user
• The basic idea behind cutlery tray installation is to avoid shabby appearance of the items like a spoon, fork
etc.
Fig. 2.4.2.7: Cutlery Tray Slots
Kitchen Cabinet
Fig. 2.4.2.8: Kitchen Cabinet Layout
98
• Kitchen cabinet is one of the most useful kitchen furniture

• Kitchen cabinet is used to store various items such as bottles, packets, dry food, cereals etc.
Fig. 2.4.2.9: Kitchen Cabinet Sample
Kitchen Drawer
Fig. 2.4.2.10: Kitchen Drawer Sample
• Kitchen drawer is an integrated part of kitchen cabinet
99
Fig. 2.4.2.11: Smart Kitchen Drawer
Furniture Parts like Types of Legs, Back, Seats, Skirting etc. and their Drawings
Dressing Table with Cabriole Legs
Trumpet Leg Remington leg
100
Spiral Leg Spider Legs
Fig. 2.4.2.12: Furniture Legs
1 - 11 (From Left to Right): Baluster, Twist, Cup & Cover, Flemish Scroll, Square, Louis XV, Plain cabriole, Carved
cabriole, Taper, Chippendale straight
12 - 22 (From Left to Right): Hepplewhite, Adam Sabre (13-14), Pre-Victorian, American fancy, Windsor, Victorian
(18-21), Modern Cabriole
101
Different Types of Chair Backs
Fig. 2.4.2.13: Chair Backs
102
Different Types of Seats
Fig. 2.4.2.14: Types of Chair Seats
103
Skirting
Fig. 2.4.2.15: Types of Skirting
104
2.4.3 Furniture Drawing Preparation

Before you start with furniture designing, it is important that you have all the necessary tools and equipment to
perform the task. Some of the necessary and preparatory tools are:
Drafting Table
Fig. 2.4.3.1: Drafting Table
These have a flat and smooth surface that is ideal for drawing. The angles can be adjusted as per the designer’s
comfort. The size of such table can range from 30 inches x 48 inches to 30 inches x 60 inches.
Drawing Paper
Fig. 2.4.3.2: Drawing Paper
The drawing sheets are of 2 types - Translucent and Opaque.

Translucent papers are like vellum and tracing papers, with the help of which designers can reproduce designs
via the diazo process.
Standard Paper Sizes

Metric Architectural Drawing
Type Size (mm) Type Size (inches)
A0 841 x 1189 E 36 x 48
A1 594 x 841 D 24 x 36
A2 420 x 594 C 17 x 22
A3 297 x 420 B 11 x 17
A4 210 x 297 A 8 ½ x 11
105
Pencils
• Wood-Cased Pencil (4H, 5H, 6H, 7H, 8H, 9H)

• Lead holder (B HB, F, H, 2H, 3H)
• Fine-Line Mechanical Pencil (6B, 5B, 4B, 3B, 2B)
Sketch Drawing Pen or Technical Pen
T-Square and Parallel Bar
106
Arm-Track Drafting Machine
Adjustable Triangle
Compass and Attachment
107
Eraser
2.4.4 Interpret 2D / 3D drawings

The job of an assistant furniture designer is practically impossible without good skills in reading, studying and
interpreting work orders, technical drawings, and blueprints.
1. Ability to Interpret Work Specifications and Interpret them Accurately
• Work Order is a task, job or assignment, which can be assigned to a person for completion.
• A work order may be issued from the client’s end or circulated internally within the organization.
• Work Orders comprise details and specifications of a certain job per work-piece.
• It explains the client’s expectations about the assignment.
• The essential components of Work Orders are:
108
• Job Orders are the work orders circulated internally within the organization.
• A job order is prepared during the initial stages of an assignment/project and is connected with the final
Bill of Materials.
• The essential components of a Job Order are:
ᴑᴑ Quantity of the product to be manufactured, assembled, installed or repaired
ᴑᴑ Quantity of the raw material to be used, along with its Price per unit and the number of units required
ᴑᴑ The types of labor needed (casual or skilled), rate per hour or per unit and amount required
ᴑᴑ Machine utilization of each machine involved in carrying out the assignment, the rate and the amount
2. Study the drawing (2D/3D) and designs and understand the requirement
a. The Blueprint and its Parts
• The requisite for reading a Blueprint is interpreting 1st and 3rd angle drawings.
• A Blueprint is a 2D (two dimensional) miniature/replica of the actual workpiece prepared by scaling
down the actual measurements.
• A Blueprint is a plan which is proportionate with the product to be developed.
• It comprises the required technical specifications as well as the techniques of preparation.
• The essential parts of a Blueprint are:
Elevation View
ᴑᴑ Vertical display of one side of the project, from north, south, east or west
ᴑᴑ Gives an idea about how the complete structure will look after installation
ᴑᴑ Helps in determining the height dimensions
Plan View
ᴑᴑ Horizontal display of the proposed job looking down from above
ᴑᴑ This view is usually on a horizontal plane 30 inches (75 centimeters) above the floor
ᴑᴑ Helps in determining the length and width dimensions
Section View
ᴑᴑ A cut-through display, showing how an object will be built
b. Steps in Reading a Blueprint

• Determining the view
ᴑᴑ The Elevation view must be studied and understood first. This is a representation of the expected
outcome of the project. This view indicates the height dimensions of the workpiece.
ᴑᴑ The Plan view comes next, which indicates the length and width dimensions of the workpiece.
ᴑᴑ The Section view must be read at the last, to get a clear idea about the sequence of the parts to
be built, in order to obtain the final product.
• Understand the scale and determine the actual dimensions
ᴑᴑ The measurement scale is always exactly proportionate to the final product.
ᴑᴑ This proportion is usually 1:2 ratio
ᴑᴑ The Engineering Scale is used, which incorporates a ratio, where one has to follow multiples of
10.
109
• Reading the Title Block: This indicates the context in which the drawing must be perceived. The Title
block provides information about the following:
ᴑᴑ General tolerances
ᴑᴑ Projection details for the item, component to be manufactured
ᴑᴑ Scale used in the drawing
ᴑᴑ Status of the drawing (Preliminary, Approved, etc.)
ᴑᴑ Name of the component or assembly
ᴑᴑ Contact details of the drawing owner
ᴑᴑ Mass
ᴑᴑ Units used in the drawing
ᴑᴑ Sheet number and number of sheets
• Reading the Notes
ᴑᴑ The notes should lie outside the Title Block.
ᴑᴑ The information provided by the notes are preferred to that provided by the Title Block and
hence, the Notes supersede the Title Block information.
ᴑᴑ In case of conflicts, the Notes are considered correct over the Title Block.
• Reading the Work Order or the Bill of Materials
ᴑᴑ The Work Order provides the requisite details of the assignment and the requirements of the
final product.
ᴑᴑ The Bill of Materials is a list of the components and the corresponding quantities that make up
the general assembly of the item being manufactured.
ᴑᴑ The BOM is usually tabulated on the first page of the Blueprint / Drawing.
• Understanding the differences between the various Lines and interpreting them
ᴑᴑ Visible lines indicate an edge is visible in the relevant view
ᴑᴑ Hidden lines indicate the edge is behind a face
ᴑᴑ Phantom lines indicate edges of structure that are relevant but not included in the drawing
ᴑᴑ Phantom lines could also mean a tangent line (where a curve starts or ends)
ᴑᴑ Center lines indicate the geometric center of the assembly
• Understand and interpret the projections, sections, and details
ᴑᴑ View the drawing itself, regardless of the dimensions, trying to visualize how and what the
assembly looks like in 3D.
ᴑᴑ Use the sections and details as a start point and you will soon realize that the details and sections
have been created to highlight important components or features.
ᴑᴑ With the aid of the BOM / Work Order, find out the components in the drawing in order to
understand the role each component plays.
ᴑᴑ Find out the notes that have arrows pointing towards the assembly. These information are
extremely vital to the assembly and its functionality.
ᴑᴑ Use the dimensions in the drawing to comprehend the size of the component / Assembly / Final
product.
c. Understanding Allowances from the Blueprint
• Allowance is the minimum clearance (positive allowance), or maximum interference (negative
allowance) between parts of an Assembly.
• While preparing Blueprints and technical drawings, a high degree of diligence is implemented to
incorporate Allowances, thus ensuring “Zero Wastage”.
• This helps in reducing the Cost of Production per unit and increasing the productivity of the
assignment.
110
3. Work instructions and specifications and interpret them accurately

• Instructions and specifications provided to the Lead Assembler must not be read casually.
• Instead, all sections and preferably every word must be read and understood diligently.
• This helps the Lead Assembler and the other team members to fully understand and interpret the client’s
requirements and the specifications of the workpiece or job.
• This is an important step in the project/assignment since it eliminates chances of miscommunication.
Draw Plan, Views, Sections and Other Design Structure with the Help of Software for Designing Furniture
Piece
In this case, we will take the example of a chair.
This is the original image of the chair for which the software design will be created.
With the help of Offset Command and keeping the offset distance of 1, create 2 internal lines.
111
With the help of “REGION command” sweep it along the path to create the chair’s backrest.
Clicking on the top view, you can see the chair from the topmost part.
This is a 3D view.
112
The “SWEEP command” will give this result.
After adding color to the designed framework.
Get Approval from Design in Charge/Supervisor for the Target Furniture Design Drawing and its related aspects
like Dimensions of Target Furniture etc.
Supervisors or designer in charge can only approve a furniture design if it fulfills all the requisites and their
dimensions are justifiable.
Some of the standard dimensions of target furniture are:
113
Sofa
5-person sofa - 108” width without couch arms
3-person sofa - 78” width without arms
4-person sofa - 90” width without sofa arms
114
2-person sofa - 50” width without arms
Tall Cabinet
Depth - 12” to 24” deep

Height - 84” to 96” tall
Width - 12” to 36” wide
115
Wall Cabinet
Depth - 12” to 24” deep

Height - 12” to 42” tall
Base Cabinet
Depth - 24” deep

Height - 35” to 36” with countertop & 34½” without countertop
Crockery Unit
Depth – 1 foot 6 inches deep

Height – 6 feet high
Width – 6 feet wide
116
2.4.5 Common Issues Troubleshooting Knowledge

Troubleshooting
• Troubleshooting is a systematic and sequential approach to solve problems, used to detect and resolve
issues in a unit or a system.
• In short, Troubleshooting is the process of detecting a problem, finding its root cause and then rectifying it.
• With the sole purpose of bringing back a system into operation, troubleshooting techniques also focus on
preventive maintenance, so that a particular issue does not appear again and what needs to be done in case
it recurs.
Common Issues
Common Issues Cause How to Solve
• Using a rug to avoid scratches
during handling
• Avoiding sliding items during
Scratched modules and Rough handling and excessive
assembly and installation
pieces usage
operations
• Keeping sharp tools and equipment
away from the modules
• Getting substitute modules from
the vendor/manufacturer
• Not unpacking and • Arranging the modules and
arranging the modules pieces as per instructions and
and pieces according to requirement
the Blueprint • Keeping the work area free of
Missing modules and
• Clumsy and unorganized clutter
pieces
work area • Ensuring that modules, meant
• Not storing the modules for different purposes, do not get
as you proceed with the mixed up
operations • Putting aside assembled parts, as
you proceed with assembly and
installation
• Defective modules
received in consignment • Noting down the reference
Broken modules and • Exerting undue force numbers of the broken parts and
pieces while using tools placing an order for the same with
• Exerting undue force the manufacturer
while trying to fit
• Using the wrong size and
specification of hardware,
say, a wrong size or shape
of screw or nut. • Reading and thoroughly
• Trying to fit mismatched understanding the Instruction
Modules not fitting well
modules and pieces Manual, Directions of Use and
• Failing to understand the Blueprints / Sketches
Instruction Manual and
following the sketches
wrongly
117
Common Issues Cause How to Solve

• The upper part of the
plywood surface gets
peeled from the body
• In case of wooden skin peel off (of
of the furniture due
furniture), use adhesives to join
to water, humidity or
the defective part. If the adhesive
exposition to direct
application doesn’t solve the issue,
Skin Peeling sunlight
replace it with a new part
• At times, the lather
• For skin peeling of clothes or
or clothing covers
lather, it is advisable to replace the
(especially in the
defective part
upholstery) gets peeled
owing to rough use/
prolonged use
• Due to rough use or
over exposition to heat
and water, the angular
portions of the modules • Use hinges to make up for the
get damaged defective angle
Angular Default • Untidy installation or • If the installation of hinge doesn’t
assembling may lead to fix the issue, replace the defective
angular defaults where part with a new module
the alignment of the
angular portion goes
wrong
• At times, the modules
for assembly, especially
the legs which remain in • Cut the legs carefully after taking
contact with the floor, proper measurement
Floor Level Mismatch
do not sit steadily on the • Shimmer the end of the leg
floor. This might happen according to the floor level
due to rough or uneven
floor level.
• Wrong measurement and
marking lead to screw
alignment default
• Wrong drilling or • HDE Drilling is a good solution to
Screwing alignment excessive drilling may the screw alignment issues
default cause screw alignment • If HDE drilling doesn’t fix the issue,
default replace the screw with new one
• Selection of wrong
screw also causes screw
alignment disorder
118
Summary
• The role and responsibilities of an assistant furniture designer depend on the situation and the phase of the
project.
• You should contact your supervisor in case of queries on procedures, products, or problem. If it is not
satisfactorily resolved, you can report your query to a higher level.
• The foremost information that you require to take from your in charge or the client is the type of furniture
he or she needs and the purpose of it.
• After you receive your project order, the foremost thing after measuring the area of the place where the
furniture will be placed is to start working on the measurement of the furniture to be made.
• With the evolving market of modular kitchen and furniture, the demand for the latest furniture styles with
highly improved fittings is on the rise.
• The method of measuring physical parameters is called Metrology.
• BOM is usually tabulated on the first page.
• If we consider the anthropometric dimensions regarding the design of furniture, it is 95% for males and 5%
for female.
• Plywood is a form of engineered wood where thin slices or layers of wood are glued together to form a
sheet.
• Dowel pins are short bamboo sticks that fit in the drilled holes.
• CAD helps in preparing the blueprint of any modular furniture or module/accessory / part.
• Runners are available with a different weight that can carry capacity
• Work Orders comprise details and specifications of a certain job per work-piece.
119
Notes
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
120
Exercise
Fill in the Blanks
1. _____________ refers to the pyramid of ranks or posts in an organization.
a) SOP b) Organizational hierarchy c) Tabulation of designs
2. _____________ is usually tabulated on the first page.

a) BOM b) TOM c) KOL
3. Allowances from the Blueprint helps in reducing the ______________ per unit and increasing the productivity
of the assignment.
a) Cost of Production b) Work Order c) Interpret the projections
A: Cost of Production
4. CorelDraw software is a _____________ that is used for designing and other graphics-related programs.
a) Copy tool b) Coloring tool c) Vector graphics editor
5. The full form of MDF is _________________.

a) Medium Density Fibre b) Marketing Development Funds
c)Multimedia Description Framework
121
Activity
Video Session
• In this session, the Trainer will play 4 videos.
• The Trainer has the discretion of playing all the 3 videos or the number of videos he or she may deem fit.
• The first video will be about the process of creating a queen size bed
• The YouTube link for the video is: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JY1mxnXCeF8
• The second video will be about the basics of wood cutting, furniture polishing and adding vanishes
• The YouTube link for the video is: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=84qXNa697bU
• The third video will be about the process of wood cutting and shaping
• The YouTube link for the video is: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sQUL3hLWLcQ
• The students will watch the video attentively with pin drop silence.
• They can note down pointers from the video that they may find relevant.
• Trainees will maintain decorum in the class and will not talk, whisper or discuss in the class.
• In case of any queries or confusions, students will write those down in their notebooks.
• After the videos end, the students can ask questions of you.
• The students will raise their hands, and you will pick up the students who will place their questions.
• The answering session will be in the form of a discussion where the answers can be given by either you or
any of the students knowing the answer.
Activity
Lab Session
• In this activity, the Trainer will divide the class into 3 groups.
• In this activity, the students will be provided with the necessary equipment to create a bed.
• The bed will be miniature in size.
• The Trainer will provide the necessary tools like:
ᴑᴑ Wood pieces of different dimensions
ᴑᴑ L bracket
ᴑᴑ Screws
ᴑᴑ Drilling machine
ᴑᴑ Sandpaper
ᴑᴑ Saw
ᴑᴑ Adhesive
ᴑᴑ Others
• The Trainer will allot 45 minutes to create their miniature beds.
• After the work is complete, the Trainer will take 15 minutes to analyze the work of all the 3 groups.
• The group that can portray the process in the best way will be declared as the winner and will be appreciated
in the class with accolades.
122
3. Create a Scale
Model and Build a
Furniture Prototype
Unit 3.1 - Create a Scale Model
Unit 3.2 - Build a Prototype and Test
FFS/N0110
123

1. State the process to create a scale model
2. State the process to build a prototype and test
124
Unit 3.1: Create a Scale Model
Unit Objectives
1. List the types of materials used in the selected product category, their trade names and availability
2. Collect materials such as cardboard, small sticks or other products to create scale model
3. Analyse and draw layouts on cardboard sheet as per dimension
4. Analyse furniture making drawings and measurements
3.1.1 Materials Used in the Selected Product Category, their

Trade Names and Availability
In this case, we are going to take a certain type of furniture like a bed as a scale model.
Fig. 3.1.1.1: Sample of a Ready-made Bed
For this selected product (bed), the used materials are:
125
Trade Names of Beds as per their Availability

Divan
The make of these beds are based on 2 main parts that are joined with the help of bracket. The height of the
bed base from the floor is nearly 3 feet. These are best for storing clothes and other materials.
Sofa Bed
These types of beds are generally called “Sofa cum Beds.” This is considered as one of the smart furniture that
adds a stylish touch to the room.
126
Four-poster Bed
These are antique looking traditional-styled beds whose construction comprises of engraved art and high-
quality wood. These types of beds give a royal touch to the rooms.
Canopy bed
The design of this type of bed is more like a four-poster bed. However, these types of beds impart an antique,
dreamy, and luxurious feel to the user.
Mid Sleeper or Bunk Bed
The make of these beds are mainly though for small houses where room space is less as compared to other
spacious houses. In India, these types of beds are created for kids rooms.
127
Sleigh bed
This is one of the contemporary forms of beds that have a slender look, smart and sleek curves, and a classic
look.
Storage Beds
These types of Beds are high in demand at present times. These types of furniture have “Hydraulic” facility or
ottoman gas lift system. This ensures that the user can easily pull the cleat without any extra effort.
Trundle Beds
These are standard on caster beds. In simple words, these bed types have another smaller bed beneath the
upper beds. These beds are useful to save space in a small room
128
These bed types are available in various sizes like:
Fig. 3.1.1.1: Different Bed Sizes with name
129
3.1.2 Select Proper Materials to create Scale Model

Before you jump in with the carpenters to cut the wood pieces for furniture construction, it is imperative that as
an assistant furniture designer to produce a prototype. This prototype or model can be made with simple items
like small sticks, cardboards, pins, adhesive, etc.
Here are some of the prototypes of scale models of different types of beds.
Fig. 3.1.2.1: Rough Construction of a Bed (Prototype)
Fig. 3.1.2.2: Scale Model of a Bed made up of Piece boards
130
Add Sticks or Other Chosen Material to Display the Feature and Details of the Furniture Piece
Fig. 3.1.2.3: Bed Models Created with Cardboard, Popsicle sticks, Small sticks, etc.
3.1.3 Draw a Layout on Card Board Sheet as per Dimension

When a prototype of furniture is made, it usually is based on the layout that is made prior to the model
creation. The process is simple for this.
The first step is to take a cardboard sheet of a considerable thickness.
131
The next step is to draw out the layout of the furniture (Bed in this case)
Material Characteristics with Reference to Product Category like Construction, Dimensional Properties,
Durability etc.
As per this layout, the measurement for each section will be (on actual model):
• Floorboard Bars (Spruce or Pine) - 22 ⅝” x 2 ½” x 1 ½”
• Headboard Bars - 34 ⅝” x 2 ¾” x 1 ½”
• Long Bed Rails - 75 ½” x 5 ¼” x 1 ½”
132
• Short Bed Rails - 53 ¼” x 5 ½” x 1 ½”

• Frame Slats - 54 ¼” x 3 ½” x ¾”
• Top rails - 53 ¼” x 3 ½” x 1 ½”
• Footboard Legs - 35 ⅝” x 4 ⅛” x 1 ½”
• Headboard Legs - 47 4/5” x 4 ⅝” x 1 ½”
Now, cut the layout drawn on the cardboard with precision.

As per the numbers on the cardboard, join the pieces of furniture.
After cutting the cardboard, the pieces will resemble like this:
The final model will look like this:
133
3.1.4 Furniture Making Drawings and Measurements

Drawing is one of the fundamental aspects in case of furniture designing. As an assistant designer has to work
on different types of projects, it becomes important to create prototypes as per the work requirement.
This formation of the prototype can be achieved with the help of diagrammatic representation. Now in case
of assistant furniture designer, the drawings have to be via AutoCAD or CorelDraw. The use of such type of
software ensures that the furniture designs are appropriate with proper use of measurements.
For example, if your project asks you to design furniture for modular furniture, the diagrammatic approach for
this will be:
Fig. 3.1.4.1: Diagram for Kitchen based Furniture with their proper Arrangement (in mm.)
Fig. 3.1.4.2: Diagram with Measurement for a Sofa
134
When the diagram is shifted from AutoCAD to CorelDraw, the diagram for furniture will look like this:
Review All Sizes and Proportions of Scale, Also Review All Joineries and Making Techniques of Furniture
In case of furniture designing, knowing the concept is important. The concept that we are going to talk about
is Scale and Proportion.
Scale refers to an object’s size in relation to another. Mostly, it is used to scale the size of a space or an object
with respect to the size of an average human body.
Fig. 3.1.4.3: Proportionate Measurement
135
When we talk about furniture’s proportion, we are basically talking about the generic proportion of 2 objects.
In this case, the general proportion is basically related to the different types of furniture with its arrangement
of requirement of a room.
Fig. 3.1.4.4: Room Diagram with Furnitures
As per this image, different types of furniture are designed, created and placed in a room.
Another aspect to review regarding proportion is the calculation regarding the creation of furniture with
accurate proportion and size.
Fig. 3.1.4.5: Sketch Diagram of a Furniture
The first image showcases the appropriately measured and proportionately attached wooden legs that will
provide stability to the furniture. The second image showcases the incorrect proportioned wooden leg that
can break due to pressure.
Review all Joineries

One of the fastest growing industries in India is that of Woodwork. With more than 200,000 artisans and
100,000 registered woodworking units, the joineries in India are contributing a marginal contribution (nearly
0.5%) in the GDP of India.
You will find the information on joineries in (Section 2.3.3).
136
Analyse and Conduct A Visual Inspection to Identify Any Problems That Are Present or May Arise In Scale
Model, Before Proceeding to Prototype Sample
• Visually inspecting each step help in detecting issues in the early stages of the task
• Early detection of faults and issues in the hardware tools and the modules helps in avoiding wastage of
money, time and manpower.
• Visual Inspection eliminates chances of future breakdowns and major faults.
• This helps in avoiding serious defects in the final products, and, in turn, a product recall.
Method of Conducting Visual Inspection

The common methods of conducting visual inspection are:
• Tallying all aspects of the assembled and installed product against the AutoCAD sketches, blueprints, and
approved samples
• Visually checking for defects related to:
ᴑᴑ Wrong dimensions (not according to specifications in Work Order)
ᴑᴑ Discoloration, Staining and Tainting
ᴑᴑ Improper and inadequate Finishing
ᴑᴑ Scratches
ᴑᴑ Mismatched and misfit parts
ᴑᴑ Other defects
Present To Seniors and Seek Approval, Incorporate Feedback for Getting a Furniture Prototype Sample Ready
• Each organization has a set of parameters on which customers share their feedback.
• Before sending the prototypes to the customers, it is the responsibility of the assistant furniture designer
(you) to present the AutoCAD model to their seniors for approval.
• The senior designer then checks the AutoCAD design for any flaws or gaps. This includes the measurement
for each part of the furniture.
• In case your seniors find a fault or wish to add certain specifications, they will mention those in the feedback
sheet.
• Your work here will be to incorporate those feedbacks in your generated designs and then provide
assistance for furniture prototype creation.
137
Unit 3.2: Build a Prototype and Test
Unit Objectives
1. State about the detail drawings & specification to the craftsman /carpenter
2. Analyse the look and appearance of the prototype sample and check for errors
3.2.1 Detail Drawings & Specification to the Craftsman /

Carpenter for Prototype
As an assistant furniture designer, your job role is not just limited to drawing the furniture designs in software
like AutoCAD. To get the prototype ready for the clients, it is important that detailed drawings with their
specifications are provided to the carpenters or craftsmen to get the work done.
Fig. 3.2.1.1: Drawing of a Bed in AutoCAD (Partial)
138
Fig. 3.2.1.2: Specifications of a Farmhouse King Size Bed
139
Fig. 3.2.1.3: Specifications of its Drawer System
The above drawing can be a little confusing if give as a single image. For better understanding, it is better to
give the craftsmen or carpenters elaborate sets of furniture drawing with required measurements.
Fig. 3.2.1.4: Dimensions of Headboard
140
Fig. 3.2.1.5: Dimensions of Floorbard
Fig. 3.2.1.6: Measurements of the Bed
141
Fig. 3.2.1.7: Under Bed Dresser Drawer with Measurements
Ensure all the Collected Raw Materials or Sample Materials are of Standard Quality
• The main material in furniture making is wood. It is important to see if the wood quality is good and it
arrives in intact without the infestation of pests.
• The average weight of king size beds is usually on the heavier side. So, it is imperative that the used
materials are of galvanized steel.
• The quick-grip clamps to hold the pieces of the bolts connecting the different parts if wood pieces should
be rust-free.
• The adhesive used for fastening the wood pieces should be of good quality.
• Check that the wood used for making beds are of hardwood.
• A standard quality wood for making furniture should be kiln-dried and air-dried.
• Make sure that the furniture pieces are put together either with Dovetails or Mortise and tenon.
Make Sure all Cut Size of Wood Pieces are as per Given Layout
When the project for a piece of furniture comes to an assistant furniture designer, he or she has to design the
prototype based on the site measurement. In simple words, the size of the furniture should be appropriate to
the size of the room without giving a cluttered feeling.
To do so, it is important that the craftsman follow the exact measurement as given by the designer on the
furniture drawing.
After the prototype is created, it is the responsibility of the designer to ensure that the wood pieces are cut as
per the specification provided by him or her and formerly approved by the supervisor.
The measurement includes the size of various elements like:
• Top head
• Bottom head
• Legs of the bed
• Panel trim pieces
• Floorboard trim pieces
If the wood pieces are cut as per the given layout, the final product will be sturdy and durable.
142
Check Structure of Prototype and Analyze all Joineries and Techniques Used are Correct
The analysis of joineries and techniques with accurate prototype structure, the following things are required
to be checked:
143
144
3.2.2 Analyze Look and Appearance of the Prototype Sample and

Check for Errors
If you see the above section (3.2.1), you will find the drawings of the furniture on the basis of which the
prototypes are made.
The AutoCAD images of the furniture only show the appearance and look of the prototype sample. However, it
will not highlight the errors. For this, creation of prototype samples is a must. Based on the previous section’s
drawings, the prototype will look like this:
Fig. 3.2.2.1: Headboard of the Prototype
Fig. 3.2.2.2: Frame of the Prototype
145
Fig. 3.2.2.3: Complete Prototype
Fig. 3.2.2.4: Look and Feel of Prototype with Mattress and other Essentials
After the prototype is created, it is imperative from your side to check the complete product. The best aspect
would be to tally the product with the drawings that you have generated. In this way, you can be assured of
the measurements and the specifications that you have given to the craftsmen.
Any issues with the prototype creation will also come to light as the model is based on the software generated
drawings.
Review and get the furniture prototype tested by supervisors

Supervisors review the furniture prototypes with the help of various steps. The common practice involves:
146
Checking For Balance and Levelling

The first step is from the point of view of visual aspect.
The other method is the use of bubble level that can be placed at the furniture’s top (flat) part. The bubble
inside the bubble level will stay at the center of the instrument if the furniture is leveled. In case the furniture
is not leveled, the bubble will float towards the opposite direction.
Fig. 3.2.2.5: Balance and Level checking scale
Checking For Strength, Durability, and Longevity

These checks can be made with the help of putting considerable weight on the furniture. This can be in the
form of adding weights with a minimum of 10 kg and increasing with another 10 kgs.
For durability, the supervisors can impose various types of tests in the form of chemical or stain use (ketchup,
orange or lemon juice, red wine, coffee, alcohol, etc.
Another of the checks in this category can be in the form of checking heat resistance where hot objects like
teacups or bowl of hot soup are kept above the furniture surface.
The longevity of furniture with its finish can be tested with water test where water is sprinkled all over the
furniture and left to be dried. Cracks on the furniture surface (polishes) can state that the designed furniture
is not up to the mark.
Ensure that the Prototype Finish is as per Instruction and Quality Standard
As per the general standards fixed for checking furniture finishes (in this case, the prototype), the focus is
mainly on the sheen on the surface.
There are certain procedures to check it. One of the potent methods that are highly sought is the use of gloss
meters. With the help of this device, supervisors can easily check the sheen of furniture to that of another.
This instrument measures the angles when a light beam is struck on the furniture surface and it bounces back.
The angles at which the light will bounce back for different types of finishes are:
• Full gloss finish- 80˚ - 90˚
• Semi-gloss finish - 50˚ - 60˚
• Satin finish - 25˚ - 30˚
• Dead flat to Flat finish - 5˚ - 10˚
147
Fig. 3.2.2.6: Gloss Meter
Develop a New Prototype or Make Changes in This Existing Prototype Sample as per Feedback or Inputs
Received
You are already aware of the fact that the created prototype is of a farmhouse king size bed. As you have to
create a new prototype based on the previously created prototype, we will proceed with Chestwick Platform
Bed of queen size.
For this, you will require the following things:
• Furniture Feet - 4 – 4” tall
• Molding
• Box spring or wood slats
Tools
• Drill bit set
• Sander
• Brad Nailer
• Miter saw
• Circular saw
• Drill
• Pencil
• Speed square
• Tape measurement
148
To begin with the new prototype creation, the first step is to draw the furniture with their appropriate
dimensions.
↓
Join the 4 moldings together to create the outer frame.
↓
With the help of Kreg Jig create pocket holes where the other molding heads will be inserted so that the outer
frame remains in balance. This is known as center support which will support the mattress.
↓
Add bottom and top tops on two sides (represented by green molding).
149
↓
Trim the edges of the bottom and top tops to keep damage less distance from the wall.
↓
With the help of nails and glue, attach all the gaps. This will reduce the gap between the bed and the mattress
space.
↓
Turn the structure upside down so that you can attach the legs.
150
↓
Add the box spring or slats.
Final Product
151
Get Signoff/Approval of This Final Prototype from the Supervisor

• After the prototype is created from the approved diagram of the AutoCAD model, the supervisor will check
it once as an overview.
• The supervisor will check if the slats and moldings are places appropriately.
• After the supervisor states the prototype to be appropriate, you require getting the approval for the final
prototype.
ABC Furniture Pvt. Ltd.
Voucher No. 12 Date: 20/09/2018
Category: Farmhouse King Size Bed
Colour: Glossy Wooden Colour
Contents:
Basic Sketch of the Prototype
AutoCAD Model
Specifications as per the drawn model
Type of wood used
Use of divider panel, divider strips, centre strip, etc. as per instruction
Screws and joints as per instruction
Cutting of wood and joining as per provided dimensions
Presence of external furniture parts
Leveling of furniture
Finish on furniture
category of Finish
Polish on Furniture
Presence of visible flaws
Signature of Supervisor
________________________________________________________
Fig. 3.2.2.7: Sample Voucher
152
Assist In Compliance With Procedural Documentation and If Required Take the Photograph of the Finished
Furniture Prototype to Make a Portfolio/Record Purpose
The documentation will be similar to the previous document with an additional point.
ABC Furniture Pvt. Ltd.
Voucher No. 12 Date: 20/09/2018
Category: Farmhouse King Size Bed
Colour: Glossy Wooden Colour
Contents:
Basic Sketch of the Prototype
AutoCAD Model
Specifications as per the drawn model
Type of wood used
Use of divider panel, divider strips, centre strip, etc. as per instruction
Screws and joints as per instruction
Cutting of wood and joining as per provided dimensions
Presence of external furniture parts
Leveling of furniture
Finish on furniture
category of Finish
Polish on Furniture
Presence of visible flaws
Image of Prototype
Prototype without Polish Prototype with Polish
Signature of Supervisor Signature of Furniture Designer

__________________________ ______________________________
Fig. 3.2.2.8: Sample Voucher 2
153
Summary
1. When a prototype of furniture is made, it usually is based on the layout that is made prior to the model
creation.
2. Drawing is one of the fundamental aspects in the case of furniture designing.
3. Before sending the prototypes to the customers, it is the responsibility of the assistant furniture designer
(you) to present the AutoCAD model to their seniors for approval.
4. The adhesive used for fastening the wood pieces should be of good quality.
5. The AutoCAD images of the furniture only show the appearance and look of the prototype sample.
154
Notes
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
155
Exercise
1. What eliminates chances of future breakdowns and major faults?
a) Competition b) Visual Inspection c) Defect
2. What is the software via which you can generate prototype drawing of furniture?
a) AutoCAD b) Video editor c) Sketch down
A: AutoCAD
3. Standard quality wood for making furniture should be:

a) Kiln-dried b) Soggy c) White
4. Which instrument measures the angles when a light beam is struck on the furniture surface and it bounces
back?
a) Thermometer b) Gloss Meter c) Finish meter
Activity
Chart Paper
• This session will be in the form of “Chart Paper” activity.
• In this activity, the Trainer will divide the class into groups where the students will be even in number.
• The topic on which the students will work on will be “Creating a prototype sample of your preferred furniture
with their respective drawings and specifications”
• The student groups presenting their answers should use both text and images (hand drawn)
• After the time is up, the Trainer will dedicate 5 minutes each for evaluating the chart paper of each group
• The group presenting their answers in the best way will be declared the winning group and awarded with
accolades and appreciation
Activity
Lab Session
• This session will be in the form of “Laboratory” activity.
• In this activity, the Trainer will take the students to the computer lab.
• The Trainer will divide the class into 4 groups where the students will be even in number or as per the total
number of students.
• The topic on which the students will work on - “Develop a New Prototype from the existing prototype with
cardboard, sticks, and other required material.”
• The Trainer will give the students 45 minutes to complete their task.
• After the work of students is over, the Trainer will inspect the work of each group.
• The group presenting their prototype in the best way will be declared the winning group and awarded with
accolades and appreciation
156
4. Ensure Health and

Safety at Workplace
Unit 4.1 - Health and Safety
Unit 4.2 - Dealing with Emergencies
FFS/N8601
157

1. Describe the aspects related to health and safety
2. State the process of dealing with emergencies
158
Unit 4.1: Health and Safety
Unit Objectives
1. List the common health and safety hazards in a work environment and related precautions
2. State the safe working practices in a furniture and fittings related workplace
3. Analyse and ensure safe handling and disposal of waste and debris
4. Relate the importance of using protective clothing/equipment while working
5. Explain the correct process to maintain correct body posture while standing and working
6. List the different risks associated with the use of electrical equipment
4.1.1 Common Health and Safety Hazards in a

Work Environment
An assistant furniture designer is an integral part of woodwork designing. The designer not only works with
the designing part but is also associated with the use of woodworking tools. It is essential for her/him to have
a full understanding of the hazards and risks associated with woodworking.
Woodworking involves various activities such as sawing, chiseling, drilling, etc. Many sharp tools, saws,
electrically powered tools are used to carry out these activities. Hence, the level of safety hazards is high in
woodworking.
It is very easy to recognize those hazards that cause immediate and traumatic injury — blades that cut fingers
and limbs, wood chips and fragments that fly into eyes, loose clothing or long hair that catches in whirling
machinery, muscle strains from heavy lilting.
But there are also hidden dangers in woodworking. These include wood dust, sap and oils, mold and fungus,
vibration, and noise.
Common hazards in the work area and workplace procedures for dealing with them
Cuts, lacerations, and piercing
Causes:
• Use of blunt blades of saw or chisel
• Unbalanced and insecurely fastened blades
• Unguarded blades of power cutting tools
• Incorrect use of sharp tools: for example — placing hand or body in front of the blade, not using push block
159
or push stick while cutting a piece of wood on a table saw or planer

• Unsecured workpiece: for example — not using clamps while working with saw or chisel
• Lack of proper training in operating cutting tools
• Poor maintenance of tools
• Poor housekeeping: for example - sharp objects lying on the floor, not keeping sharp tools back in their
designated place
• Not wearing personal protective equipment
Eye injury
Causes:
• Not wearing personal protective equipment
• Incorrect and irregular disposal of wood dust/wood debris
• The unsecured or unsupported workpiece
• Making cuts in the wrong direction.
Exposure to loud noise
Causes:
• Woodworking machines generate a lot of noise.
• If you have trouble hearing someone speak from three feet away, the noise level from the machine is too
high.
• Short exposure to loud noise may result in temporary hearing loss and continued exposure may result in
permanent hearing damage.
160
Wood dust
Causes:
• The sawing and planning action or using drill machine generates high level of dust, which is called wood
dust.
• Wood dust is a potential explosion, fire and health hazard.
• Breathing in wood dust can damage lungs.
• It can also cause eye injuries.
• Wood dust can also cause skin allergies and irritation from direct contact.
• Wood dust can be recycled and it can also be used as fuel.
• Contact with the dust of many kinds of wood can cause conjunctivitis (eye inflammation), hay fever, asthma,
coughing, and other respiratory diseases.
• Wood dust can catch fire easily, that is why workshop should be cleaned at regular intervals.
Personal injury and fatigue
Causes:
• Working in awkward positions
• Performing repetitive tasks for a prolonged period
• Lifting excessive weight
• Poor lifting techniques:
• For example —
ᴑᴑ Lifting too fast, too often or too long
ᴑᴑ Lifting with back bent or while twisting or reaching too far
ᴑᴑ Lifting while sitting or kneeling, etc.
• Not taking appropriate rest breaks
161
• Wearing inappropriate clothing

• Uneven and unsteady walking surface
• Poor housekeeping: for example - wet and slippery floor, inadequate lighting
• Working in confined place
Slips, trips, and falls
Causes:
• Wet or oily surfaces and spills
• Uneven walking surface
• Tools or material in walkways and passageways
• Cables across the way
• Inappropriate use of equipment: for example - placing a ladder on uneven floor
• Poor maintenance: for example - broken ladder
• Inadequate lighting
• Obstructed view
• Not using personal protective equipment
• Working without safety belt at heights
• Not reporting your supervisor about faulty equipment
Electrocution
Causes:
• Using power tools near water
• Using power tools with wet hands
• Damaged or frayed cables or wires
• The socket is in on position when plugging anything into it
• Pulling the cord to remove plug from socket
162
Potential hazards and risks which may be present at furniture and fittings related workplace
An assistant furniture designer is exposed to multiple occupational health hazards. Potential hazards and risks
are the ones which are likely to occur but have not occurred yet. The knowledge on the same is essential so
that the trainees stay awake and alert while working hands-on live assignments. These are:
• Injury (of varying severity) hazards and risks from the use of different equipment, machinery, and tools
• Ergonomic injuries, fatigue and muscle stress arising from working in long shifts, in awkward and
inconvenient positions, exposure to repetitive tasks and lifting as per inappropriate methods
• Biologically and chemically toxic hazards like prolonged exposure to toxic pathogens (harmful
microorganisms like bacteria, fungi and molds, viruses and their vectors and carriers), corrosive, harmful
and radioactive chemicals
• Exposure to extreme temperatures and the resulting risks like heat stroke and hypothermia (the condition
of having fatally low body temperature)
• Prolonged or repetitive exposure to carcinogenic (causing cancer) materials like radioactive materials,
radiations and waste like wood dust and formaldehyde in pressed wood
• Exposure to toxic fumes from chemical solvents and hydrocarbons
• Exposure to highly combustible materials like wood debris, straw, and hay, gas cylinders, etc.
• Exposure of the eye to sharps, debris and flying splinters
• Exposure to climbing heights (trolleys, ladders, scaffolding, and cranes) and the resultant risk of falling
from them
Check the worksite for any possible health and safety hazards
• Ensure that the worksite does not have any open or broken electrical wires.
• Maintain the work area, clean it properly and take necessary steps to keep the area hygienic and well-
ventilated
• The walking or working area should not have scattered nails or small that may hurt the people working at
the workshop
• Appoint a safety supervisor in the workshop
• This safety supervisor will stay responsible for checking the worksite for potential health and safety hazards
• Have your employer develop a daily checklist for all areas, delegated to appropriate employees
Identify and report any hazards and potential risks/ threats to supervisors or other authorized personnel
Hazards and potential risks/threats can be identified and then reported to supervisors or other authorized
persons in the following ways:
Verbal report to
supervisor or authorized
persons
Fig. 4.1.1.1: Hazard Reporting Process
163
While identifying and reporting a hazard / potential threat / potential risk, one must describe the following:
Who it was
reported to
Fig. 4.1.1.2: Threat Identification Process
4.1.2 Safe Working Practices in a Furniture and Fittings Related

Workplace
How to follow safe working practices while at work?
Assistant furniture designers may follow safe working practices at all times by:
• Working safely with all tools, tackles, and equipment
• Using ppe appropriately and safely and storing and maintaining them as instructed by the manufacturer
• Maintaining and storing tools and equipment in excellent working condition according to organizational
requirements and standards
• Checking all tools and the entire work area for possible hazards and risks before starting with the task
• Conducting regular electrical inspections at the workplace by an experienced and licensed electrician
• Conducting frequent inspection of powered tools and equipment by licensed electricians (preferably every
month)
• Replacing defective machinery and accessories with new ones, if deemed absolutely necessary
• Ensuring that the work area is absolutely free of clutter
• Reporting any spills to the housekeeping staff immediately
• Operating machines and equipment only with the safety guards and safety switch techniques in place
• Enforcing adequate and timely lock-out and tag-out mechanisms in powered tools and machinery
• Maintaining good ventilation and lighting conditions in the work area and reporting to concerned
authorities if otherwise
• Keeping a fully equipped first aid kit
164
• Abiding by safe ergonomic practices

• Ensuring that the power supply to all powered machinery, equipment, and tools is disconnected while
conducting troubleshooting, routine maintenance and repair/replacement operations
• Taking short breaks without hampering the schedule and productivity of the system
• Always abiding by safe housekeeping practices
Work safely at all times, complying with health and safety legislation, regulations, and other relevant
guidelines
• Ensure that all emergency route maps are on display, in publicly accessible places, on all floors of the
workplace
• Ensure that appropriate fire extinguishers are available on all the floors of the workplace
• Ask your supervisor how you may retrieve ppe and how to maintain and store the same
• Stay aware that confined spaces must bear appropriate signs, to restrict claustrophobic people from
accessing them
• Learn and abide by company policy and procedures for dealing with security risks in your workplace
• Learn and abide by company policies and procedures for making sure that security will be maintained
when you go on your breaks and when you finish work
Ensure that health and safety instructions applicable to the work place are being followed
• Lighting should be adequate in all areas and replacement bulbs should be kept handy
• Ensure that all manual cutting tools must be honed in advance because blunt tools can slip and lead to
deep cuts
• Ensure that while using cutting tools the direction of cutting is always away from your body
• Arrange for frequent safety drills and training for employees to promote safety awareness
• Have a clear idea of how much authority and responsibility you have to deal with security risks including
your legal rights and duties
• Learn and abide by company policies and procedures for maintaining security while you work
Follow manufacturers’ instructions and job specifications relating to safe use of materials specifically
chemicals and power equipment
• Ensure that all chemical solutions used on display shelves or for housekeeping purposes must be used only
after referring to the relevant msds (material safety data sheets) or instruction manuals
• Loosely fitted clothes must be completely avoided because the loose ends may get caught in powered
machinery and tools and may be fatal
• Ensure that you read the instruction manual thoroughly before handling powered tools and equipment.
165
4.1.3 Safe Handling and Disposal of Waste and Debris

• All walkways should be cleared of clutter and debris to avoid trips and falls.
• Any spill should be cleared off immediately and ‘wet floor’ or ‘work in progress’ signs should be used in
appropriate places.
• Store equipment, tools and chemicals should be stored appropriately, abiding by all instructions provided
in the instruction manual and ‘directions for use’.
Procedure to be followed for safe disposal of waste

• Disposal of solid waste
ᴑᴑ Solid waste, once accumulated, must be labeled appropriately.
ᴑᴑ Solid waste on the site mainly comprises debris and sharps.
ᴑᴑ Debris in a furniture workshop comprises wood and timber splinters, sawdust, metal and glass sharps.
ᴑᴑ Wood, timber and sawdust can be either treated at landfill or at the incinerator.
ᴑᴑ Metal and glass sharps are collected in appropriate containers.
ᴑᴑ Metal sharps are melted for recycling.
ᴑᴑ Glass sharps are pulverized for recycling.
ᴑᴑ Sharps, if contaminated, must be autoclaved and deactivated before disposing of into containers.
ᴑᴑ Ferro-magnetic debris is separated using magnetic filters and treated according to their nature.
ᴑᴑ
ᴑᴑ Disposal of chemical waste
ᴑᴑ Common chemical wastes include:
ᴑᴑ Paint
ᴑᴑ Batteries
ᴑᴑ Motor oil, oil filters and antifreeze
ᴑᴑ Cfcs and hcfcs in aerosol sprays and coolants
ᴑᴑ Paints of all categories must be recycled to the full extent.
ᴑᴑ Empty paint containers may comprise sediments and debris which can be separated. This can be done
by allowing the material to settle for some time so that the remaining paint can be poured out from
the top and the sediment at the bottom removed and treated as per norms.
ᴑᴑ Batteries should never be treated at landfills because they contain toxic chemicals, which may pollute
the environment.
ᴑᴑ Batteries are generally incinerated which is a safer option as compared to landfill.
ᴑᴑ Hammer mills are used to break the batteries and the electrolytes are treated chemically for
neutralization.
ᴑᴑ Motor oil and other oil-based products can be recycled into lubricating oil.
ᴑᴑ Mercury must be isolated chemically and recycled into:
ᴑᴑ Thermometers
ᴑᴑ Paints
ᴑᴑ Metal halide lamps
ᴑᴑ Mercury vapour lamps
ᴑᴑ Lead from batteries can be recovered through controlled temperature processes and later on, refined
for resale.
ᴑᴑ Batteries containing unknown levels of mercury are treated at mercury retorts.
ᴑᴑ Cfcs (chlorofluorocarbons) and hcfcs (hydro-chlorofluorocarbons) are either recycled or destroyed.
166
Destruction involves one or more of the following techniques:

ᴑᴑ Superheated steam
ᴑᴑ Submerged combustion
ᴑᴑ Arc plasma
ᴑᴑ Solid alkali reaction
ᴑᴑ Incineration
ᴑᴑ Electric furnace
Proper disposal system for waste and by-product

• Assistant furniture designers must be well aware of the waste and the by-products procured during the
assembly and installation processes from the designed blueprint.
• Waste must be sorted into appropriate categories, disposed of in designated places and treated according
to their physical and chemical nature.
• Assistant furniture designers must learn to identify symbols for hazardous waste and take appropriate
measures by wearing ppe and careful handling and treating the waste.

Fig. 4.1.3.1: Types of wood chips
4.1.4 Preventative and Remedial Actions

Toxic Solvents
An assistant furniture designer is often exposed to toxic solvents like acetone, chloroform, gasoline, carbon
tetrachloride, diethyl ether, ethyl alcohol and methyl (ethanol), toluene, benzene, ethers, trichloroethylene,
dichloroethane, tricresyl phosphate, nitroparaffins, tetralin, decalin, etc. Exposure of the body to toxic solvents
can be via Ingestion, Skin Contact, and Inhalation.
The more volatile a toxic solvent is, higher are its chances of poisoning the respiratory system. Apart from
administering appropriate first aid techniques, one must seek medical help and report the concerned supervisor.
167
Remedial actions for exposure to toxic solvents:

• In case of inhalation of toxic solvents or resulting fumes, moving the victim to fresh air immediately, thus
exposing the person to an adequate oxygen supply.
• In case of skin contact with toxic solvents, the affected area must be washed thoroughly with lukewarm
water and soap.
• In case of ingestion, vomiting must be instigated and the stomach must be washed.
• Activated charcoal may be administered in case of ingestion and inhalation.
• In case the eye is affected, it must be splashed and rinsed off with cold water until the effect subsides.
Preventative actions for exposure to toxic solvents:

• Appropriate PPE like protective chemical-resistant gloves, respiratory masks (for protection against toxic
fumes), aprons, etc. must be worn.
• Initiatives must be taken to provide adequate ventilation to the work area.
• Any spillage of toxic chemicals must be wiped off immediately with a wet cloth.
• The containers must be closed tightly after every use, to prevent spillage or leakage of fumes.
• Solvents must be kept away from naked flames, in a cool and dark place.
• All solvents must be stored in neatly labeled containers and provided with MSDS (Material Safety Data
Sheets).
Toxic Flux
Flux is an agent for chemical cleaning, purifying or flowing. Fluxes are extensively used in extractive metallurgy,
furniture manufacture and metal joining techniques. Few common fluxes are Beeswax, Lead, Paraffin Wax,
Borax, resin, Palm Oil, Cryolite, Unslaked Lime, Common Salt, Solder, etc.
The most toxic fluxes are Acid fluxes (which may comprise harmful agents like Hydrochloric acid, Ammonium
chloride, Zinc chloride, etc.), Resin fluxes (which may lead to Asthma), Molten Solder fluxes (which can cause
severe burns on the skin), Lead and Mercury fluxes (which are very easily absorbed by the body and cause
countless health issues and even death).
Remedial actions for exposure to toxic fluxes:

• The victim must be carefully removed from the exposure area to a well-ventilated place.
• In case of skin contact or eye injury with toxic fluxes, the affected area must be washed thoroughly with a
generous amount of water for at least 15-20 minutes.
• In case of ingestion, vomiting must not be induced unless prescribed by a physician.
• Ingestion must be treated with a drink of cold water or milk.
• In case of inhalation, adequate breathing support must be provided to the victim.
• Washing of the skin and the eye must be followed by a suitable skin or eye ointment.
• In case of difficulty in swallowing and unconsciousness in the victim, no oral remedy must be administered
to prevent choking.
• Medical help must be summoned in case of severity.
Preventative actions for exposure to toxic fluxes:

• Appropriate PPE must be used while working with toxic fluxes.
• The Directions of Use provided by the supplier/manufacturer must be strictly abided by.
168
4.1.5 Protective Clothing/Equipment While Working

Hazards exist in every workplace in many different forms:
• Sharp edges
• Falling objects
• flying sparks
• Chemicals
• Noise and other potentially dangerous situations
Like every workplace, the wood workshop also has exposure to a variety of risks and hazards that can cause
injury. An assistant furniture designer, a lock technician, a carpenter, and other team members may face
many risks while working with wood, such as flying wood fragments, noise, wood dust, nails, sharp tools, etc.
Everyone at the workplace should be protected from these risks and hazards that can cause danger to their
safety.
Controlling a hazard at its source is the best way to prevent accidents from occurring. But sometimes it is not
feasible or does not provide sufficient protection. Workers must use personal protective equipment to protect
themselves from workplace hazards.
Personal protective equipment is commonly referred to as ‘PPE’. Personal protective equipment is equipment
worn to safeguard from hazards and help to minimize exposure to hazards at the workplace. PPE includes
items such as:
• Gloves
• Foot and eye protection
• Protective hearing devices
• Safety helmets
• High-visibility clothing
• Safety harnesses
It also includes respiratory protective equipment (RPE).
As an efficient worker, it is your responsibility that you should take care of your personal safety and also the
safety of your co-workers at the workplace. You must take every possible safety precautions to avoid accidents
and hazards and ensure the safety of all workers. Never forget to use personal protective equipment at work.
You must have knowledge of the following:
• When PPE is necessary
• What PPE is necessary
• How to properly put on, take off, adjust and wear the PPE
• The limitations of the PPE
• Proper care, maintenance, and disposal of PPE
Safety Standards and Precautions to Be Taken and Different Types of Personal Protective Gear and Their
Usage
Do’s
• Always use the right tool for the job.
• Always use personal protective equipment.
169
• While giving a sharp tool to anybody, hold the edge in your hand and the handle towards another person.
• Keep the sharp tools in designated place only.
• Check power tools before using them for a broken plug or poor condition of the cord.
• Always sharpen the blades of plane or chisel before using them.
Don’ts
• Do not keep hand tools on machine.
• Do not keep sharp tools in your pocket.
• Do not use caliper as tongs.
• Do not wipe off edges of the steel pull-push rule with bare hands to avoid injury.
• Do not use power tools near water, inflammable gas, or oil.
• Do not touch power tools while they are working.
• Do not use power tools with wet hands.
• Do not talk while working with tools.
Different Types of Personal Protective Equipment and Their Use

Personal Protective Equipment, commonly termed as PPE, is specialized clothing or equipment worn and used
by employees for safeguarding themselves against Occupational Health and Safety hazards.
Such clothing is aimed at protecting different parts of the body, like hands, eyes, ears, face, feet, head etc.
Here is a table of personal protective equipment that is widely used.

• Hand Gloves – Used for protecting the hands from harmful and corrosive chemicals, extreme temperatures,
sharp and contaminated objects.
For example, Nitrile gloves are used for protecting the hands against solvents, oils, greases, tar, acids, and
alkalis.
Gloves made of natural rubber or Latex are used for protection against contaminations and biohazard risks.
Asbestos gloves are worn while dealing with extremely hot materials.
• Safety Shoes – These are made of highly durable and robust material and protect the feet from injuries
due to cuts and bruises.
• Safety Goggles – These protect the eyes from harmful radiation, dust particles, and splinters.
• Masks and Face Shields- These are worn especially during welding, gas cutting, and brazing operations, in
order to protect the face from direct flame, extreme temperatures, dust particles and splinters.
• Apron – This protects the clothes from dust and other impurities. These are often heat-resistant and anti-
abrasive in nature.
• Ear Muffs – These are used in extremely noisy places like factories and workshops, in order to protect the
ears from deafening.
• Respirators - These masks, if of the FFP3 (Filtering Face Piece Grade-3) specification, allow a maximum air
pollutant leakage of 5% only and filter 99% of all particles measuring up to 0.6 μm.
170
Head Protection (Safety Helmet)
Safety Helmet
Function
Head injury can impair a worker for the lifetime. Wearing a safety helmet is the easiest way to avoid such
situations. Safety helmet is used to:
• Protect head from falling objects and knocks
• Reduce risk of head bumping against fixed objects like exposed pipes and beams
• Protect head from accidental electrical hazards
Safety helmet comes in different forms. Some helmets include other protective elements such as goggles,
earmuffs attached to it.
Safety helmet should be worn on the head, not on any hat or cap.
Eye Protection
Safety Goggle Safety Spectacle Facemask
Function
Eye is one of the most sensitive organs of the body. Woodwork is a job which comes with various hazards
related to eye damage.
For example, sawdust, small pieces of sharp objects may cause damage to the eye. Therefore, eye protection
must be used. Some widely used eye protection are –
• Safety Goggle
• Safety Spectacle
• Facemask
171
These protections should be worn to avoid any damage owing to wood dust, metal chips in the process of
sawing, drilling, grinding and chiseling.
Hearing Protection
Single Use Earplug Pre-formed or Modelled Earplug Ear Defender or Earmuff
Function
Woodworking machines such as drilling machine, circular saw, and jigsaw create a lot of noise.
Short exposure to the noise may cause temporary hearing loss and long exposure may lead to permanent
hearing loss.
Therefore, hearing protection is an essential PPE for a woodworker. Some important hearing protection are –
• Single Use Earplug: They are made of waxed cotton, foam, silicon rubber or fibreglass wool. They are self-
forming and, when properly inserted they work as well as most modeled earplugs.
• Pre-formed or Modelled Earplugs: These are small fiber plugs that are inserted into the ear and used in
case of severe noise. They can be either disposable or reusable. Reusable plugs should be cleaned after
use. Never use plugs which are used by somebody else.
• Ear Defender or Earmuff: These are used to cover the entire ear and connected to a band that fits over the
top of the head. These are used when the noise is excessively high.
Hand Gloves
Hand Gloves
172
Function
These are used for protecting the hands from harmful and corrosive chemicals, extreme temperatures, sharp
and contaminated objects.
For example:
• Nitrile gloves are used for protecting the hands against solvents, oils, greases, tar, acids, and alkalis.
• Gloves made of natural rubber or Latex are used for protection against contaminations and biohazard risks.
• Asbestos gloves are worn while dealing with extremely hot materials.
Safety Shoes
Safety Shoes
Function
• Woodworkers, who face a possible foot or leg injuries from the falling or rolling objects or from crushing
or penetrating materials, should wear protective footwear.
• Safety shoes are used to protect the feet from heavy objects such as tools that might roll onto or fall on
the workers’ feet
• It is also used while working with sharp objects such as nails or spikes that could pierce the soles or uppers
of ordinary shoes
• It also protects feet from hot, wet or slippery objects
Select and Use Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment Compatible to the Work and Compliant To
Relevant Occupational Health and Safety Guidelines
Head Protection
173
Protection from potential head injuries is a key element of any safety program. A head injury can impair a
worker for life or it can be fatal. Wearing a safety helmet is one of the easiest ways to protect the head from
injury.
• Safety helmet is used to protect the head from falling objects and knocks, and risk of head bumping against
fixed objects, such as exposed pipes or beams.
• It is also used to protect the head from accidental head contact with electrical hazards.
• It has an adjustable strap to ensure a snug fit.
• Some safety helmets come with attachments for ear defenders or eye protection.
• Safety helmets are meant to be worn directly on the head and must not be worn over any other type of
hat.
Eye Protection
Woodworkers can be exposed to a large number of hazards that pose danger to their eyes and face. It is
important to ensure that workers use appropriate eye or face protection if they are exposed to eye or face
hazards.
• Eye protection is used to protect the eyes from dirt, wood dust, metal or wood chips entering the eye from
activities such as chipping, grinding, sawing, hammering, the use of power tools at the wood workshop.
• It is also used to protect the eyes from molten metal, chemical splashes, chemical gases, harmful light
radiation.
Some of the most common types of eye and face protection are:
• Safety goggles – They are made of a durable plastic and used when there is a danger of dust getting into
the eyes or a chance of impact injury
• Safety spectacles – These are also made from a durable plastic but give less protection than goggles. This
is because they do not fully enclose the eyes and only protect from flying debris.
Facemasks
• It is also made of durable plastic.

• Facemasks protect the entire face from flying debris.
174
Hearing Protection
Woodworking machines, such as a drilling machine, circular saw, etc. generate a lot of noise.
Short exposure can result in temporary hearing loss and continued exposure can result in permanent hearing
damage. Wearing a hearing protector can prevent damage to the ears caused by very loud noise.
It is important to understand that hearing protectors reduce only the amount of noise that gets through to the
ears.
Some types of hearing protection are:
• Single-use earplugs — They are made of waxed cotton, foam, silicone rubber or fiber glass wool.
They are self-forming and, when properly inserted, they work as well as most molded earplugs.
• Pre-formed or molded earplugs - These are small fiber plugs that are inserted into the ear and used when
the noise is not too severe.
They can be disposable or reusable. Reusable plugs should be cleaned after each use.
Before inserting earplugs, make sure that your hands are clean.
Never use plugs that have been used by somebody else.
• Ear defenders or Earmuffs - These are worn to cover the entire ear and are connected to a band that fits
over the top of the head.
They are used when there is excessive noise. They must be cleaned regularly.
Hand Protection
• Safety gloves are used to protect hands from cuts.

• There are several types of safety gloves and the correct type must be used for the task at hand.
• To make sure you are wearing the most suitable type of glove for the task, you need to look first at what is
going to be done and then match the type of glove to that task.
• For example, wearing lightweight rubber gloves to move glass will not offer much protection, so leather
gauntlets must be used. Plastic-coated gloves will protect from certain chemicals.
175
Safety Shoes
• Woodworkers, who face possible foot or leg injuries from falling or rolling objects or from crushing or
penetrating materials, should wear protective footwear.
• Safety shoes are used to protect the feet from heavy objects, such as tools that might roll onto or fall on
the worker’s feet.
• It is also used while working with sharp objects such as nails or spikes that could pierce the soles or uppers
of ordinary shoes.
• It also protects feet from hot, wet or slippery surfaces.
Respiratory Protection
Respiratory protection is used to prevent the worker from breathing in any dust or fumes that may be
hazardous. The main type of respiratory protection in the wood workshop is the dust mask.
• Dust masks are used while working with hand saw, table saw, etc.
• They are lightweight, comfortable and easy to fit.
• They should be worn by only one person and must be disposed of at the end of the working day.
Undertake First Aid Activities In Case Of An Accident, if required and asked to do so

• First Aid is an emergency care or treatment given to an ill or injured person before regular medical aid can
be obtained.
• Before administering first aid to a victim, one must check the category and degree of emergency and then
apply the techniques duly.
• Stop and look at the scene and the person before responding.
176
• Ask yourself the following questions:

ᴑᴑ Is the scene safe for you to enter?
ᴑᴑ What happened exactly?
ᴑᴑ What is the casualty?
ᴑᴑ What is the category and nature of the emergency?
ᴑᴑ Is the accident fatal for the victim?
ᴑᴑ Is anyone else available at the place to help?
• Do the following if the victim is conscious and injury is not fatal:
ᴑᴑ Ask for the victim’s consent to administer first aid.
ᴑᴑ Put on appropriate PPE, if possible.
ᴑᴑ Interview the victim to ask basic medical questions, so that accurate information may be provided to
the Emergency Medical Team, once it arrives.
ᴑᴑ Conduct a thorough check for undetected injuries.
ᴑᴑ Administer appropriate care and technique.
• If the victim is unconscious, try reviving the person by addressing him/her, rubbing shoulders, hands or the
sole of feet.
• Fetch the AED and use it, along with Artificial Respiration.
4.1.6 Maintain Correct Body Posture While Standing and

Working
While prescribing the correct body postures for designers, we must discuss the differences between Neutral
and Awkward body postures.
• In neutral body posture, a person’s body is aligned and balanced, at sitting, working or standing positions,
thus imposing minimal stress on the body and keeping the joints aligned.
• Neutral postures lessen the stress exerted on the musculoskeletal system, thus promoting maximum
control over the task and efficiency.
• On the contrary, awkward body postures move away from the neutral body postures, away from the
comfort zone, towards the extremes in the range of motion.
• This exerts greater stress on the body’s musculoskeletal system.
• Few examples of Neutral and Awkward body postures are:
1. Working with Hand Tools
Fig. 4.1.6.1: Proper Technique of Working with Hand Tools (Use Clamps)
177
2. Proper Technique of Lifting
Fig. 4.1.6.2: Improper Way of Lifting (May Cause Back Injury)
Fig. 4.1.6.3: Proper Technique of Lifting
3. Personal Safety Practices
Fig. 4.1.6.4: Wear Safe Boots, Don’t Wear Sandals or Slippers
Lift, Carry or Move Heavy Wooden Furniture and Accessories from One Place to another Using Approved
Safe Working Practices
The steps involved in correct lifting, loading, unloading and handling procedures are:
1. Preparation: One must prepare for lifting and handling the load, keeping in mind the following points:
• The heaviness of the load
178
• If mechanical means like Hand Trucks are required to lift the load
• If the load can be broken into small parts
• The destination of the load and if the path is free of obstacles
• If there are closed doors on the way
• If PPE must be worn while handling the load
• If another person is needed to help with the load
2. Lifting: Lifting should be done by considering the following factors:

• Staying as close to the load as possible for ensuring better grip
• Keeping elbows and arms close to the body
• Keeping the back straight by tightening the stomach muscles
• Avoiding twisting and jerking motions while lifting
• Asking for assistance if the load is too heavy for one person to lift
3. Carrying: Carrying should be accomplished by considering the following factors:

• One should turn by moving the feet around but not by twisting or turning the body
• The carrier’s hips, shoulders, toes, and knees should face the same direction
• Rest and short breaks should be taken for some time if the carrier is too fatigued and stressed out
4. Settling Down: Settling down needs considering these factors:

• The load must be put down in the same way it was picked up, but in the reverse order
• The carrier must bend at the knees but not at the hips
• The load must be kept close to the body to ensure a firm grip until it is completely set down
• Hold should be released only when the load is securely set down
Fig. 4.1.6.5: Steps of Lifting Weight (From the Left)
179
Handle All Required Tools, Machines, Materials & Equipment Safely

A. Safe Handling of Powered Tools
Before Using
• Appropriate measures should be taken to inspect the tool and the power supply. If the tool or any
part/accessory is found defective, it must be either replaced immediately or removed from service and
tagged appropriately as “Out of Service for Repair”.
• Care should be taken that no defective tool must be used at any point in time.
• All repair and maintenance work must be accomplished by licensed and experienced persons.
• Before operating Powered Tools, the Instruction Manual must be read thoroughly.
• The guidelines and recommendations (by manufacturer) must be stringently followed, as per the
Instruction Manual or Directions of Use.
• The tools must be grounded adequately with the help of a three-pronged plug (equipped with relevant
3-wired color coded cord) and double insulation. This helps in preventing electric shocks.
• All powered tools must be checked with a continuity tester or a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI),
for effective grounding.
• Powered tools must be switched off before connecting them to a power supply.
• Powered tools must be switched off before connecting them to a power supply.
While Using
• Issues like a tool getting heated too soon or appearance of sparks must be inspected and rectified by
a licensed electrician only.
• All power cords must be kept clear of tools and the path along which the tool will operate.
• Approved extension cords, with proper specifications, power requirement (for the tool) and dimensions
must be used, to prevent overheating and fraying of the cord.
• Outdoor work must be done with the help of outdoor extension cords labeled with “W-A” or “W”.
• Cords must be suspended over the work area to mitigate trips and falls.
• Octopus connections must be avoided by deploying a power bar or power distribution, comprising
multiple receptacles plugs.
• While unplugging the tool from the socket, the plug must be pulled gently and not the cord. Forcibly
pulling the cord leads to fraying and subsequent risk of electric shocks.
• The entire work area must be kept dry and away from heat, sharp edges, and oil, to avoid damage of
insulation.
• Cords, instead of knots, may be looped, using a twist lock plug.
B. Safe Handling of Hand Tools

• The user must ensure that he/she is adequately trained in the secure usage of hand tools.
• Appropriate and accurate choice must be made on the right tool for the task.
• The user must deploy the correct techniques of handling and using the hand tools thus selected for
the task.
• The user must operate hand tools by keeping the wrist straight.
• Hand tools must be thoroughly inspected before use and must be repaired immediately or replaced,
whenever necessary.
• The user must ensure that handles of axes, hammers, saws, and chisels must fit tightly into the head of
the tool, to avoid accidental injuries.
• One must always pull on pliers or wrench.
180
• Worn jaws of pliers, pipe tools and wrenches must be replaced immediately.
• All hand tools must be kept in a robust toolbox, in a clean and dry place, away from the work area.
• While using hand tools, one must wear appropriate PPE, according to the types of hazards involved
in the task. This includes protective gloves of appropriate material, heavy aprons, safety goggles, and
face shields.
• When not in use, sharp and cutting tools must be covered with appropriate sheaths to avoid injuries.
Adhere To Relevant Occupational Safety Policies While Handling Sharp Tools to Make and Install Furniture
and Fittings
Occupational Safety Policies, while handling sharp tools, can be implemented via the Hierarchy of Control:
Elimination: Removing the sharp tool hazard completely from the work area
Substitution: Replacing the sharp tool hazard with a comparatively less hazardous one
Isolation: Isolate the sharp tool hazard by controlling general access or guarding it
Engineering Control: Redesign the sharp tool hazard to mitigate or remove the risk
Administrative Control: Encouraging safe working practices via policies, SOPs, and training
Sharps Management
• Classifying the broken bits from sharp tools as “Sharps”
• Disposing of sharps into the appropriate Sharp container
• Using appropriate PPE to safeguard oneself while handling sharp tools and broken bits
4.1.7 Different Risks Associated with Electrical Equipment

The risks associated with the use of electrical equipment are extended to both the user and his / her
surroundings in the workplace, to people and properties alike. Few of such risks are:
• Fatal Electrocution accidents
• Non-fatal electric shocks leading to serious burn injuries
• Non-fatal yet severe shocks leading to damages caused to the internal tissues and vital organs like the
heart and the brain
• Falls from ladders, cranes, and scaffolding and resulting mechanical injuries due to electric shocks
• Health issues like muscle spasms, nausea, unconsciousness, and palpitations
• Non-fatal yet painful static electric shocks
• Fire outbreaks and explosions caused by the sudden ignition of flammable materials
Perform Basic Safety Checks before Operation of All Machines, Tools and Electrical Equipment
• An assistant furniture designer must perform basic safety checks before operating all equipment as a part
of the Standard Operating Procedures.
• Before starting with the basic safety checks, one must go through the Instruction Manual, Manufacturer’s
Recommendations and Directions of Use thoroughly.
• These documents are essential because one can find detailed and stepwise instructions about the
maintenance and operating procedures as well as emergency shutdown and tag-out mechanisms in them.
• In case a machine or tool is marked with a lock or tag, it must not be removed and not used.
181
• Machines and tools, that are floor or bench-mounted, must be anchored or firmly clamped to a robust
foundation, before maintenance operations.
• In case a machine does not have safety valves or guards on, one must not operate that for maintenance
purpose.
• Check out for frayed out electric cables or loose live prongs in plugs.
• Ensure that power supply is off before one starts maintenance operations.
Health and Safety Practices at Work Place

• It is important not to bring drinks and food in the workplace
• As woodwork workshops are equipped with various types of power and hand tools. it is imperative that
the workers wear less or no jewelry around the machines
• Ensure that the worker’s proper fitting clothes
• Woodwork workshops should observe “No smoking” Regulations
• Everyone working or visiting the workshop should wear proper protective gears
Storage and Handling of Hazardous Substances

Follow Recommended Material Handling Procedure to Control Damage and Personal Injury
In order to ensure appropriate safety practices at the workplace, one must understand the importance of
following the recommended material handling procedure to control damage and personal injury. The essentials
of the same have been discussed below:
1. Biological
• Infectious and potentially infectious materials must be inactivated by bleaching or Autoclave Sterilization
during storage and before disposal.
• Infectious waste must be inactivated within 24 hours and marked with “Biohazard” symbol.
• Appropriate PPE must be worn or used while procuring, handling and disposing of infectious materials.
• Non-infectious biological waste do not need inactivation but must be put away separately in a biological
waste box lined with a red garbage bag
• Non-infectious biological waste include used but uncontaminated laboratory utensils, disposable
clothing, and gloves
• Sharps waste (including metal lancets, hypodermic needles, scalpel blades, medical instruments for
cutting and piercing), used and unused must be placed in red sharp boxes.
• Sharps boxes must be closed, when they get ¾ full.
• Closed Sharp boxes must not be stored for more than 30 days.
• Contaminated sharps must be autoclaved and inactivated before storing for disposal.
• Penetration-resistant gloves must be worn for handling and storing contaminated sharps.
2. Chemicals
• One must read all the information stated in the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) before handling
chemically toxic materials so that the user is aware of the hazards involved and the necessary
precautions
• All storage containers must be appropriately and accurately labeled.
• Any incident of damaged container or illegible label must be reported to the concerned authority.
• One must ensure that incompatible material like Acetone and concentrated Nitric Acid, Molten Wax
and Water are stored and used separately.
182
• To avoid destruction of containers, corrosive chemicals must never be stored in containers made of
inappropriate materials.
• Containers of corrosive materials must be closed tightly.
• Appropriate PPE must be worn while handling toxic and corrosive chemicals.
• One must never consume anything while handling toxic chemicals and can do so only after thoroughly
cleansing oneself with appropriate soap and solutions.
• Chemicals that produce a lot of fumes must be used carefully, enclosed in a Fume Hood.
• Flammable chemicals like alcohol, benzene, gasoline, Carbon disulfide, etc. must be handled only after
turning off all sources of flame (burners, ovens, heaters, etc.)
• Flammable liquids must be only heated in a flask fitted with a Reflux Condenser; they must never be
heated in open containers over open flames.
• While working with acids, one must wear acid resistant chemical gloves and clothing.
• One must keep emergency eyewash solutions handy.
• Dilution of acids must be done very carefully, by gradually stirring the concentrated acid into the water.
• Ethers must not be kept open and exposed to open air, because, this would create peroxides, which are
highly unstable and may lead to violent explosions.
• All chemicals must be treated as a potential toxin and hence, one must keep appropriate antidotes
nearby.
3. Radioactive
• Containers for storing radioactive materials or items contaminated with radioactivity must be labeled
with “Nuclear” or “Radioactive Hazard” sign and the radioactive tape.
• Severely contaminated items must be stored and handled under specially designated Fume Hoods and
Radioactive Materials (RAM) Hood.
• Lead is considered the most appropriate material to store and contain radioactive materials.
• One must never pipette radioactive materials by mouth.
• Radioactive waste cans must remain covered at all times and must be placed in enclosed, secluded
areas, away from the working premises.
• Radioactive waste cans, if contaminated with substantial external radiation levels, must be provided
with an additional shielding.
• While handling or storing radioactive materials, the work surface must be covered with an Absorbent
Paper sheet to capture contamination.
• A separate set of equipment must be dedicated to handling and storing radioactive materials and must
be labeled carefully with radioactive tape.
• Radioactive materials must never be left unsecured and unattended, even for a short span of time.
• One must never leave edible items open near radioactive materials.
• One must keep on surveying the skin of the wrists while handling radioactive materials.
• Long gloves and lead-lined protective clothing must be worn.
4. Flammable and Explosive

• Appropriate PPE, like disposable gloves (generally lead-lined latex or nitrile gloves) and close-toed
shoes, must be worn while handling radioactive materials.
• Flammable materials must be contained, stored or transported in vapor-proof, metal or plastic
containers and must be equipped with welded seams, spark/flame arrestors, pressure release valves,
spring closing lids with spout covers, etc.
• Care must be taken that the flammable material does not react with the container material.
183
• Containers must be labeled with “Flammable” sign.

• The labeling comprises the following information:
ᴑᴑ Name of the flammable material
ᴑᴑ Disclaimer that the contents are flammable
ᴑᴑ Precautions to be taken, like the fact that the container should be kept away from open flames,
spark and other sources of ignition
• Storage and transportation containers for flammable substances must remain closed, when not in use.
• Flammable gas cylinders must be stored in a separate room
• Cylinders must be fitted with appropriate valves so that they do not run the chances of leakage
• Parts of the cylinder, like valves, hoses, and container, must be checked regularly for damages.
• Compressed gases must never be stored along with or near bulk storage containers for flammable
materials.
• Pieces of wood, straw, and hay, sawdust, paper, cardboard etc. must be cleared off as soon as they are
procured during the Furniture & Fittings operations.
• Adequate care must be adopted to ensure that the entire work area is a non-smoking zone.
Importance of good housekeeping

Apply Good Housekeeping Practices at all Times
Housekeeping in a furniture workshop involves operations related to the maintenance and cleaning of the
work area, tools, and equipment.
• Good housekeeping practices include, but are not limited to:
ᴑᴑ Clean/tidy work areas
ᴑᴑ Removal/disposal of waste products
ᴑᴑ Protect surfaces from erosion, corrosion, discoloring, disfiguring, tarnishing, molding, etc.
• Good housekeeping is required to avoid accidents like:
ᴑᴑ Tripping over and stumbling across loose objects on cluttered floors, stairs, and platforms
ᴑᴑ Bumping against unattended objects on raised platforms
ᴑᴑ Slipping on wet, dirty and greasy surfaces
ᴑᴑ Getting burnt with corrosive chemicals
ᴑᴑ Getting punctured and cut with sharps, jagged edges (like cut tin), unsheathed cutting tools, protruding
nails, etc.
• Good housekeeping is associated with the following benefits:
ᴑᴑ Easy flow of materials
ᴑᴑ Reduced chances of workplace accidents
ᴑᴑ Reduced employee exposure to dust, fumes, and debris
ᴑᴑ Enhanced control over tools, equipment and other elements of inventory
ᴑᴑ Optimized productivity due to efficient maintenance and timely repair
ᴑᴑ Improved workplace hygiene, leading to improved employee health and, in turn, productivity
ᴑᴑ Efficient space management by eliminating clutters
ᴑᴑ Improved preventive maintenance and subsequent decrease in chances of property damage
184
Report Accident/Incident Report to Authorized Personal

Reporting an accident/incident to an authorized person can be best done with the help of the Hazard Reporting
form. The common format of the Hazard Reporting form is given below:
Part A: To be completed by the Worker

Details Required:
• Name of Worker
• Designation
• Date of filling up the form
• Time of incident/accident
• Supervisor / Manager Name
• Work Location / Address
• Description of the hazard / what happened (Includes area, task, equipment, tools, and people involved)
• Possible solutions to prevent recurrence (Suggestions)
Part B: To be completed by the Supervisor / Manager

Details Required:
Results of Investigation (Comment on if the hazard is severe enough to cause an injury and mention the causes
of the incident/accident)
Part C: To be completed by the Supervisor / Manager

Details Required:
Actions taken / Measures adopted (Identify and devise actions to prevent further injury, illness, and casualty)
Action Responsibility Completion Date
185
Unit 4.2: Dealing with Emergencies
Unit Objectives
1. Explain the organizational reporting protocol
2. State the various causes of fire
3. Describe the process to follow in emergency and evacuation procedures
4. Relate the various types of safety signs and what they mean
5. List the appropriate basic first aid treatment relevant to the condition
6. State the importance of safe lifting practices and correct body postures
7. List of names and the contact details of all the people responsible for health and safety in a workplace
4.2.1 Organizational Reporting Protocol

When you notice a hazard, you should report it immediately to your supervisor. Hazards can be reportedly
verbal or by filling a simple form.
Hazard Report Form
Name: Date:
Location:
Tool/Equipment:
Description of the Hazard
Suggestive corrective action:
Signature:
Supervisor’s remark:
Corrective action taken:
Signature of Supervisor: Date:
Fig. 4.2.1.1: Hazard Report Form
Follow Agreed Work Location Procedures In The Event Of an Emergency or an Accident

• Emergency procedures and related protocols vary according to the work locations and the nature of work.
• A worker must abide by the agreed work location procedures, in case of emergencies and accidents.
• A worker, on joining, must be adequately briefed on the occupational health hazards and the procedures
to deal with the same.
• All agreed work location procedures must be standardized and laid down under Standard Operating
procedures, commonly known as SOPs, for general access.
186
• Each case of emergency and accident must be reported appropriately, to concerned authority, by filling up
relevant forms.
• Usage of first aid kit and fire extinguishers must be reported to concerned authority after each use.
• Any incident of an unlabelled chemical bottle, or waste container, or illegible label, must be reported to the
Supervisor or concerned authority immediately.
State Methods of Accident Prevention in the Work Environment

One must stay aware and updated about the various methods of accident prevention in the work environment.
Few of these are:
• Training In Health and Safety Procedures: One must be trained in the industrial health and safety
procedures through drills and training sessions. Apart from the procedures popular in the industry, every
organization has its own set of procedures and protocols. Those are laid down and standardized in the
form of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs).
• Using Health and Safety Procedures; Ergonomic practices, use of PPE, hygiene, and importance of good
housekeeping practices must be promoted among workers.
• Use of Equipment and Working Practices: Proper use, storage, and maintenance of PPE, as well as medically
recommended lifting, carrying and transporting practices must be taught and promoted among workers.
• Safety Notices, Advice; Instruction from Colleagues and Supervisors : Workers must always keep their
eyes open so that they do not miss out on safety notices, advice and instructions being circulated around
them. Such safety notices, plans and instructions are often displayed for general public access at prominent
and common places at the workplace.
Potential Risks and Threats

On the basis of effects on individuals, Occupational Hazards can be broadly categorized into Health and Safety
Hazards.
Examples of Health Hazards are:
• Carcinogenic factors
• Corrosive
• Toxic
• Irritant
• Factors that may lead to chronic and adverse effects on one’s health
Examples of Safety Hazards are:

• Spills on floors
• Tripping hazards like loose cords and cluttered workplace Working from high or raised areas like ladders,
cranes, scaffolds, rooftops etc.
• Unsafe and unguarded machinery and their moving parts
• Electrical hazards like live wires, lack of earthing, loose cables, frayed cords, wet and poorly insulated
devices, etc.
• Inadequate space
187
How to Deal With an Accident Which Involve Human Life?

An accident that may lead to the loss of human life falls under the “Critical” and “Possible” categories of
the Risk Assessment Matrix. Thus, considering the degree of severity, one may follow the below steps while
dealing with an accident that involves the loss of human life:
• Turn off and stall the source of the accident. For example, in case a severe accident has occurred due to a
running machine, the machine must be turned off and stopped first, to prevent other people from getting
injured in the same manner.
• One must not panic and not allow anybody else to panic at the scene. Maintaining a calm and composed
attitude is extremely crucial for bystanders.
• One must assess the severity of the accident and promptly decide if emergency services must be summoned.
• One must look over the accident scene carefully, to gather information for the emergency services
personnel.
• One must take initiatives to keep the accident spot clear so that the victim(s) are not asphyxiated with lack
of breathing air. Alarms may be raised, if possible, to notify and warn everyone else at the work area about
the accident.
• Before approaching the victim for extending help and support, one must ensure that the spot and the
victim’s body is safe for one to touch and access. For example, in case of electrocution, the main power
supply must be switched off before touching the victim’s body.
• A seemingly unconscious victim may be revived to consciousness by rubbing the chest, artificial respiration
or pinching the earlobes.
• Such a victim must be asked if he/she require any assistance.
• One must provide the best possible assistance to the victim, before summoning emergency services.
• The victim must not be removed from the spot (unless there are imminent dangers like fire or electrocution)
before the arrival of the emergency team.
• The legs of a victim in shock must be raised to mitigate the impact.
• One must use encouraging and comforting words to help the victim in reviving.
How to Respond To an Emergency Situation?

An Emergency can be defined as “a serious, unexpected, and often dangerous situation requiring immediate
action.” Responding to an Emergency situation, while working at the site, involves the following steps:
Evaluating the Emergency

• One must remain calm and composed during an emergency situation because stress during an emergency
complicates things and confuses a person.
• One must critically and rationally think and evaluate the severity of the emergency and determine, what
requires to be done on an immediate basis.
• One must look for additional help by calling up the emergency toll-free number, which would help the
caller reach an official or ‘dispatcher’.
• The emergency dispatcher aims at providing immediate and appropriate help, depending on the nature
and degree of emergency.
• One must help the dispatcher by answering his / her questions and providing the dispatcher with the
accurate location and nature of the emergency.
• It is recommended that one should call from a GPS equipped phone so that the dispatcher is able to track
the location, even if the caller is unable to speak.
• One must determine the nature of the emergency, i.e. if it is a medical, mental health or behavioral
emergency.
• One must assess the immediate threats, for example, in case a person is severely injured from a running
machine, the machine must be turned off immediately to prevent others from getting hurt as well.
188
Handling the Emergency

• Extremely high casualties must be reported to the Occupational Health and Safety Committee (OHSC).
• One must move farther from the emergency spot and help others do the same.
• Evacuation Plans must be adopted and Escape Routes must be taken.
• Secondary Hazards must be eliminated or mitigated, at least. For example, a car accident involves the risk
of a violent explosion and fire outbreak resulting from spilled fuel.
• One must help the other victims and take appropriate measures to help the specially-abled ones.
• One must never feel guilty if nothing can be done to help the others.
• Once the emergency team arrives, it must be provided with all required and relevant information.
• In case nothing can be done to mitigate the severity of the situation, one must provide support to the
others by comforting them, inquiring about their medical history, noting events as they occur, etc. These
information may prove crucial for the emergency response team.
• A First Aid kit must be used, wherever applicable.
• One must try reviving a seemingly unconscious victim by rubbing the chest, pinching the earlobes, providing
Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (combination of chest compression and artificial respiration)
• One must avoid moving a severely injured victim and provide only the basic first aids.
• Only the emergency services can properly handle and move such victims.
Participate in Emergency Procedures

Raising Alarm:
• Fire Alarms can either have a “Break Glass” or a “Pull / Push” mechanism.
• In the “Break Glass” system, the glass sheet must be forcefully hit with a clenched fist.
• One must repeat the process until the glass breaks.
• In the “Pull / Push” systems, one must smash the glass first and then either pull down or push up the lever
to raise the alarm.
Safe and Efficient Evacuation:

• Appropriate evacuation procedures must be adopted for general public and for specially-abled persons.
• Specially-abled persons must be helped to evacuate the place by providing them access to Wheelchairs
and other aids.
Correct Assembly Point:

• Proper instructions must be given to the workers about the location of and the directions to the correct
assembly point in the workplace.
• Information about this must be provided during mock evacuation drills and training sessions as well.
Roll Call:
• Once everybody has evacuated the building/workshop and arrived at the Assembly Point, Roll call or Head
Count must be done.
• This is to ensure that nobody is left behind in the affected area.
• This must be done mandatorily to ensure that everybody within the premises is safe.
189
Correct Return to Work:

• Evacuation must be conducted in a very organized, streamlined and noiseless manner.
• Likewise, everybody, who had evacuated the workplace, must return to his / her respective locations/
positions / seats, following normal or emergency routes, depending on whether the situation has been
restored to normal or not.
• Once everybody is back in place, another roll call is conducted.
Respond Promptly and Appropriately to an Accident Situation or Medical Emergency

• One must respond to an accident or emergency situation with a calm and composed mind.
• Presence of mind is very crucial under such circumstances.
• Medical help must be sought by calling the in-house medical team (if any), the Safety Committee, or the
Emergency toll-free number.
• Appropriate first aid treatment must be administered to anyone in need, by a trained person/colleague.
• In case a victim cannot be adequately treated by first aid, and the emergency team is yet to arrive on the
spot, the victim must be taken to the emergency ward of the nearest hospital.
• Ambulance services may be summoned by calling up the toll-free number for the same.
• The Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) department must be notified about the accident within 48
hours of the Supervisor being informed.
• Care should be taken that a seriously injured victim must not be moved and one must wait for the
emergency team to arrive.
Comply With Restrictions Imposed on Harmful Chemicals inside Work Area during Working Hours
Few hazardous chemicals in the workplace are recommended for restricted and expert use only.
These chemicals must be stored in cool, dry and clean storage locations, in containers made of compatible
materials and labeled with relevant Directions of Use, Precautionary Measures, Ingredients and Hazard
Warnings.
Follow Electrical Safety Measures While Working with Electrically Powered Tools & Equipment
• Powered tools and equipment must be inspected for any damage, before and after every use.
• The power cord must be checked carefully for any fraying, faults, cracks or loss of insulation.
• Damaged switches must be reported to the supervisor and repaired immediately.
• Plugs must be checked for missing or faulty prongs/pins.
Demonstrate How to Free a Person from Electrocution

Electrocution, to put simply, is injury or death caused by electric shock. The following procedure must be
adopted while freeing a victim from electrocution:
Approach
• The first step is to approach the spot to find out if you run the risk of electrocution as well.
• Summon help from a colleague, who is trained in treating electrocution victims.
Inspect
• Examine the accident scene to ensure if the source of electrocution is still active.
• Examine if the victim is still in contact with the source of shock.
190
Fig. 4.2.1.2: Approach The Victim And Inspect The Accident From A Safe Distance
Disconnect
• Disconnect the main power supply of the area.
• Avoid any electrical conductors in the surroundings.
• Touch the victim only if all power sources have been deactivated.
Fig. 4.2.1.3: Disconnect The Source Of Power
Insulate
• In case it is impossible to deactivate the power supply, the victim must be removed from the vicinity of the
live power source.
• This should be done by wearing appropriate insulating PPE.
Fig. 4.2.1.4: Use Insulators To Approach The Victim Of Electrocution
191
Rescue
• The victim must not be removed in case of neck or spine injury.
• The area must not be crowded to allow sufficient breathing air.
• The victim’s breathing rate and pulses must be checked.
• CPR may be incorporated if required.
Fig. 4.2.1.5: Perform CPR if Required
Recollect
• Never touch the victim or the surroundings without disconnecting the main power supply.
• Wear appropriate insulating gloves and shoes to protect yourself from electric shocks.
4.2.2 Various Causes of Fire

Various Classes of Fire
• Class K – fires related to cooking oil and greases like vegetable fat and animal fat.
• Class D – fires related to flammable metals (combustible material like aluminum, sodium, potassium,
magnesium). These fires burn at extremely high temperatures and require special suppression agents.
• Class C – fires related to flammable gases (energized electrical equipment like motors, appliances,
transformers, propane, and methane). Electrical equipment such as appliances, wiring, and breaker panels,
etc. These categories of fires become Class A, B, and D fires when the electrical equipment that initiated
the fire is no longer receiving electricity)
192
• Class B – fires related to flammable liquids (paint, diesel, gasoline, petroleum oil, and pain)
• Class A – fires related to solid materials (wood, paper, cloth, trash, rubber and plastics, charcoal, etc.)
Causes
• Poor housekeeping: For example - not disposing of wood dust or wood fragments regularly
• Smoking inside the workshop
• Broken socket and plug or flayed wires of power tools
• Using one socket for many plugs
• Not reporting your supervisor for faulty tools and equipment
Other causes are:

• Common Fire Hazards - These include combustible and inflammable materials like waste paper, cardboard,
wood, sawdust, hay, straw, liquid fuels, gas cylinders, etc.
• Faulty Electrical Wiring - This is one of the most common causes of fire outbreaks in the workplace. Faulty
Electrical Wiring includes:
ᴑᴑ Out-dated and frayed wires and cables
ᴑᴑ Misuse of portable heaters, which includes putting them extremely close to inflammable surfaces like
upholstery, couches, chairs, desks, rugs, and carpets
ᴑᴑ Misuse of Extension Cords by plugging in appliances into Extension Cords and not directly into outlets
ᴑᴑ Misuse of cords by letting them run under rugs (made of combustible fiber)
ᴑᴑ Removal of the Grounding Plug from a cord, in order to use it in a two-pronged electrical outlet
ᴑᴑ Installation of lamps and light bulbs with a wattage specification, too high for the existing outlets
• Faulty Electrical Equipment - Short Circuit faults occur when the circuit in an electrical apparatus allows a
current to travel along an accidental path with NIL or extremely low resistance.
193
ᴑᴑ Short Circuit is caused by the internal breakdown of equipment, resulting in the deterioration of
insulation.
ᴑᴑ Short Circuit is also caused by insulation failure due to lightning surges, overloading of equipment due
to overheating, physical damage, etc.
Use the Various Appropriate Fire Extinguishers on Different Types of Fires Correctly
1. Water Fire Extinguisher
• Utilisation of these is on Class A fires
• These have RED labels
• Lift the extinguisher, aim it at the fire’s base and use it in a sweeping motion
2. Water Mist Fire Extinguisher (Dry Water Mist)

• Utilisation of these is on Class C, B, A fires
• These have RED writing on WHITE labels
• Lift the extinguisher, aim it at the fire’s base and use it in a sweeping motion
Fig. 4.2.2.1: Water Mist Fire Extinguisher
3. Powder Fire Extinguisher

• Utilisation of these is on electrical fires as well as classes A, B, C fires.
• These have BLUE labels
• Lift the extinguisher, aim it at the fire’s base and turn it on.
Fig. 4.2.2.2: Fire Extinguisher
194
4. Dry Powder Fire Extinguisher

• Utilisation of these is on Class D fires
• These have BLUE labels
• Lift the extinguisher and aim it at the fire’s base
5. Wet Chemical Fire Extinguisher

• Utilisation of these is on Class F fires in addition to class A and B fires
• These have YELLOW labels
• Lift the extinguisher, aim it at the fire’s base and use it in slow circular motions
6. Foam Fire Extinguisher

• Utilisation of these is on Class A and B fires
• These have CREAM labels
• Lift the extinguisher, aim it at the fire’s base and use it in a sweeping motion for class A and at the top
of the burning liquid for class B.
Fig. 4.2.2.3: Foam Fire Extinguisher
7. CO2 Fire Extinguisher

• Utilisation of these is on Class B fires
• These have BLACK labels
• Lift the extinguisher, aim it at the fire’s base and use it across the area otherwise, your skin can freeze
Different Type of Fire Extinguishers and their Use

An asdidtsnt furniture designer needs to be aware of the different types of fires that can occur and the
emergency procedures applicable to their work environment. Especially while working with tools like a circular
saw, bar clamp, etc., it becomes important that utmost care is taken for fire safety.
Few important firefighting tools are:
• Sand
• Non-flammable blanket
• Water
• Condensed aerosol fire suppression
• Foam
• Flame inhibitor liquids like Halon
195
• Fire extinguisher
• Dry powder
• CO2
Fig. 4.2.2.4: Fire Extinguisher
• Halon 1211 (BCF); This is helpful in extinguishing fires of Class B, and A. this is highly effective as this
extinguishant combines with oxygen molecule and makes inert gas. This smothers fire.
• Fire Blanket; These are best for extinguishing fire caught on clothes.
• Wet Chemical; The Wet Chemicals are helpful in extinguishing fires of Class B and A.
• Carbon Dioxide (CO2): These are specialized extinguishant that is best for extinguishing fires caused due
to electrical equipment.
Demonstrate the Correct Use of a Fire Extinguisher

The method of using a fire extinguisher is to follow P.A.S.S.
PASS is the acronym for:
• Pin (P)
• Aim (A)
• Squeeze (S)
• Sweep (S)
1. To use an extinguisher in a proper way, the first step is to pull the handle’s pin
2. The next step is to aim the extinguisher’s nozzle. The direction should be towards the fire’s base. This is
because the sprayed foam at the top will diminish or extinguish only the fire at the top. This will not serve
the purpose for which the extinguisher is used. The burned down flame may spring up to life if it gets
enough oxygen or any combustible material.
196
3. Then in an extremely controlled manner, you need to release the agent. This can be done by squeezing the
trigger.
4. If you see in the second step, you already read that you should direct the nozzle at the fire’s base. You will
sweep the extinguisher’s nozzle from left to right. Continue with this process until you put out the fire. You
need to act fast as most extinguishers’ discharge time is nearly 10-20 seconds.
Fig. 4.2.2.5: PASS Technique
Techniques of Using the Different Fire Extinguishers

• Water
ᴑᴑ After ensuring that the extinguisher is full (by checking if the Pressure Gauge is pointing at the green
area), the Safety Pin must be removed, which in turn would break the seal.
ᴑᴑ For a fire spreading horizontally, the hose of the Water Extinguisher must be aimed at the base of the
fire and the jet of water must be moved across the area of the fire.
ᴑᴑ For a fire spreading vertically, the hose of the Water Extinguisher must be aimed at the base of the fire,
thus moving the jet gradually upwards, following the direction of the fire.
ᴑᴑ The lever must be gradually squeezed to discharge the extinguisher.
ᴑᴑ The user must move closer to the diminishing fire, gradually, applying the extinguishing agent at the
same time.
ᴑᴑ The user must look out for any hot regions that may reignite.
ᴑᴑ The user must note that Water Extinguishers are suitable for Class A fires only.
197
• Powder
ᴑᴑ For extinguishing fires from flammable solid materials, the hose of the Powder Extinguisher must be
aimed at the base of the fire and moved gradually across the area of the fire.
ᴑᴑ For extinguishing fire from spilled liquids, the hose of the extinguisher must be must be aimed at the
near edge of the fire and moved with a brisk sweeping movement, thus driving the fire towards the far
edge till all the flames have been put out.
ᴑᴑ For extinguishing fire from flowing liquids, the hose of the Powder Extinguisher must be aimed at the
base of the fire and be swept upwards until all the flames have been put out.
ᴑᴑ The lever must be gradually squeezed to discharge the extinguisher.
ᴑᴑ The user must move closer to the diminishing fire, gradually, applying the extinguishing agent at the
same time.
ᴑᴑ The user must look out for any hot regions that may reignite.
ᴑᴑ The user must note that Powder Extinguishers are suitable for Class A, B and C fires only.
ᴑᴑ A Powder Extinguisher must be used differently, depending on the class of the fire it is being used on.
• Foam
ᴑᴑ For extinguishing fire from flammable liquids, the hose of the Foam Extinguisher must be aimed at a
vertical surface near the fire and must never be sprayed directly at the fire, to prevent the fire from
being pushed and spread to the surrounding areas.
ᴑᴑ For using Foam Extinguisher on live Electrical Fires, it must be tested to 35 kV, keeping a safe distance
of 1 km.
ᴑᴑ For putting out fire from combustible solid materials, the hose must be aimed at the base of the fire,
moving across the entire area of the fire.
ᴑᴑ Foam Extinguishers are suitable for both Class A and B fires. However, the technique of application
differs for both the classes.
ᴑᴑ Foam Extinguishers help in putting out fires by accumulating a thick foam blanket across the entire
surface of the fire.
ᴑᴑ This built-up foam blanket prevents re-ignition of fire.
• CO2
ᴑᴑ While putting out fire from flammable liquids, the hose of the CO2 extinguisher must be aimed at the
base of the fire and briskly move across the area.
ᴑᴑ The user needs to ensure that the CO2 jet does not splash the burning liquid.
ᴑᴑ For extinguishing live electrical fire, the power supply must be switched off, if it is safe to do the same,
and then, the hose must be aimed directly at the fire.
ᴑᴑ Adequate care must be taken to extinguish the fire completely since re-ignition is possible while using
CO2 extinguishers.
ᴑᴑ These extinguishers are suitable for using on Class B and E fires. However, the technique of application
differs for both the classes.
198
• Wet Chemical
ᴑᴑ The heat source must be turned off.
ᴑᴑ The lance must be held at an arm’s length from the body, thus maintaining a safe distance with the fire.
ᴑᴑ The nozzle, at this juncture, must be at least 1 m away from the source of fire.
ᴑᴑ The lever must be squeezed slowly to discharge the extinguishing agent.
ᴑᴑ The spray must be applied in gentle round movements, allowing the wet chemical to enter the fire
gradually, thus preventing hot molten fats and oils from splashing on to the user.
ᴑᴑ The user must ensure that the entire fire has been extinguished, since wet chemical may instigate re-
ignition.
ᴑᴑ These extinguishers are suitable to put out Class A, B and F fires.
Follow Appropriate Procedure in Case of Fire Emergency

• Dos
ᴑᴑ Switch off the isolation switch to stop the electric supply. This will prevent the spreading of fire.
ᴑᴑ Use a wooden stick to switch off the isolation switch to protect yourself from electric shock
ᴑᴑ Check electrical sockets and switches to ensure there are no loose wires.
ᴑᴑ Use appropriate Fire Extinguishers to put out Fire.
• Don’ts
ᴑᴑ Do not place combustible items like cotton waste - oil soaked cotton or oil, near the brazing or electrical
points. These are highly inflammable and even a small spark may start a fire.
ᴑᴑ Do not keep the LPG cylinder’s regulator switched on.
ᴑᴑ Do not use water on electrical fires.
4.2.3 Emergency and Evacuation Procedures in Case of

Accidents, Fires, Natural Calamities
For Fire Outbreak:
The emergency and evacuation procedures are:
• A clear passageway must be present to all escape routes.
• Signage like escape routes should be clearly marked.
• Enough exits and routes must be there for all people to escape
• Emergency doors, that open easily, must be present.
• Emergency lighting (Infrared lights for night and blurred vision) must be present.
• All people at the workplace must be given brief instructions about the positions of the escape routes.
• Brief instructions must also be given regarding the availability and use of fire extinguishers.
• The workplace must have a safe meeting point or assembly area for the staff.
• Nobody should use the Elevator during fire.
199
Correctly Demonstrate Rescue Techniques Applied During Fire Hazard

1. Responding to Fire
• The Fire Alarm System must be initiated and an alert must be raised.
• A safe evacuation path must be identified before dealing with the fire.
• The appropriate class of Fire Extinguisher must be chosen.
• The P.A.S.S technique must be adopted for extinguishing the fire.
• Immediate evacuation must be initiated if the extinguisher is exhausted and the fire still exists.
• Call the workplace security or the local emergency services.
• Summon the firefighting services at the earliest.
• Stay as far as possible from smoke, because smoke may comprise toxic gases.
• Cover your mouth and nose with a damp cloth to protect yourself. If possible, help your colleagues
(those who are with you) to repeat the same.
• Look out for the nearest emergency exit routes and call out for people, who you can take along with
you.
• While opening a door, first touch the door with the back side of your palm.
• Keep doors open, after you open them.
• Start moving out of the building and ask your colleagues to do so.
• Always use a staircase and not the elevator.
• Do not rush.
• As you move out of the building, gather people, whoever you come across.
• Always move downstairs and avoid returning to the burning premises, until the firefighters arrive.
2. Initiate Evacuation
• Stop your work but safely and without spreading panic.
• Gather and carry only the most important items like a cell phone.
• Leave the workplace through the nearest door bearing an “Exit” sign.
• Report to the designated Assembly Area.
• Await instructions from the Safety Committee.
• Incorporate first aid treatment to anyone in need.
For Natural Calamities / Disasters:

1. Earthquake
• Quickly shutdown any hazardous operations or processes and render them safe.
• Notify others in the area by raising an alarm if they have not heard it while you are evacuating yourself.
• Exit the room.
• Take jackets or other clothing needed for protection from the weather.
• If possible, close windows and doors as you leave, but do not lock the doors and emergency exit routes.
• Exit the building, walk to the nearest safe exit route. Do not run. Do not use elevators.
2. Flood and Storms

• Stay alert, avoid panicking and monitor the surroundings with eyes and ears open.
200
• Move to the high grounds and help others move before the flood strikes.
• Accumulate disaster supplies like:
ᴑᴑ Canned, dry, ready-to-eat and packaged food, which do not require refrigeration or cooking
ᴑᴑ Liquid cash
ᴑᴑ Drinking water in clean containers
ᴑᴑ First Aid Kit
ᴑᴑ Essential clothing
ᴑᴑ Flashlights
ᴑᴑ Adequate batteries
• Instruct people around you not to drive
• Do not walk or swim through flooded water
• Shut off the Mains Supply (electricity) at the circuit breakers
• Stay alert for evacuation calls and help people identify alternate routes of getting there
For Accidents:
• Summon emergency medical help by calling up the Safety Committee officials or the toll-free number.
• Check and examine the site, to gather as much information (location, nature, and severity of injuries,
casualty if any, hazards present, etc.) as possible, so that the same can be provided to the emergency team,
once it arrives.
• One must inform the immediate supervisor about an injury or illness.
• If possible, workers may treat themselves to first aid or ask colleagues to do so.
• One must extend help and assistance to others.
Check and Ensure General Health and Safety Equipment Are Available at Work Site
Workers must ensure the availability of general and safety equipment like Fire extinguishers, First aid
equipment, safety instruments and clothing (Personal Protective Equipment) as well as safety installations
like neon-enabled and glowing fire exits, exhaust fans, etc. All such equipment must be in good operating
condition and must be periodically maintained.
Inspection of Fire Extinguisher

• Look for the locking pin if it is intact
• Inspect for an unbroken tamper seal
• Inspect it carefully for clogged nozzle, leakage, corrosion, and physical damage.
• Check the tag for last professional service date (it should be within the past 1 year)
• Lift the extinguisher to see if it is full or empty
• Look for the indicator or the pressure gauge carefully for operable range or position
Inspection of First Aid Equipment and Kits

• Look at the medical supply cabinet where all the required first aid kits are placed. See if all those are within
their manufacturing date. If not, then it is best to replace those immediately.
• While checking the supplies, it is your responsibility to see the quantity of used first aid supplies. This will
help you to be prepared for the future.
201
• Amongst the first aid equipment check for the ones that are dirty, soiled, or even damaged. You should also
look for the ones that are partially soiled.
Inspection for Safety Instruments and Clothing

• You should carry out assessments to check the effectiveness and suitability of safety instruments and
clothing
• Separate the working safety instruments from the damaged ones
• Keep the damaged products in a separate area with warning signs or safety cages
Demonstrate Good Housekeeping In Order to Prevent Fire Hazards

• The workplace must be freed from clutter and debris since these can act as fuels and are fire hazards.
• The entire workplace must be a “No Smoking” zone, thus designated with the help of “No Smoking Signs”.
• Only designated areas, outside and far from the main work area, must be allowed for smoking.
• Fire Extinguishers must be maintained properly and refilled after use.
• Electrical faults may lead to fire and hence, any electrical hazards must be reported and attended to,
immediately.
• There must be easy access to the Main Power Supply Control Panel so that electrical power can be switched
off in case of electrical fires.
• All powered tools, machinery, and equipment must be maintained and inspected regularly by trained
professionals, to prevent fire outbreak from overheating and friction sparks.
• Fuel containers, like Gas Cylinders and flammable oils, must be enclosed and stored separately, away from
the main work area.
• Emergency exits, sprinklers, firefighting apparatus, emergency exits etc. must never be blocked.
• Materials must never be stacked as it can block the clearances and exit.
• All fire alarm systems and fire fighting equipment must be inspected regularly.
Do Not Stack the Waste Material at A Place; Dispose of It Regularly
Do Not Store the Waste Material Digging A Hole
202
Good Housekeeping Is an Essential Thing
Always Keep the Tools at A Safe Place
Use Waste Bins to Collect and Dispose the Waste Material
Always Keep the Sharp Objects like Nails, Screws at the Allotted Box; Don’t Leave Them Scattered
203
4.2.4 Various Types of Safety Signs

The various safety signs are given below:
• Emergency escape route signs: To display emergency exits
• Fire equipment safety signs: To indicate the location of fire equipment and convey compliance with fire
precaution regulations
• Prohibited Safety Signs: To indicate prohibited actions
• Supplementary safety signs: To indicate additional information to be followed by employees
• Safety equipment signs: To emphasize on the protective equipment to be worn
Prohibition Signs
Image Significance
This is a sign to signify “No access for

unauthorized person(s)” beyond a particular
point
This is a sign which indicates “Smoking

and Naked Flaming” is disallowed in that
particular area
This is a “No Smoking” sign. No one should

smoke in an area where this signboard is put
up by the authority.
This sign symbolizes “No pedestrian is allowed

beyond this point”.
This symbol refers to the water which is not

drinkable. The symbol, in short, implies “Not
Drinkable Water”.
204
Prohibition Signs
Image Significance
There are different classes of fire and each

class of fire requires different extinguisher.
The class of fire which are not extinguishable
by water is denoted by this sign which signifies
“Do not extinguish with water”.
Warning Signs
Image Significance
This symbol signifies “High Temperature or

Flammable Materials”.
This particular symbol refers to the materials

which are potential explosive. This symbol is
called “Explosive Material” symbol.
This is a symbol which is labeled on “Toxic

Materials” as a precaution.
This symbol refers to the substances which

are corrosive and harmful to us. It damages
the skin severely. This sign is embalmed on
“Corrosive Materials”.
205
Warning Signs
Image Significance
This is a sign to signify the “Radioactive

Materials”. Radioactive materials are very
harmful and can even cause death.
This is “Overhead Load” symbol. In case of

overloaded box/ crane/ crate, this sign is
used.
This sign refers to “Industrial Vehicle”. The

vehicles which are used only for the industrial
purposes (for example transportation of
goods) are labeled with the “Industrial
Vehicle” symbol.
This sign implies to “Electricity Danger”. In

case of high voltage, this sign is commonly
used to beware the passers-by/ users/
workers.
This is a “General Danger” sign. In case of

“work in progress”/ “men at work”, this
symbol is used.
206
Warning Signs
Image Significance
This is a sign to denote “Laser Beam Danger”.

Laser beams are harmful to us and exposure
to laser beams may cause blindness.
This sign refers to “Danger Drop”. If a landing/

floor abruptly ends or in case of low height of
balcony wall/ grill, this sign is used.
If there is any obstacle laid on the floor, the

“Obstacle Ahead” sign is used.
Mandatory Signs
Here is a table of signs which are commonly used as a precaution for the workers. The utility of the signs is
described in the “Significance” column beside the images.
Image Significance
Eye protection must be worn
Safety helmet must be worn
207
Image Significance
Ear protection must be worn
Respiratory equipment must be worn
Safety boots must be worn
Safety gloves must be worn
Safety harness must be worn
Face protection must be worn
208
Image Significance
Safety overalls must be worn
Emergency Escape Signs

• There are certain situations which are considered to be emergency situations.
• Fire, earthquake, flood, tsunami, civilian disturbance, riot, bomb threat are the examples of emergency
situations.
• In these cases, people are prone to panic.
• However, panic deteriorates the situation.
• Therefore, every organization plans for emergency evacuation.
• At the time of emergency, workers should adjourn at the safe evacuation place.
• There are different signs (directions) used to guide the employees to a safe place.
The signs used for this purpose are as follows:
Go To The Left For Safe Evacuation
Go To The Right For Safe Evacuation
209
Go Down For Safe Evacuation
Go Up For Safe Evacuation
First Aid Signs

In every organization, first aid is mandatory. Especially, in the organizations that deal with different types of
hand and power tools, first aid is compulsory. In the following table, the symbols and their significance are
discussed.
This is a general symbol for first aid. Generally, this sign is used to denote first aid room, first aid box.
This is the “First Aid Stretcher” symbol. In case of accidents, where the victim is unable to stand up on feet and
walk, first aid stretcher is used.
210
This symbol signifies “Eyewash”.
This is a “Safety Shower” sign.
This is the “Emergency Telephone” sign. In case of accidents, when the first aid is required on an immediate
basis, this telephone is used.
211
4.2.5 Basic First Aid Treatment Relevant to the Condition

Principles of First Aid
• Act calmly and logically.
• Be in control – both of yourself and the problem.
• Be gentle but firm.
• Speak to the casualty kindly but purposefully.
• Build up trust through talking to the casualty throughout the examination and treatment.
• Avoid giving any misleading information.
• Never leave the casualty alone and continue to talk to him/her until the ambulance or doctor arrives.
• Continuously reassure the casualty.
• Send the casualty to a hospital or doctor by the quickest means of transport.
• Always inform the police about serious accidents.
• Inform relatives of the casualty.
Objectives of First Aid

• Preservation of life by the promptness of action
• Relief from pain
• Prevention of the worsening of illness or injury
• Enhancement of chances of recovery
• Protection of the unconscious or semi-conscious
Appropriate Basic First Aid Treatment Relevant to the Condition

Importance of First Aid in emergency management can be elaborated through the following points:
For Heavy Bleeding

• Put pressure on the wound with whatever is available to stop or slow down the flow of blood.
• As soon as possible, call the Emergency Toll Free number or get someone else to do it.
• Keep pressure on the wound until help arrives.
Fig. 4.2.5.1: Treating Heavy Bleeding (Put Pressure On The Wound)
212
For Burns
• Cool the burn under cold running water for at least ten minutes.
• Loosely cover the burn with cling film or a clean plastic bag.
• Call and summon the Emergency Services if needed.
Fig. 4.2.5.2: Treating Burns (Cool The Burn Under Cold Running Water)
For Broken Bones

• Encourage the person to support the injury with their hand, or use a cushion or items of clothing to prevent
unnecessary movement.
• Continue supporting the injury until help arrives.
Fig. 4.2.5.3:Treating Broken Bones (Use A Cushion To Heal The Fracture)
213
For Heart Attack / Stroke

• Think FAST.
Face: Is there weakness on one side of the face?
Arms: Can they raise both arms?
Speech: Is their speech easily understood?
Time to call Emergency helpline
• Provide CPR (Cardiopulmonary resuscitation) as applicable.
• Immediately call medical/ambulance helpline or get someone else to do it.
Fig. 4.2.5.4: Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
For Head Injury

• Ask the victim to rest and apply a cold compress to the injury (e.g. ice bag).
• If the victim becomes drowsy or vomits, call Medical helpline or get someone else to do it.
Fig. 4.2.5.5: Apply a Cold Compress to the Injury
For Electric Shocks

• Switch Off the Main Power Supply immediately
• Free the victim of his clothes
214
• Give artificial respiration and oxygen if needed

• In case of Burns, apply ice and burn cream and rush to the hospital depending on the severity of the burn
Fig. 4.2.5.6: Do Not Touch The Victim Of A Electric Shock Directly, Use Non-Conducting Materials
For Eye Injuries

• In case of chemical exposure, the eyes must not be rubbed. Instead, the eyes must be washed with lots of
water. If the irritation/pain does not subside even after flushing the eyes continuously for 15-20 minutes,
medical help must be sought.
• In case of a blow to the eye, the injured eye must be treated with a cold compress, without imparting any
pressure to it.
• If the pain persists, accompanied by bleeding, bruising or impaired vision, one must seek medical help
immediately.
• In case of a foreign particle in the eye, it must not be rubbed. Instead, the upper lid must be pulled down
and blinking must be repeated, very briskly.
• One must rinse the affected eye with eyewash if itching or irritation from the foreign particle persists.
• If pain persists even after rinsing, the eye must be closed gently, bandaged lightly and medical help must
be sought.
Fig. 4.2.5.7: Wash The Injured Eye Cleanly And Use Proper Eye Rinsing Elements
215
Essential Contents of a First Aid Kit
• Basic first aid notes

• Disposable gloves
• Resuscitation mask
• Individually wrapped sterile adhesive dressings
• Sterile eye pads (packet)
• Sterile coverings for serious wounds
• Triangular bandages
Essential First Aid Item

• Safety pins
• Small, medium and large sterile non-medicated wound dressings
• Non-allergenic tape
• Rubber thread or crepe bandage
• Scissors
• Tweezers
• A suitable book for recording details of first aid provided
• Sterile saline solution
• Plastic bags for disposal
• The name and telephone number of workplace first aid officers, and the phone number and address of the
emergency services should be either in or near each first aid kit
• Reusable items, like scissors and tweezers, need to be thoroughly cleaned using warm soapy water or an
alcohol swab after each use.
Besides these, adequate and medically prescribed oxygen supply must be help in hand at the workplace.
216
4.2.6 Safe Lifting Practices and Correct Body Postures

Safe Lifting Practices
As recommended by OSHA:
DOs
• Check the exact weight of an object before moving it.
• Always size up the load. Get help from others for heavy objects.
• Chose the flattest, straightest, and clearest route before your lift the object.
• If the load is wet or slippery, wipe it off before lifting.
• Make sure the weight of the object is stable and distributed evenly if possible.
• Stand close to the object with legs at a shoulder-width stance.
• Check your footing before you pull the load close to your body. Lift with your legs, not your back.
• Use material handling equipment whenever possible.
• When unloading, do face the spot you have chosen and lower the load slowly by bending your knees.
DONTs
• Never lift more than you can easily handle or without knowing the weight.
• Avoid twisting your body when lifting or when carrying.
• Never lift with a rounded back and straight legs.
• Never lift from an unbalanced position.
• Never carry a load that blocks your view or is big enough for the path you are following.
• Never look down when lifting.
• Never reach over your shoulders to lift. Instead, use a step stool or platform. If possible.
• Avoid heavy lifting if you have had previous joint injuries.
• Don’t bend over to load or unload a heavy object, it may hurt your back.
Correct Body Postures
When we talk about the term “posture”, we simply understand it as the correct positioning or alignment of the
body with respect to the force of gravity.
217
Good posture is necessary not only for a healthy spine but also for overall health. Maintaining a good posture
is essential as it supports your ligaments and muscles.
As an assistant furniture designer, there are times when you need to work for hours while sitting. Even in
such situations, it is imperative that you maintain a correct posture. The ideal posture that should be on line
comprises:
• Ankle bone
• Middle of knee
• Hip joint
• Tip of shoulder
• Back of your ear
You can clearly see this in the diagram (center)
To maintain appropriate posture, you should follow these aspects:

• Consider your head to be attached to an invisible string that is stretching you upwards.
• Refrain your body from slouching
• When you stand straight, see the aspect that your weight is distributed evenly to your feet’s balls and feet.
• Try not to lock your knees.
• Attain a firm standing position by tucking your tummy (stomach) in.
• Keep your shoulders straight and back.
• Try to keep the chin tucked in, and your head held up.
• If you are standing for a long time, you can shift your weight from one leg to another.
Fig. 4.2.6.1: Correct Postures
Again, there are also instances when designers have to fit various mechanical parts in a sitting position this
work may take a few minutes or hours.
• To sit on a chair properly, you should:
• Rest your feet on a footrest or the floor
• Ensure that you are sitting in a comfortable position and your knees are behind your ankle
• Try to stop yourself from sitting with crossed leg
• Try resting your forearms on a parallel surface
• While sitting on the floor, you should sit straight without slouching your shoulder
In case of handling heavy materials, you should maintain this posture.
218
Fig. 4.2.6.2: Correct Postures while Lifting
4.2.7 List of Names and the Contact Details Responsible

for Health and Safety
• As an important part of the emergency management procedure, any workplace must elect a Safety
Committee, which comprises responsible and senior people from all departments and teams
• This committee would act as the legislative body, the authority and the first point of contact for reporting
any hazard, potential risks/threats and emergency situations in the entire workplace.
• This committee would also be responsible for conducting training sessions, safety audits, and drills, to help
all employees prepare themselves for emergency and unprecedented situations.
• The list of the committee members, their designations and job titles, as well as contact numbers, must be
listed and circulated among all staff members.
• The Safety Committee must comprise important members from the following departments:
ᴑᴑ Supervisor / Manager / Team Lead from each project
ᴑᴑ Security Services
ᴑᴑ Reception / Front Desk
ᴑᴑ Building Operations and Maintenance team
ᴑᴑ Emergency Medical Services
ᴑᴑ Counselling and Psychological Services team
• This list must be put up for easy display at prominent parts of the workplace in the form of an Emergency
Escalation Matrix and must be updated regularly.
• Furthermore, this list must be mandatorily included in every First Aid kit available in the workplace
premises, so that a person treating a victim with first aid techniques may summon additional help and
report the accident.
219
Few Emergency Toll-free numbers are:
100 Police
101 Fire
102 Ambulance
108 Disaster Management
181 Women’s Helpline
1097 AIDS Helpline
1098 Child Abuse Helpline
Summary
1. Infectious and potentially infectious materials must be inactivated by bleaching or Autoclave Sterilization
during storage and before disposal.
2. Containers for storing radioactive materials or items contaminated with radioactivity must be labeled with
“Nuclear” or “Radioactive Hazard” sign and the radioactive tape.
3. Pieces of wood, straw, and hay, sawdust, paper, cardboard etc. must be cleared off as soon as they are
procured during the Furniture & Fittings operations.
4. Fire outbreaks and explosions caused by the sudden ignition of flammable materials.
5. Have a clear idea of how much authority and responsibility you have to deal with security risks including
your legal rights and duties
6. Reporting an accident/incident to an authorized person can be best done with the help of the Hazard
Reporting form.
7. Loosely fitted clothes must be completely avoided because the loose ends may get caught in powered
machinery and tools and may be fatal.
8. Conducting regular electrical inspections at the workplace by an experienced and licensed electrician
9. Materials must never be stacked as it can block the clearances and exit.
10. Never forget to use personal protective equipment at work.
11. Woodworkers can be exposed to a large number of hazards that pose danger to their eyes and face.
12. Single-use earplugs are made of waxed cotton, foam, silicone rubber or fiber glass wool.
13. A seemingly unconscious victim may be revived to consciousness by rubbing the chest, artificial respiration
or pinching the earlobes.
14. All solvents must be stored in neatly labeled containers and provided with MSDS (Material Safety Data
Sheets).
15. Short Circuit is also caused by insulation failure due to lightning surges, overloading of equipment due to
overheating, physical damage, etc.
16. The Wet Chemicals are helpful in extinguishing fires of Class B and A.
17. Do not use water on electrical fires.
18. The P.A.S.S technique must be adopted for extinguishing the fire.
19. Good posture is necessary not only for a healthy spine but also for overall health.
20. On the contrary, awkward body postures move away from the neutral body postures, away from the comfort
zone, towards the extremes in the range of motion.
21. Emergency procedures and related protocols vary according to the work locations and the nature of work.
22. Ambulance services may be summoned by calling up the toll-free number for the same.
220
Notes
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
221
Exercise
1. What should be administered in case of ingestion and inhalation?
a) Saline Water b) Activated charcoal c) Milk
2. The full form of PPE is:

a) Personal Protection Equipment b) Phase Partitioning Experiment
c) Professional Practice Examination
3. Reporting an accident/incident to an authorized person can be best done with the help of what?
a) Accident form b) Supervisor c) Hazard reporting form
4. ________________ waste do not need inactivation but must be put away separately in biological waste box
lined with red garbage bag.
a) Non-infectious biological b) Atomic c) Water-based
A: Non-infectious biological
5. Incorrect and irregular disposal of wood dust/wood debris can lead to ____________.
a) Head injury b) Eye Injury c) Bleeding Gums
222
Activity
Show and Explain Session
• This session will be in the form of “Show and Explain “ activity.
• In this activity, the Trainer will bring few PPE (relevant to the job role and recommended by SME or Master
Trainer) to the class and demonstrates the utility of each.
• The focus of this activity is to select and use appropriate Personal Protective Equipment compatible with the
work and compliant with relevant occupational health and safety guidelines.
• To make the session interesting, the Trainer will show an image of the PPE and ask the students to identify
it and their knowledge on that equipment.
• After the session, the Trainer will select a few volunteers from the class and makes them wear few PPE.
• This would further help the students to understand the use of these PPE.
Activity
Laboratory Visit Session
• In this activity, the Trainer will take the students to the laboratory.
• The main idea of the Trainer is to help the students by getting them introduced to the basic chemicals
required in basic Carpentry, Furniture & Fittings operations.
• The Trainer or the Subject Matter Expert will recommend the chemicals to be included in the demonstration.
• Arrangement of those chemicals will be done by the Program Coordinator in advance.
• The Trainer, during the session, will explain the following:
ᴑᴑ Purpose of the chemical in Furniture & Fittings operations
ᴑᴑ Nature of the chemical and the hazards associated with it
ᴑᴑ The PPE to be worn for handling the chemical
ᴑᴑ Precautions to be taken while storing the chemical
ᴑᴑ Importance of following manufacturers’ instructions and the job specifications related to the safe use
of materials
• The students must jot down the crucial observations in the notebook.
223
224
5. Work Effectively
with Others
Unit 5.1 - Interaction with Seniors
Unit 5.2 - Work Effectively
FFS/N8801
225

1. State the process of interaction with seniors
2. Explain the importance of working effectively
226
Unit 5.1: Interaction with Seniors
Unit Objectives
1. Identify and report any possible deviations to appropriate authority
2. State the importance of effective communication and establishing good working relationships with other
3. List the different type of people that one is required to communicate and coordinate within the organization
4. Relate the importance and need of supporting co-workers facing problems for smooth functioning of work
5. List the various components of communication cycle
6. State the importance of discipline and ethics for professional success
5.1.1 Identify and Report Deviations to Appropriate Authority

Reporting Procedure in Case of Deviations
• Like any other job role, in any other industry, an assistant furniture designer is required and expected to
abide by a specific reporting procedure, in case non-compliance or non-conformity occurs in any of the
standard operating procedures.
• Non-compliance or Non-conformity occurs through Protocol Violations and Protocol Deviations.
• A Protocol Deviation is said to have occurred when there is a minor or moderate divergence from the
sanctioned design, blueprint, and processes in the organization.
• Under such circumstances, one must alert certain personnel, holding designated positions, arranged and
organized in the form of a hierarchy, known as the “Escalation Matrix”.
• This Escalation Matrix is segregated into multiple levels and a case of deviation
Follow Escalation Matrix in Case of any Grievance

• Before complaining and expressing a grievance, be very clear of the objectives, i.e. why do you require to
complain and what do you want to achieve in the long run
• Follow the Escalation Matrix for Internal Grievance Resolution
• At each level of the matrix, write an email to the designated official, according to the guidelines and
formats provided.
• Follow up with the concerned official, if the complaint or grievance is not addressed within the standard
TAT at that escalation level.
• Document all records of emails and phone calls, until the issue is duly addressed and closed.
• If the concerned official, at a certain level, does not address the grievance within the TAT, “escalate” and
carry forward the issue to the next level.
• Repeat the process from 2-6.
• On resolution of the grievance, thank the concerned authority over phone or email, whichever is applicable.
Seek and Obtain Clarifications on Policies and Procedures, From the Supervisor or other Authorized Personnel
• If the designer has doubts about the organizational policies and SOPs, they can be clarified by the
supervisors or other authorized personnel.
227
• Address the problems effectively and report if required to immediate supervisor appropriately.
• Identify and report any possible deviations to appropriate authority.
• Receive instructions clearly from superiors and respond effectively on the same.
• Accurately receive information and instructions from the supervisor related to one’s work.
Seek Assistance from Supervisor or any Such Appropriate Authority as and When Required
• One’s supervisor is supposed to be one’s mentor and guide at work.
• Assistance and guidance must be sought from the supervisor whenever needed.
• Ask questions to clarify doubts.
Ask Questions and Seek Clarifications on Work Tasks Whenever Required

• Question must be asked to clarify doubt and to narrow down communication gaps with one’s supervisor.
• This must be done to get a clear idea about the responsibilities expected by one’s supervisor.
• Having a clear idea about one’s tasks helps in fulfilling targets successfully.
5.1.2 Effective Communication and Establishing Good Working

Relationships
A workplace is an area where people from different backgrounds and perspective come to work together. An
individual working in an office doesn’t work alone. He or she works with a team – colleagues, supervisor, trainer
and others (as per requirement). In this case, good communication and mutual bonding make the workflow
smooth and uninhibited. In fact, effective communication allows us to understand the problems that our
colleagues are facing, and them to portray it clearly.
Effective communication
• Ensures positive attitude
ᴑᴑ Communication amongst employees with a positive attitude ensures that change or the development is
towards a prospective change (positive).
ᴑᴑ It also motivates the employees, thereby ensuring that they provide cost-effective, productive, and
valuable services.
• Ensures proper comprehension regarding strategy and goal accomplishment

ᴑᴑ It gives the employees the correct perception regarding their work.
ᴑᴑ It also makes sure that the employees know how their work is directly influencing the profitability of the
company
ᴑᴑ It gives employees the true impression of working as a team
• Ascertain that everybody complies with company’s regulatory bodies

ᴑᴑ Talking with colleagues and sharing information on any new updates on company policy or project
ensures that everyone stays on the same page.
ᴑᴑ Added to this, this makes the team more responsive and positively engaged in the work.
228
Components of Effective Communication

Effective Communication is a two-way information sharing process which involves one party sending a message
that is easily understood by the receiving party. An assistant furniture designer with effective communication
skills can work more efficiently and earn appreciation more commonly.
• Oral/Verbal Communication
• Clarity & Concision
• Confidence
• Respect
• Non-Verbal Communication
• Politeness & Precision
• Empathy
• Right Medium
• Active Listening
• Open to Feedback
Types of Communication
• Verbal or Oral Communication: Involves the use of language spoken verbally or orally to convey messages
• Written Communication: It involves the art of writing to convey messages. This includes letters, emails,
reports, etc.
• Non-verbal Communication: Involves the use of Body Language and gestures to convey messages
Barriers in Communication
• The following factors hinder Effective Communication and are hence called “Barriers”.
• Use of Jargon and Technical terms
• Lack of attention, interest, distractions, or irrelevance to the receiver
• Differences in Perception
• Physical disabilities like Hearing Ailments or Impaired Speech
• Cultural & Language Differences and Unfamiliar accents
• Expectations and prejudices leading to false assumptions or stereotyping
5.1.3 Type of People that one is required to communicate and

Coordinate
A designer must communicate and coordinate not only with clients but with peers and supervisors in the
organization as well. The elements of communicating effectively with clients, peers/colleagues and supervisors
are:
• Effectively communicate with team members and customers
• Manage Expectations
• Write and Speak Persuasively
• Listen to your audience reframe communication if needed
• Deliver the message clearly
• Watch your tone
• Communicate effectively with team members, supervisors, managers etc.
229
5.1.4 Importance and Need of Supporting Co-Workers Facing

Problems
Team Work is extremely crucial for successfully carrying out an assignment. An important aspect of effective
teamwork is supporting co-workers facing problems, for ensuring smooth functioning of the assignment.
Supporting a co-worker is vital because:
• Confidence: Going out of one’s way to help and support co-workers will have a marked effect on their
confidence and give them a sense of pride in their work, but it is likely to improve engagement, productivity
and eagerness to maintain high standards at the workplace.
• Improved Communication: If you are supportive and friendly towards a colleague, he/she will see you as an
approachable person, hence marinating smooth communication and increasing productivity.
• Team Spirit: A supportive environment undoubtedly leads to a better working atmosphere. It helps in
creating a sense of community and team spirit, which works as a reminder that everyone is striving towards
one unified goal.
• Support from a grateful co-worker, in return: To repay your support and help, the colleagues, who you
helped and supported, will help you in your work, as a token of gratitude.
5.1.5 Various Components of Communication Cycle

• Aim
• Formulate/Encode message
• Transmit/Deliver message to Receiver
• Receive Feedback from receiver
• Decode, Analyse and Act
• Ask question to sender to clarify doubts if message is still not clear
Importance of Active Listening

Active listening is the process by which an individual secures information from another individual or group.
Active listening:
• Reduces negative assumptions
• Innovative solutions
• Enhances Confidence
• Ensures better Learning
• Does not allow any conflicting issue to develop amongst colleagues
• Enhances Relationships
• Accuracy
• Better Productivity
• Trust formation
• Building respect amongst colleagues
230
5.1.6 Importance of Discipline and Ethics for Professional

Success
The importance of Discipline and Ethics is to achieve professional success can be elaborated with the help of the
following elements. These are known as the pillars of workplace discipline and ethics:
Professionalism
• Defined as the competence or skill expected of a professional
• Emphasizes the importance of Grooming, which adds to one’s confidence level and enhances personality
• Emphasizes the importance of Effective Communication Skills and strong Interpersonal Skills, which help
the person in carrying out activities in a team
Respecting others
• Emphasizes appreciating and admiring other colleagues for their contribution towards a task
• Emphasizes the need of complimenting
• This helps in boosting team spirit and improves work culture
Reliability and Accountability

• Measurement of how responsible a worker is towards his / her job role and assigned tasks
• Dedication and Determination
• Measurement of how focused, committed and sincere a worker is towards the job role and responsibilities
Integrity
• Having honesty and strong moral principles are very crucial for a worker
Humility
• One must be formal, firm, yet cordial, polite and humble while dealing with peers and colleagues
What Constitutes Disciplined Behavior for a Working Professional?

It is important that a working professional leads a disciplined personal and professional life. Here are some of
the important aspects that will demonstrate responsible and disciplined behaviors at the workplace that every
professional should abide by.
• The workers should abide by the company rules, policies and regulations
• They should be compliant to the contract terms related to employment
• The professionals should be punctual to work
• In case the workers take leaves, it should be after taking permission
• Adherence to safety instructions that are set by the organization
• Fulfilling the given task effectively
• Ensuring that the company property is well maintained
Expressing and Addressing Grievances Appropriately and Effectively

Grievance, according to the Dictionary, is “a complaint or a strong feeling that one has been treated unfairly”.
231
1. Follow Escalation Matrix In Case Of Any Grievance

• Before complaining and expressing a grievance, be very clear of the objectives, i.e. why do you require
to complain and what do you want to achieve in the long run
• Follow the Escalation Matrix for Internal Grievance Resolution
• At each level of the matrix, write an email to the designated official, according to the guidelines and
formats provided.
• Follow up with the concerned official, if the complaint or grievance is not addressed within the standard
TAT at that escalation level.
• Document all records of emails and phone calls, until the issue is duly addressed and closed.
• If the concerned official, at a certain level, does not address the grievance within the TAT, “escalate”
and carry forward the issue to the next level.
• Repeat the process from 2-6.
• On the resolution of the grievance, thank the concerned authority over phone or email, whichever is
applicable.
2. Addressing Worker’s Grievance (for the team lead or supervisor; but in here the assistant furniture
designer)
• Hold a formal yet private meeting with the worker.
• Acknowledge the grievance and empathize.
• Maintain confidentiality of the entire matter.
• Invite witnesses, if deemed absolutely necessary.
• Depending on the complexity of the grievance, continue with further investigation.
• Gather information to support your decision.
• Take the final decision.
• Convey your decision to the worker.
• Escalate the matter to the immediately next level, if the worker is not happy with the decision taken.
3. Addressing Client’s Grievance

• Do not contradict with or prevent the client from talking.
• Listen actively and patiently.
• Apologize (even if you are not wrong) and empathize with the client.
• Listen to the grievance/complaint with an open mind.
• Promise that you will get back to him/her with a permanent solution, at the earliest.
• Keep your promise and respond to the client with a solution within the standard TAT.
• If you are unable to resolve the issue on your own, escalate the same to your next level.
• Follow up with the concerned officials till the grievance is addressed and the issue resolved.
• Inform the client over email or phone that his / her grievance has been taken care of.
Importance and Ways of Managing Interpersonal Conflict Effectively

Interpersonal Conflict can be defined as a serious quarrel or disagreement between two or more persons.
Conflict Management is extremely crucial in maintaining a good work environment and the standard
productivity of the organization.
The five stages involved in resolving a conflict are:
• Identifying a safe place and time to talk
232
• Clarify individual perceptions involved in the conflict

• Arranging for a discussion with witnesses, if required
• Adopting an active and empathetic listening approach
• Searching for options with the aim of a win-win outcome
• Arriving at a conclusion agreed upon by all parties in the conflict
The common strategies involved in managing Interpersonal Conflict are:

• Collaborating
• Accommodating
• Avoiding
• Competing
• Compromising
• Forcing
233
Unit 5.2: Work Effectively
Unit Objectives
1. State the responsibilities and objectives of the role
2. Relate the principle of furniture and fittings manufacturing and installation
3. State the importance of working effectively with others to achieve organizations goals
4. Analyse and share information with team to enhance quality and productivity at workplace
5. Demonstrate how to keep work area clean and tidy and its importance
5.2.1 Responsibilities and Objectives of the Role

Objectives
The objective of a furniture designer is to contribute their technical and creative skills to design modern and
latest furniture used by both residential and corporate clients.
Responsibilities
Amongst the various responsibilities of an assistant furniture designer, the prominent ones include:
• Preparation of freehand design and sketches of various furniture types
• Creating a prototype and seeking approval from management and customer’s side
• Designing customized furniture pieces or sets as per the requirement of the clients
• Creating schedules, estimates, and budgets for different types of projects
• Using AutoCAD and different types of 3D designing software for creating realistic looking furnishing designs
• calculating the available furniture space after site inspection and suggesting the appropriate type of
furniture that can sit fit in that area
• Maintaining and repairing old furniture to give those an upgraded and modern look
Own Roles and Responsibilities

Roles: Creativity is an important aspect that is required as the chief element in an assistant furniture designer.
The individuals’ designs should have the perfect balance of aesthetic appeal as well as modern and innovative
designs. When we talk about the role of an assistant furniture designer, in times of requirement, the person
may have to act as:
• Sales person
• Production manager
• Maintenance engineer
• Designer
• Buyer of raw materials
• Accountant
234
Responsibilities
The responsibility of an assistant furniture designer is not limited to the creation of various furniture designs.
There are times when he or she has to act as like-minded craftspeople (assembler, carpenter, etc.). There are
various tasks that come as the responsibilities of the furniture designer.
Some of the relevant ones are:
• Studying about the types of modular furniture that are in trend
• Researching more about furniture and making proper planning regarding its designing process
• Looking out for ways to upgrade furniture that are already manufactured or they may have sold to customers
• Before starting with the first draft of the designing work sitting with the client for their requirement and
feedback
• Choosing the appropriate material for furniture making
• Taking the help of CAD (computer-aided design) to generate sample designs, hard prototypes, sketches,
card models, etc.
• Understanding the project in a better way and taking the complete advantage of the various software
packages like Photoshop, Solid Works, Inventor, and AutoCAD
• Liaising with production department staff like design engineers, marketing staff, production managers, and
craftsmen
• Knowing more about the required tools, finished furniture items, and raw materials to complete the given
project
5.2.2 Principle of Furniture and Fittings Manufacturing and

Installation
The principles of Furniture and Fittings Manufacturing and Installation comprise the following:
• Knowledge about:
ᴑᴑ The various organizational processes, rules, codes, guidelines and standards and escalation hierarchy
and matrix
ᴑᴑ The statutory responsibilities under organizational legislation and regulations
ᴑᴑ Information about the organization clients
ᴑᴑ The various types of designs of the products
ᴑᴑ The about assembly process/product line
ᴑᴑ The proper disposal system for waste and by-product
• Adherence with:
ᴑᴑ The relevant safety and security procedures to be followed
ᴑᴑ The organization procedures and formalities to be completed during work
Knowledge of:
ᴑᴑ About furniture making terminology, abbreviations, symbols, dimension matrix etc.
ᴑᴑ These have been explained in details in Chapter 2.
235
Importance of Having Correct Understanding of Work Task and Objective

An assistant furniture designer must understand the client’s requirements thoroughly and have an appropriate
and correct understanding of the work task, in terms of:
• Objectives of the task/assignment
• Specifications as per the Blueprint and AutoCAD drawings
• Phase-wise feedback on the task provided by the client
• TAT adherence, in terms of phase-wise and final delivery of the finished products
• Working with the sole aim of putting in one’s best efforts to abide my all client requirements, thus, in turn,
completely satisfying the client and earning appreciations
• Ensuring that there is no communication gap between the designer and the client in understanding
requirements and specifications. This can be done by providing the client with daily or weekly (as prescribed
by the organization) updates on the different phases of the assignment
Applicable Quality Standards for Assigned Work Task and Objective

Quality, according to the ISO 8402-1986 standard, can be defined as “the totality of features and characteristics
of a product or service that bears its ability to satisfy stated or implied needs”.
An assistant furniture designer must implement the applicable quality standards for the assigned work task via
a well-known mechanism called Quality Control or QC.
The primary objectives of Quality Control and management are:
• Eliminating gaps between the specifications of the accomplished tasks and the client’s requirements, thus
ensuring that the worker has fully understood the client’s requirements
• Eliminating chances of product recall (return of the delivered product consignment, partially or wholly, to
the workshop, by the client )
• Identifying defects in the process of assembly and installation
• Identifying defects in the products (work-in-progress stage)
All quality control and management standards, across industries and across nations, are based on the principles
developed by an autonomous body called the International Organization for Standardization commonly known
as the ISO.
The seven Quality Management principles (QMP) directed and standardized by the ISO 9000: 2015 and ISO
9001:2015 are:
Customer Focus
• Recognizing the needs of existing and potential customers
• Exceeding customer expectations
Leadership
• Setting up mission, vision and goals for the organization and the team
• Empowering team members
• Adhering to all aspects of quality
236
Engagement of People
• Utilizing and appreciating people’s abilities and contributions
• Encouraging knowledge sharing, learning and upgradation of skills
Process Approach
• Dividing and conquering an assignment / project by breaking it down into small tasks
• Utilizing resources optimally
Improvement
• Aiming for continual improvement (KAIZEN)
Evidence-based Decision Making

• Taking apt and correct decisions on time, to save time and money
• Supporting decisions with adequate evidence and data
Relationship Management
• Efficient Vendor Management to manage costs, allocate resources and create values
• Identifying clients and vendors as ‘Partners’ to secure long term relationships
Few ISO standards, related to the Furniture & Fittings industry are:
Method of testing the stability,
ISO 21015:2007 Workplace Chairs
strength and durability
ISO 24496:2017 Workplace Chairs Determination of Dimensions
Method of testing the stability,
ISO 21016:2007 Workplace tables and desks
strength and durability
Kitchen Furniture and
ISO 3055:1985 Coordinating and organizing sizes
Equipment
Chairs, tables and desks for
ISO 5970:1979 Functional Sizes
educational institutions
Storage Units (commercial Method of testing the stability,
ISO 7171:1988
and domestic) strength and durability
5.2.3 Working Effectively with Others to Achieve Goals

It is a common yet important saying that “United we stand, divided we fall”. An assistant furniture designer must
work effectively with the other members in the team to achieve the common organizational goals and targets.
1. Best Practices in the Industry

• Knowing the areas of strength of each team member and assign roles accordingly
• Discussing but never argue
• Think out-of-the-box to impart creativity amidst chaos
• Accepting and learning from mistakes
237
• Sharing a common mission and vision to align oneself and the team with the organization targets
• Staying alert, humble and polite
• Respecting diversity and differences
• Listening attentively and actively
• Staying precise and curt while communicating
• Avoiding backstabbing and gossips
• Apologizing for mistakes committed by oneself
• Avoiding jargons and explaining technical concepts, using real-life examples
• Sharing, exchanging and transferring knowledge
• Abiding by discipline and decorum
2. Principles of Team Work

T.E.A.M - Together Everyone Achieves More……
• Team work is defined as the “actions of individuals, brought together for a common purpose or goal
which subordinates the needs of the individual to the needs of the group”.
• Each person on the team puts aside his or her individual needs to work towards the larger group
objective. The interaction among the members and the work they complete is called teamwork. Team
work i extremely important for the Field Technician to accomplish hi job responsibilities efficiently.
• The sum of the efforts undertaken by each team member for the achievement of the team’s objective
is called team work.
• Every member in a team has to perform and contribute in his best possible way to achieve a common
predefined goal.
• Individual performances do not count in a team and it is the collective performance of the team
workers which matters the most.
3. Benefits of Team Work

• Promotes Creativity and Learning
• Combines Complimentary Strengths
• Builds Trust
• Teaches Conflict Resolution Skills
• Promotes a Wider Sense of Ownership
• Teaches Effective Risk Management
4. Components of Team Work

• Effective Communication
• Active Listening
• Resolving Conflict
• Diversity
• Motivation
238
5. Dos and Don’ts of Effective Team Work

• Dos:
ᴑᴑ Be willing to collaborate
ᴑᴑ Keep an open mind towards learning from other team members
ᴑᴑ Control your ego
ᴑᴑ Step up to be a leader and step down to be a team member when needed
• Don’ts:
ᴑᴑ Don’t take things personally
ᴑᴑ Don’t underestimate a team member
ᴑᴑ Don’t get involved in gossip and grapevine conversation
ᴑᴑ Don’t show your back to criticism
Coordinate and Cooperate With Colleagues to Achieve Work Objectives

• Listen actively with minimal barriers
• Build trust, but do not get too casual
• Be aware of your tone
• Watch your body language
• Participate and coordinate
• Ask questions to clarify
• Discuss task lists, schedules and activities
• Share best practices with peers
Display Courteous Behavior at all Times

• Come what may, one must always display courtesy to clients, supervisors and colleagues alike.
• This must be practiced to secure long term working relationship with them.
Respond Politely to Customer Queries and other Team Members

• Customer Centricity is one of the most vital personal attributes that an assistant furniture designer must
have, since a designer must interact with innumerable clients in daily life.
• A client may have several doubts and queries, which the assistant furniture designer must listen proactively
and clarify politely.
• By responding politely to all queries of clients, an assistant furniture designer fulfils the following:
ᴑᴑ Understand customer requirements and time lines and respond as per their needs - Answering
customer’s queries helps in understanding the task requirements very clearly. This, in turn, helps in
working with less confusion and interruptions and in delivering the task perfectly on time.
ᴑᴑ Being courteous with customers and ability to handle different types of customers - Different
customers have different types of nature. The nature of customers can range between being very
polite to extremely demanding and critical of whatever you do.
ᴑᴑ Being aware of different customer cultures / faiths and responding appropriately - Irrespective of the
culture, colour, nationality, creed and economic status, a customer is always the King for an Assistant
Furniture Designer.
239
Respecting diversity implies that Customer Centricity should be practised irrespective of the customer’s
background. A designer must always remain neutral and truly professional while dealing with customers
from diverse backgrounds.
ᴑᴑ Work and deliver output as per client requirement and satisfaction - The end result of any project is
ultimate client delight. Meeting client’s requirements about a project and exceeding the client’s value
expectations help in retaining a client and earning his / her loyalty.
• This behavioural trait must not only be practiced with one’s clients but also with the other team members
as well.
Follow Work Place Dress Code

Workplace Dress Codes are of utmost importance. Being an assistant furniture designer you have to meet
with client often. During those interactions regarding design approval or required changes in the software
generated models, the clients get the chance to meet their furniture in person. The other important aspects
include:
• Dress code helps a person in identifying himself or herself as an inseparable component of the organization.
• Maintaining the dress code helps in strengthening the security of the organization.
• Dress code mandates that only authorized persons are allowed to access and control the premises.
• Adhering to the organization’s dress code is an important part of Work Ethics in the work area.
• It is best to dress appropriately (clean and formal clothes, combed hair, trimmed nails, brushed mouth and
polished shoes)
Adhere to Time Lines and Quality Standards

• Deadline, TAT adherence and quality assurance are important aspects of project management.
• While working on a project, one must maintain a borderline between the delivery time and the quality
standards required by the client as well as directed by the organization.
• It is important to deliver the project on or before the deadline, but care must be taken that one does not
deviate from the client’s specifications and quality standards.
Follow Organizational Policies and Procedures

• A good employee is expected to respect and follow the organizational policies and procedures.
• Such policies involve adherence to Standard Operating procedures, safety guidelines, Instruction manuals,
HR policies etc.
• Adherence to and respect for the organizational mission and vision are mandatory to align a person with
the organizational goals and targets.
• Following organizational policies and procedures make a person an integrated part of the organization,
thus making him / her family member.
Keep Work Area in a Tidy and Organized State

• Control dust and debris
• Clear clutter and spills to avoid slips, trips and falls
• Follow a specific frequency of cleaning operations
• Maintain a written set of guidelines on cleaning and tidying the work area, in the form of SOPs (Standard
Operating Procedures)
• Store tools and equipment appropriately, in their designated storage locations
• Store and maintain PPE appropriately
• Effectively move waste materials to designated locations and treat them duly
240
5.2.4 Share Information with Team to Enhance Quality and

Productivity
• A team must follow a very effective and strong communication cycle.
• Accurate and undistorted information must be shared with the team, so that all members in the team are
perfectly aligned with the task requirements and expectations.
• Sharing accurate information eliminates communication gaps between the designer and the other members
in the team.
• This is also effective in managing emergency situations since it is very crucial to impart accurate and
appropriate instructions while handling such circumstances.
Work Together with Co-Workers in a Synchronized Manner

• An assistant furniture designer must be an excellent team player because it is practically impossible to
accomplish a project or task without proper synchronization.
• The various stages in a project must be treated discretely and yet there must exist a seamless link or flow
between them, in other words, synchronization.
• The deadline for delivery of the entire project can be met only if each component of the project is delivered
on time.
• The outcomes of each stage of a project become the inputs to the next one and the process must continue
in a synchronized manner until the final product is obtained.
Communicate With Others Clearly, At A Pace And In A Manner That Helps Them To Understand
The foremost thing regarding giving clear information is respecting the audience. When you communicate and
put forth the information to the listener, you should be clear about the message that you would be giving to
them.
The next aspect is to stick to the instruction that you want to give to the workers working in the furniture
workshop.
Information exchange makes the process of imparting information smoothly. If the speaker knows what they
want to convey, they should also know what the audience is grasping. This decreases the chance of confusion
as the listener gets the opportunity to ask about the instruction or about correct selection of tools and clearing
their doubts then and there.
Fig. 5.2.4.1: Clear information Exchange
241
Show Respect To Other And Their Work

• Appreciation for other team members works as “Positive Reinforcement”, i.e. it encourages and rewards
them for their performance and contribution towards the project.
• Appreciation for others in the team promotes mutual respect, which is one of the most important aspects
in good team work.
• Showing respect to others would imply that one shall earn respect and appreciation in return.
• Thus habit promotes collaboration in a team to boost productivity and improve quality of work.
Display Active Listening Skills While Interacting With Others at Work

The steps involved in Effective and Active Listening are:
• Facing the speaker and maintaining an eye contact
• Attentively listen and comprehend the information given by the speaker
• Staying attentive yet relaxed
• Keeping an open, receiving mind
• Listening to the words and trying to visualize what the speaker is saying
• Never interrupting or imposing your “solutions”
• Waiting for the speaker to pause to ask clarifying questions
• Asking questions only to ensure understanding
• Communicate clearly on the issues being faced and clarify queries
• Trying to empathize with the speaker
• Providing the speaker with constructive feedback
The barriers in Active Listening are:

• Distractions
• Noise
• Interruptions
• Prejudice and Preconceived Ideas
• Lack of Interest in the conversation
Demonstrate Responsible and Disciplined Behaviors at the Workplace

• Learning about discipline alone does not make one disciplined at the workplace.
• One must implement what has been learned, by demonstrating responsible and disciplined behavior at
the workplace.
Disciplined Behaviors
• Punctuality - This is the behavioural trait that encourages a person to be always “On Time”. Punctuality
inculcates the habit of deadline adherence and effective time management, thus completing tasks as
per given time and standards. Practising punctuality can be an efficient tool in delighting customers and
earning their retention and loyalty.
• Avoiding Wastage – An assistant furniture designer must stick to the policy of “Zero Wastage”. Resources
must be properly planned, allocated and utilized to the fullest. Such resources include people, time,
raw materials and money. Wastage of time, by loitering unnecessarily, idling and gossiping, etc. must be
condemned and prevented.
• Integrity and Honesty - An employee with high standards of ethics, honesty and moral values is considered
a valuable asset to the organization.
242
5.2.5 Keep Work Area Clean and Tidy and its Importance
Organise workshop in such way, that you get:
• Enough space to move around safely
• Enough space for storage of materials and tools
• Enough space to work and use materials and tools
Always remember:
• Keep your workshop neat and clean.
• Do not store any material on the way so that there is no hindrance in walking or working.
• Do not allow clutter to get accumulate at workplace.
• Store the tools in their right place.
• Keep fire extinguisher at the place where anyone can reach easily.
Plan a Good Housekeeping Program

• Wood workshop is full of dust, due to various cutting and finishing activities. If you clean the place,
immediately after cleaning dust will accumulate on the cleaned surface.
• Despite this, we should regularly clean the work area.
• Workshop must be cleaned in the morning before starting the work and before leaving the work in the
evening.
• Regular cleaning will limit the dust accumulation and cleaning of machines and tools will ensure their long
and trouble-free life.
A good housekeeping program includes responsibilities for the following:

• Clean up during the shift
• Day-to-day clean up
• Waste disposal
• Removal of unused materials
• Checklist/Inspection to ensure clean-up is complete
243
Summary
1. Quality, according to the ISO 8402-1986 standard, can be defined as “the totality of features and characteristics
of a product or service that bears its ability to satisfy stated or implied needs”.
2. An assistant furniture designer must work effectively with the other members in the team to achieve the
common organizational goals and targets.
3. Team work is defined as the “actions of individuals, brought together for a common purpose or goal which
subordinates the needs of the individual to the needs of the group”.
4. The importance of discipline and ethics is to achieve professional success can be elaborated with the help
of the following elements.
5. An employee with high standards of ethics, honesty and moral values is considered a valuable asset to the
organization.
6. Active listening is the process by which an individual secures information from another individual or group.
7. A Protocol Deviation is said to have occurred, when there is a minor or moderate divergence from the
sanctioned design, blueprint, and processes in the organization.
8. Effective Communication is a two way information sharing process which involves one party sending a
message that is easily understood by the receiving party.
9. Non-verbal Communication involves the use of Body Language and gestures to convey messages
10. Habit promotes collaboration in a team to boost productivity and improve quality of work.
11. A supportive environment undoubtedly leads to a better working atmosphere.
12. Dress code mandates that only authorized persons are allowed to access and control the premises.
244
Notes
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
245
Exercise
Fill in the Blanks
1. TAT adherence and quality assurance are important aspects of ________________.
a) Time management b) Project management c) Company management
2. Non-compliance or Non-conformity occurs through Protocol Violations and _______________.

a) aggression b) Protocol Deviations c) Conformation deviation
A: Protocol Deviations
3. ____________, according to the Dictionary, is “a complaint or a strong feeling that one has been treated
unfairly”.
a) Grievance b) Conformity c) Complaint
A: Grievance
4. __________________ communication involves the use of language spoken verbally or orally to convey
messages.
a) Oral b) Physical c) Grievance
246
Activity
Video Session
• In this session, the Trainer will play 4 videos.
• The Trainer has the discretion of playing all the 4 videos or the number of videos he or she may deem fit.
• The first video will be about types of communication
• The YouTube link for the video is: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kxFQrv97Rcc
• The second video will be about barriers in communication
• The YouTube link for the video is: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=evC3873ySg4
• The third video will be about team work and working effectively with others
• The YouTube link for the video is: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fm1gh5GAmWc
• The fourth video will be about the power of decision making
• The YouTube link for the video is: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=542qgGgL1s4
• The students will watch the video attentively with pin drop silence.
• They can note down pointers from the video that they may find relevant.
• Trainees will maintain decorum in the class and will not talk, whisper or discuss in the class.
• In case of any queries or confusions, students will write those down in their notebooks.
• After the videos end, the students can ask questions of you.
• The students will raise their hands, and you will pick up the students who will place their questions.
• The answering session will be in the form of a discussion where the answers can be given by either you or
any of the students knowing the answer.
Activity
Add and Consolidate Session
• This activity is in the form of “Add and Consolidate”.
• The Trainer will divide the class into 3-4 groups depending on the batch size.
• The Trainer provides each group with a list comprising few job responsibilities (2-3 in number) of Assembler.
• Each group will receive a separate subset of job responsibilities.
• The members of each group on receiving the list will discuss among themselves and will unanimously add
one more job responsibility to it.
• While deciding on the point to be added, members of each group will use their own discretion and prior
knowledge, if any.
• After adding the point, the students will hand over the list to the trainer.
• On receiving all lists, the Trainer will consolidate all the points and jot them down on the whiteboard with
a marker.
247
248
6. Employability &
Entrepreneurship
Skills
Unit 6.1 - Personal Strengths & Value Systems
Unit 6.2 - Digital Literacy: A Recap
Unit 6.3 - Money Matters
Unit 6.4 - Preparing for Employment & Self Employment
Unit 6.5 - Understanding Entrepreneurship
Unit 6.6: Preparing to be an Entrepreneur
249

1. Explain the meaning of health
2. List common health issues
3. Discuss tips to prevent common health issues
4. Explain the meaning of hygiene
5. Discuss the purpose of Swacch Bharat Abhiyan
6. Explain the meaning of habit
7. Discuss ways to set up a safe work environment
8. Discuss critical safety habits to be followed by employees
9. Explain the importance of self-analysis
10. Discuss motivation with the help of Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
11. Discuss the meaning of achievement motivation
12. List the characteristics of entrepreneurs with achievement motivation
13. List the different factors that motivate you
14. Discuss the role of attitude in self-analysis
15. Discuss how to maintain a positive attitude
16. List your strengths and weaknesses
17. Discuss the qualities of honest people
18. Describe the importance of honesty in entrepreneurs
19. Discuss the elements of a strong work ethic
20. Discuss how to foster a good work ethic
21. List the characteristics of highly creative people
22. List the characteristics of highly innovative people
23. Discuss the benefits of time management
24. List the traits of effective time managers
25. Describe effective time management technique
26. Discuss the importance of anger management
27. Describe anger management strategies
28. Discuss tips for anger management
29. Discuss the causes of stress
30. Discuss the symptoms of stress
31. Discuss tips for stress management
32. Identify the basic parts of a computer
33. Identify the basic parts of a keyboard
34. Recall basic computer terminology
35. Recall the functions of basic computer keys
36. Discuss the main applications of MS Office
37. Discuss the benefits of Microsoft Outlook
38. Discuss the different types of e-commerce
39. List the benefits of e-commerce for retailers and customers
40. Discuss how the Digital India campaign will help boost e-commerce in India
41. Describe how you will sell a product or service on an e-commerce platform
250
42. Discuss the importance of saving money

43. Discuss the benefits of saving money
44. Discuss the main types of bank accounts
45. Describe the process of opening a bank account
46. Differentiate between fixed and variable costs
47. Describe the main types of investment options
48. Describe the different types of insurance products
49. Describe the different types of taxes
50. Discuss the uses of online banking
51. Discuss the main types of electronic funds transfers
52. Discuss the steps to prepare for an interview
53. Discuss the steps to create an effective Resume
54. Discuss the most frequently asked interview questions
55. Discuss how to answer the most frequently asked interview questions
56. Discuss basic workplace terminology
57. Discuss the concept of entrepreneurship
58. Discuss the importance of entrepreneurship
59. Describe the characteristics of an entrepreneur
60. Describe the different types of enterprises
61. List the qualities of an effective leader
62. Discuss the benefits of effective leadership
63. List the traits of an effective team
64. Discuss the importance of listening effectively
65. Discuss how to listen effectively
66. Discuss the importance of speaking effectively
67. Discuss how to speak effectively
68. Discuss how to solve problems
69. List important problem solving traits
70. Discuss ways to assess problem solving skills
71. Discuss the importance of negotiation
72. Discuss how to negotiate
73. Discuss how to identify new business opportunities
74. Discuss how to identify business opportunities within your business
75. Explain the meaning of entrepreneur
76. Describe the different types of entrepreneurs
77. List the characteristics of entrepreneurs
78. Recall entrepreneur success stories
79. Discuss the entrepreneurial process
80. Describe the entrepreneurship ecosystem
81. Discuss the purpose of the Make in India campaign
82. Discuss key schemes to promote entrepreneurs
83. Discuss the relationship between entrepreneurship and risk appetite
84. Discuss the relationship between entrepreneurship and resilience
251
85. Describe the characteristics of a resilient entrepreneur

86. Discuss how to deal with failure
87. Discuss how market research is carried out
88. Describe the 4 Ps of marketing
89. Discuss the importance of idea generation
90. Recall basic business terminology
91. Discuss the need for CRM
92. Discuss the benefits of CRM
93. Discuss the need for networking
94. Discuss the benefits of networking
95. Discuss the importance of setting goals
96. Differentiate between short-term, medium-term and long-term goals
97. Discuss how to write a business plan
98. Explain the financial planning process
99. Discuss ways to manage your risk
100. Describe the procedure and formalities for applying for bank finance
101. Discuss how to manage your own enterprise
102. List important questions that every entrepreneur should ask before starting an enterprise
252
Unit 6.1: Personal Strengths & Value Systems
Unit Objectives
1. Explain the meaning of health
2. List common health issues
3. Discuss tips to prevent common health issues
4. Explain the meaning of hygiene
5. Understand the purpose of Swacch Bharat Abhiyan
6. Explain the meaning of habit
7. Discuss ways to set up a safe work environment
8. Discuss critical safety habits to be followed by employees
9. Explain the importance of self-analysis
10. Understand motivation with the help of Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
11. Discuss the meaning of achievement motivation
12. List the characteristics of entrepreneurs with achievement motivation
13. List the different factors that motivate you
14. Discuss how to maintain a positive attitude
15. Discuss the role of attitude in self-analysis
16. List your strengths and weaknesses
17. Discuss the qualities of honest people
18. Describe the importance of honesty in entrepreneurs
19. Discuss the elements of a strong work ethic
20. Discuss how to foster a good work ethic
21. List the characteristics of highly creative people
22. List the characteristics of highly innovative people
23. Discuss the benefits of time management
24. List the traits of effective time managers
25. Describe effective time management technique
26. Discuss the importance of anger management
27. Describe anger management strategies
28. Discuss tips for anger management
29. Discuss the causes of stress
30. Discuss the symptoms of stress
31. Discuss tips for stress management
253
6.1.1 Health, Habits, Hygiene: What is Health

As per the World Health Organization (WHO), health is a “State of complete physical, mental, and social well-
being, and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity.” This means being healthy does not simply mean not
being unhealthy – it also means you need to be at peace emotionally, and feel fit physically. For example, you
cannot say you are healthy simply because you do not have any physical ailments like a cold or cough. You also
need to think about whether you are feeling calm, relaxed and happy.
Common Health Issues

Some common health issues are:
• Allergies
• Asthma
• Skin Disorders
• Depression and Anxiety
• Diabetes
• Cough, Cold, Sore Throat
• Difficulty Sleeping
• Obesity
6.1.1.1 Tips to Prevent Health Issues

Taking measures to prevent ill health is always better than curing a disease or sickness. You can stay healthy by:
• Eating healthy foods like fruits, vegetables and nuts
• Cutting back on unhealthy and sugary foods
• Drinking enough water everyday
• Not smoking or drinking alcohol
• Exercising for at least 30 minutes a day, 4-5 times a week
• Taking vaccinations when required
• Practicing yoga exercises and meditation
How many of these health standards do you follow? Tick the ones that apply to you.
1. Get minimum 7-8 hours of sleep every night.
2. Avoid checking email first thing in the morning and right before you go to bed at night.
3. Don’t skip meals – eat regular meals at correct meal times.
4. Read a little bit every single day.
5. Eat more home cooked food than junk food
6. Stand more than you sit.
7. Drink a glass of water first thing in the morning and have at least 8 glasses of water through the day.
8. Go to the doctor and dentist for regular checkups.
9. Exercise for 30 minutes at least 5 days a week.
10. Avoid consuming lots of aerated beverages.
254
6.1.1.2 What is Hygiene?

As per the World Health Organization (WHO), “Hygiene refers to conditions and practices that help to maintain
health and prevent the spread of diseases.” In other words, hygiene means ensuring that you do whatever is
required to keep your surroundings clean, so that you reduce the chances of spreading germs and diseases.
For instance, think about the kitchen in your home. Good hygiene means ensuring that the kitchen is always
spick and span, the food is put away, dishes are washed and dustbins are not overflowing with garbage. Doing
all this will reduce the chances of attracting pests like rats or cockroaches, and prevent the growth of fungus and
other bacteria, which could spread disease.
How many of these health standards do you follow? Tick the ones that apply to you.
1. Have a bath or shower every day with soap – and wash your hair with shampoo 2-3 times a week.
2. Wear a fresh pair of clean undergarments every day.
3. Brush your teeth in the morning and before going to bed.
4. Cut your fingernails and toenails regularly.
5. Wash your hands with soap after going to the toilet.
6. Use an anti-perspirant deodorant on your underarms if you sweat a lot.
7. Wash your hands with soap before cooking or eating.
8. Stay home when you are sick, so other people don’t catch what you have.
9. Wash dirty clothes with laundry soap before wearing them again.
10. Cover your nose with a tissue/your hand when coughing or sneezing.
See how healthy and hygienic you are, by giving yourself 1 point for every ticked statement! Then take a look at
what your score means.
Your Score
• 0-7/20: You need to work a lot harder to stay fit and fine! Make it a point to practice good habits daily and
see how much better you feel!
• 7-14/20: Not bad, but there is scope for improvement! Try and add a few more good habits to your daily
routine.
• 14-20/20: Great job! Keep up the good work! Your body and mind thank you!
6.1.1.3 Swachh Bharat Abhiyan

We have already discussed the importance of following good hygiene and health practices for ourselves. But, it
is not enough for us to be healthy and hygienic. We must also extend this standard to our homes, our immediate
surroundings and to our country as a whole.
The ‘Swachh Bharat Abhiyan’ (Clean India Mission) launched by Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi on 2nd
October 2014, believes in doing exactly this. The aim of this mission is to clean the streets and roads of India
and raise the overall level of cleanliness. Currently this mission covers 4,041 cities and towns across the country.
Millions of our people have taken the pledge for a clean India. You should take the pledge too, and do everything
possible to keep our country clean!
255
6.1.1.4 What are Habits?

A habit is a behaviour that is repeated frequently. All of us have good habits and bad habits. Keep in mind the
phrase by John Dryden: “We first make our habits, and then our habits make us.” This is why it is so important
that you make good habits a way of life, and consciously avoid practicing bad habits.
Some good habits that you should make part of your daily routine are:
• Always having a positive attitude
• Making exercise a part of your daily routine
• Reading motivational and inspirational stories
• Smiling! Make it a habit to smile as often as possible
• Making time for family and friends
• Going to bed early and waking up early
Some bad habits that you should quit immediately are:

• Skipping breakfast
• Snacking frequently even when you are not hungry
• Eating too much fattening and sugary food
• Smoking, drinking alcohol and doing drugs
• Spending more money than you can afford
• Worrying about unimportant issues
• Staying up late and waking up late
6.1.1.5 Tips
1. Following healthy and hygienic practices every day will make you feel good mentally and physically.
2. Hygiene is two-thirds of health – so good hygiene will help you stay strong and healthy!
6.1.2 Safety: Tips to Design a Safe Workplace

Every employer is obligated to ensure that his workplace follows the highest possible safety protocol. When
setting up a business, owners must make it a point to:
• Use ergonomically designed furniture and equipment to avoid stooping and twisting
• Provide mechanical aids to avoid lifting or carrying heavy objects
• Have protective equipment on hand for hazardous jobs
• Designate emergency exits and ensure they are easily accessible
• Set down health codes and ensure they are implemented
• Follow the practice of regular safety inspections in and around the workplace
• Ensure regular building inspections are conducted
• Get expert advice on workplace safety and follow it
256
6.1.2.1 Negotiable Employee Safety Habits

Every employer is obligated to ensure that his workplace follows the highest possible safety protocol. When
setting up a business, owners must make it a point to:
• Immediately report unsafe conditions to a supervisor
• Recognize and report safety hazards that could lead to slips, trips and falls
• Report all injuries and accidents to a supervisor
• Wear the correct protective equipment when required
• Learn how to correctly use equipment provided for safety purposes
• Be aware of and avoid actions that could endanger other people
• Take rest breaks during the day and some time off from work during the week
6.1.2.2 Tips
1. Be aware of what emergency number to call at the time of a workplace emergency
2. Practice evacuation drills regularly to avoid chaotic evacuations
6.1.3 Self Analysis – Attitude, Achievement Motivation

To truly achieve your full potential, you need to take a deep look inside yourself and find out what kind of
person you really are. This attempt to understand your personality is known as self-analysis. Assessing yourself
in this manner will help you grow, and will also help you to identify areas within yourself that need to be further
developed, changed or eliminated. You can better understand yourself by taking a deep look at what motivates
you, what your attitude is like, and what your strengths and weaknesses are.
6.1.3.1 What is Motivation?

Very simply put, motivation is your reason for acting or behaving in a certain manner. It is important to understand
that not everyone is motivated by the same desires – people are motivated by many, many different things. We
can understand this better by looking at Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs.
257
6.1.3.2 Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs

Famous American psychologist Abraham Maslow wanted to understand what motivates people. He believed that
people have five types of needs, ranging from very basic needs (called physiological needs) to more important
needs that are required for self-growth (called self- actualization needs). Between the physiological and self-
actualization needs are three other needs – safety needs, belongingness and love needs, and esteem needs.
These needs are usually shown as a pyramid with five levels and are known as Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs.
Self- Self-fulfillment
actualization: needs
achiving one’s
full potential,
including creative
activities
Esteem Needs:
prestige and feeling Psychological
of accomplishment needs
Belongingness and love needs:

intimate relationships, friends
Safety needs:
Security, safety Basic
needs
Physiological needs:
food, water, warmth, rest
Fig. 6.1.3.2.1: Mashlow’s Hierarchy of Needs
As you can see from the pyramid, the lowest level depicts the most basic needs. Maslow believed that our
behaviour is motivated by our basic needs, until those needs are met. Once they are fulfilled, we move to the
next level and are motived by the next level of needs. Let’s understand this better with an example.
Rupa comes from a very poor family. She never has enough food, water, warmth or rest. According to Maslow,
until Rupa is sure that she will get these basic needs, she will not even think about the next level of needs – her
safety needs. But, once Rupa is confident that her basic needs will be met, she will move to the next level, and
her behaviour will then be motivated by her need for security and safety. Once these new needs are met, Rupa
will once again move to the next level, and be motivated by her need for relationships and friends. Once this
need is satisfied, Rupa will then focus on the fourth level of needs – her esteem needs, after which she will move
up to the fifth and last level of needs – the desire to achieve her full potential.
258
6.1.3.3 Understanding Achievement Motivation

We now know that people are motivated by basic, psychological and self-fulfillment needs. However, certain
people are also motivated by the achievement of highly challenging accomplishments. This is known as
Achievement Motivation, or ‘need for achievement’.
The level of motivation achievement in a person differs from individual to individual. It is important that
entrepreneurs have a high level of achievement motivation – a deep desire to accomplish something important
and unique. It is equally important that they hire people who are also highly motivated by challenges and
success.
What Motivates You?

What are the things that really motivate you? List down five things that really motivate you. Remember to
answer honestly!
I am motivated by:
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
259
Characteristics of Entrepreneurs with Achievement Motivation

• Entrepreneurs with achievement motivation can be described as follows:
• Unafraid to take risks for personal accomplishment
• Love being challenged Future-oriented Flexible and adaptive
• Value negative feedback more than positive feedback
• Very persistent when it comes to achieving goals
• Extremely courageous
• Highly creative and innovative
• Restless - constantly looking to achieve more
• Feel personally responsible for solving problems
Think about it:

• How many of these traits do you have?
• Can you think of entrepreneurs who display these traits?
6.1.3.4 How to Cultivate a Positive Attitude

The good news is attitude is a choice. So it is possible to improve, control and change our attitude, if we decide
we want to! The following tips help foster a positive mindset:
• Remember that you control your attitude, not the other way around
• Devote at least 15 minutes a day towards reading, watching or listening to something positive
• Avoid negative people who only complain and stop complaining yourself
• Expand your vocabulary with positive words and delete negative phrases from your mind
• Be appreciative and focus on what’s good in yourself, in your life, and in others
• Stop thinking of yourself as a victim and start being proactive
• Imagine yourself succeeding and achieving your goals
6.1.3.5 What is Attitude?

Now that we understand why motivation is so important for self-analysis, let’s look at the role our attitude plays
in better understanding ourselves. Attitude can be described as your tendency (positive or negative), to think
and feel about someone or something. Attitude is the foundation for success in every aspect of life. Our attitude
can be our best friend or our worst enemy. In other words:
“The only disability in life is a bad attitude.”
When you start a business, you are sure to encounter a wide variety of emotions, from difficult times and failures
to good times and successes. Your attitude is what will see you through the tough times and guide you towards
success. Attitude is also infectious. It affects everyone around you, from your customers to your employees to
your investors. A positive attitude helps build confidence in the workplace while a negative attitude is likely to
result in the demotivation of your people.
260
6.1.3.6 What Are Your Strengths and Weaknesses

Another way to analyze yourself is by honestly identifying your strengths and weaknesses. This will help you use
your strengths to your best advantage and reduce your weaknesses.
Note down all your strengths and weaknesses in the two columns below. Remember to be honest with yourself!
Strengths Weaknesses
6.1.3.7 Tips
1. Achievement motivation can be learned.
2. Don’t be afraid to make mistakes.
3. Train yourself to finish what you start.
4. Dream big.
6.1.4 Honesty & Work Ethics: What is Honesty?

Honesty is the quality of being fair and truthful. It means speaking and acting in a manner that inspires trust. A
person who is described as honest is seen as truthful and sincere, and as someone who isn’t deceitful or devious
and doesn’t steal or cheat. There are two dimensions of honesty – one is honesty in communication and the
other is honesty in conduct.
Honesty is an extremely important trait because it results in peace of mind and builds relationships that are
based on trust. Being dishonest, on the other hand, results in anxiety and leads to relationships full of distrust
and conflict.
6.1.4.1 Qualities of Honest People

Honest individuals have certain distinct characteristics. Some common qualities among honest people are:
• They don’t worry about what others think of them. They believe in being themselves – they don’t bother
about whether they are liked or disliked for their personalities.
• They stand up for their beliefs. They won’t think twice about giving their honest opinion, even if they are
aware that their point of view lies with the minority.
• They are think skinned. This means they are not affected by others judging them harshly for their honest
opinions.
261
• They forge trusting, meaningful and healthy friendships. Honest people usually surround themselves with
honest friends. They have faith that their friends will be truthful and upfront with them at all times.
They are trusted by their peers. They are seen as people who can be counted on for truthful and objective
feedback and advice.
• Honesty and employees: When entrepreneurs build honest relationships with their employees, it leads to
more transparency in the workplace, which results in higher work performance and better results.
• Honesty and investors: For entrepreneurs, being honest with investors means not only sharing strengths
but also candidly disclosing current and potential weaknesses, problem areas and solution strategies. Keep
in mind that investors have a lot of experience with startups and are aware that all new companies have
problems. Claiming that everything is perfectly fine and running smoothly is a red flag for most investors.
• Honesty with oneself: The consequences of being dishonest with oneself can lead to dire results, especially
in the case of entrepreneurs. For entrepreneurs to succeed, it is critical that they remain realistic about their
situation at all times, and accurately judge every aspect of their enterprise for what it truly is.
6.1.4.2 Importance of Honesty in Entrepreneurs

One of the most important characteristics of entrepreneurs is honesty. When entrepreneurs are honest with
their customers, employees and investors, it shows that they respect those that they work with. It is also
important that entrepreneurs remain honest with themselves. Let’s look at how being honest would lead to
great benefits for entrepreneurs.
• Honesty and customers: When entrepreneurs are honest with their customers it leads to stronger
relationships, which in turn results in business growth and a stronger customer network.
6.1.4.3 What are Work Ethics?

Being ethical in the workplace means displaying values like honesty, integrity and respect in all your decisions
and communications. It means not displaying negative qualities like lying, cheating and stealing.
Workplace ethics play a big role in the profitability of a company. It is as crucial to an enterprise as high morale
and teamwork. This is why most companies lay down specific workplace ethic guidelines that must compulsorily
be followed by their employees. These guidelines are typically outlined in a company’s employee handbook.
6.1.4.4 Elements of a Strong Work Ethic

An entrepreneur must display strong work ethics, as well as hire only those individuals who believe in and
display the same level of ethical behavior in the workplace. Some elements of a strong work ethic are:
• Professionalism: This involves everything from how you present yourself in a corporate setting to the
manner in which you treat others in the workplace.
• Respectfulness: This means remaining poised and diplomatic regardless of how stressful or volatile a
situation is.
• Dependability: This means always keeping your word, whether it’s arriving on time for a meeting or
delivering work on time.
• Dedication: This means refusing to quit until the designated work is done, and completing the work at the
highest possible level of excellence.
• Determination: This means embracing obstacles as challenges rather than letting them stop you, and
pushing ahead with purpose and resilience to get the desired results.
• Accountability: This means taking responsibility for your actions and the consequences of your actions, and
not making excuses for your mistakes.
• Humility: This means acknowledging everyone’s efforts and had work, and sharing the credit for accomplishments.
262
6.1.4.5 How to Foster a Good Work Ethic

As an entrepreneur, it is important that you clearly define the kind of behaviour that you expect from each and
every team member in the workplace. You should make it clear that you expect employees to display positive
work ethics like:
• Honesty: All work assigned to a person should be done with complete honesty, without any deceit or lies.
• Good attitude: All team members should be optimistic, energetic, and positive.
• Reliability: Employees should show up where they are supposed to be, when they are supposed to be there.
• Good work habits: Employees should always be well groomed, never use inappropriate language, conduct
themselves professionally at all times, etc.
• Initiative: Doing the bare minimum is not enough. Every team member needs to be proactive and
show initiative.
• Trustworthiness: Trust is non-negotiable. If an employee cannot be trusted, it’s time to let that employee go.
• Respect: Employees need to respect the company, the law, their work, their colleagues and themselves.
• Integrity: Each and every team member should be completely ethical and must display above board
behaviour at all times.
• Efficiency: Efficient employees help a company grow while inefficient employees result in a waste of time
and resources.
6.1.4.6 Tips
1. Don’t get angry when someone tells you the truth and you don’t like what you hear.
2. Always be willing to accept responsibility for your mistakes.
6.1.5 Creativity & Innovation

What is Creativity
Creativity means thinking outside the box. It means viewing things in new ways or from different perspectives,
and then converting these ideas into reality. Creativity involves two parts: thinking and producing. Simply having
an idea makes you imaginative, not creative. However, having an idea and acting on it makes you creative.
Characteristics of Highly Creative People
Some characteristics of creative people are:
• They are imaginative and playful
• They see issues from different angles
• They notice small details
• They have very little tolerance for boredom
• They detest rules and routine
• They love to daydream
• They are very curious
What is Innovation?
There are many different definitions of innovation. In simple terms, innovation means turning an idea into a
solution that adds value. It can also mean adding value by implementing a new product, service or process, or
significantly improving on an existing product, service or process.
263
Characteristics of Highly Innovative People

• Some characteristics of highly innovative people are:
• They embrace doing things differently
• They don’t believe in taking shortcuts
• They are not afraid to be unconventional
• They are highly proactive and persistent
• They are organized, cautious and risk-averse
6.1.5.1 Tips
1. Take regular breaks from your creative work to recharge yourself and gain fresh perspective.
2. Build prototypes frequently, test them out, get feedback, and make the required changes.
6.1.6 Time Management

management is the process organizing your time, and deciding how to allocate your time between different activities.
Good time management is the difference between working smart (getting more done in less time) and working hard
(working for more time to get more done).
Effective time management leads to an efficient work output, even when you are faced with tight deadlines and high
pressure situations. On the other hand, not managing your time effectively results in inefficient output and increases
stress and anxiety.
Benefits of Time Management
Time management can lead to huge benefits like:
• Greater productivity
• Higher efficiency
• Better professional reputation
• Reduced stress
• Higher chances for career advancement
• Greater opportunities to achieve goals
Not managing time effectively can result in undesirable consequences like:

• Missing deadlines
• Inefficient work output
• Substandard work quality
• Poor professional reputation
• Stalled career
• Increase in stress and anxiety
264
6.1.6.1 Traits of Effective Time Managers

Some traits of effective time managers are:
• They begin projects early They set daily objectives
• They modify plans if required, to achieve better results
• They are flexible and open-minded
• They inform people in advance if their help will be required
• They know how to say no
• They break tasks into steps with specific deadlines
• They continually review long term goals
• They think of alternate solutions if and when required
• They ask for help when required They create backup plans
6.1.6.2 Effective Time Management Techniques

You can manage your time better by putting into practice certain time management techniques. Some helpful
tips are:
• Plan out your day as well as plan for interruptions. Give yourself at least 30 minutes to figure out your time
plan. In your plan, schedule some time for interruptions.
• Put up a “Do Not Disturb” sign when you absolutely have to complete a certain amount of work.
• Close your mind to all distractions. Train yourself to ignore ringing phones, don’t reply to chat messages
and disconnect from social media sites.
• Delegate your work. This will not only help your work get done faster, but will also show you the unique
skills and abilities of those around you.
• Stop procrastinating. Remind yourself that procrastination typically arises due to the fear of failure or the
belief that you cannot do things as perfectly as you wish to do them.
• Prioritize. List each task to be completed in order of its urgency or importance level. Then focus on completing
each task, one by one.
• Maintain a log of your work activities. Analyze the log to help you understand how efficient you are, and
how much time is wasted every day.
• Create time management goals to reduce time wastage.
6.1.6.3 Tips
1. Always complete the most important tasks first.
2. Get at least 7 – 8 hours of sleep every day.
3. Start your day early.
4. Don’t waste too much time on small, unimportant details.
5. Set a time limit for every task that you will undertake.
6. Give yourself some time to unwind between tasks.
265
6.1.7 Anger Management

Anger management is the process of:
1. Learning to recognize the signs that you, or someone else, is becoming angry
2. Taking the best course of action to calm down the situation in a positive way Anger management does not
mean suppressing anger.
Importance of Anger Management

Anger is a perfectly normal human emotion. In fact, when managed the right way, anger can be considered a
healthy emotion. However, if it is not kept in check, anger can make us act inappropriately and can lead to us
saying or doing things that we will likely later regret.
Extreme anger can:

• Hurt you physically: It leads to heart disease, diabetes, a weakened immune system, insomnia, and high
blood pressure.
• Hurt you mentally: It can cloud your thinking and lead to stress, depression and mental health issues.
• Hurt your career: It can result in alienating your colleagues, bosses, clients and lead to the loss of respect.
• Hurt your relationships: It makes it hard for your family and friends to trust you, be honest with you and
feel comfortable around you.
This is why anger management, or managing anger appropriately, is so important.
6.1.7.1 Anger Management Strategies

Here are some strategies that can help you control your anger:
Strategy 1: Relaxation: Something as simple as breathing deeply and looking at relaxing images works wonders
in calming down angry feelings. Try this simple breathing exercise:
• Take a deep breath from your diaphragm (don’t breathe from your chest)
• Visualize your breath coming up from your stomach
• Keep repeating a calming word like ‘relax’ or ‘take it easy’ (remember to keep breathing deeply while
repeating the word)
• Picture a relaxing moment (this can be from your memory or your imagination)
Follow this relaxation technique daily, especially when you realize that you’re starting to feel angry.
Strategy 2: Cognitive Restructuring: Cognitive restructuring means changing the manner in which you think.
Anger can make you curse, swear, exaggerate and act very dramatically. When this happens, force yourself
to replace your angry thoughts with more logical ones. For instance, instead of thinking ‘Everything is ruined’
change your mindset and tell yourself ‘It’s not the end of the world and getting angry won’t solve this’.
Strategy 3: Problem Solving: Getting angry about a problem that you cannot control is a perfectly natural
response. Sometimes, try as you may, there may not be a solution to the difficulty you are faced with. In such
cases, stop focusing on solving the problem, and instead focus on handling and facing the problem. Remind
yourself that you will do your best to deal with the situation, but that you will not blame yourself if you don’t
get the solution you desire.
Strategy 4: Better Communication: When you’re angry, it is very easy to jump to inaccurate conclusions. In this
case, you need to force yourself to stop reacting, and think carefully about what you want to say, before saying
it. Avoid saying the first thing that enters your head. Force yourself to listen carefully to what the other person
is saying. Then think about the conversation before responding.
266
Strategy 5: Changing Your Environment: If you find that your environment is the cause of your anger, try and
give yourself a break from your surroundings. Make an active decision to schedule some personal time for
yourself, especially on days that are very hectic and stressful. Having even a brief amount of quiet or alone time
is sure to help calm you down.
6.1.7.2 Tips for Anger Management

• The following tips will help you keep your anger in check:
• Take some time to collect your thoughts before you speak out in anger.
• Express the reason for your anger in an assertive, but non-confrontational manner once you have calmed
down.
• Do some form of physical exercise like running or walking briskly when you feel yourself getting angry.
• Make short breaks part of your daily routine, especially during days that are stressful. Focus on how to solve
a problem that’s making you angry, rather than focusing on the fact that the problem is making you angry.
6.1.8 Stress Management

We say we are ‘stressed’ when we feel overloaded and unsure of our ability to deal with the pressures placed
on us. Anything that challenges or threatens our well-being can be defined as a stress. It is important to note
that stress can be good and bad. While good stress keeps us going, negative stress undermines our mental and
physical health. This is why it is so important to manage negative stress effectively.
Causes of Stress
Stress can be caused by internal and external factors.
Internal causes of stress:

• Constant worry
• Rigid thinking
• Unrealistic expectations
• Pessimism
• Negative self-talk
• All in or all out attitude
External causes of stress:

• Major life changes
• Difficulties with relationships
• Having too much to do
• Difficulties at work or in school
• Financial difficulties
• Worrying about one’s children and/or family
267
6.1.8.1 Symptoms of Stress

Stress can manifest itself in numerous ways. Take a look at the cognitive, emotional, physical and behavioral
symptoms of stress.
Cognitive Symptoms Emotional Symptoms

• Memory problems • Depression
• Concentration issues • Agitation
• Lack of judgement • Irritability
• Pessimism • Loneliness
• Anxiety • Anxiety
• Constant worrying • Anger
Physical Symptoms Behavioral Symptoms

• Aches and pain • Increase or decrease in appetite
• Diarrhea or constipation • Over sleeping or not sleeping
• Nausea enough
• Dizziness • Withdrawing socially
• Chest pain and/or rapid heartbeat • Ignoring responsibilities
• Frequent cold or flu like feelings • Consumption of alcohol or
cigarettes
• Nervous habits like nail biting,
pacing etc.
6.1.8.2 Tips for Stress Management

The following tips can help you manage your stress better:
• Note down the different ways in which you can handle the various sources of your stress.
• Remember that you cannot control everything, but you can control how you respond.
• Discuss your feelings, opinions and beliefs rather than reacting angrily, defensively or passively.
• Practice relaxation techniques like meditation, yoga or tai chi when you start feeling stressed.
• Devote a part of your day towards exercise.
• Eat healthy foods like fruits and vegetables. Avoid unhealthy foods especially those containing large amounts
of sugar.
• Plan your day so that you can manage your time better, with less stress.
• Say no to people and things when required.
• Schedule time to pursue your hobbies and interests.
• Ensure you get at least 7-8 hours of sleep.
• Reduce your caffeine intake.
• Increase the time spent with family and friends.
268
Unit 6.2: Digital Literacy: A Recap
Unit Objectives
1. Identify the basic parts of a computer
2. Identify the basic parts of a keyboard
5. Recall the functions of basic computer keys
6. Discuss the main applications of MS Office
7. Discuss the benefits of Microsoft Outlook
8. Discuss the different types of e-commerce
9. List the benefits of e-commerce for retailers and customers
10. Discuss how the Digital India campaign will help boost e-commerce in India
11. Describe how you will sell a product or service on an e-commerce platform
6.2.1 Computer and Internet Basics
Fig. 6.2.1.1: Computer and Internet Basics
269
6.2.1.1 Basic Parts of a Computer

1. Central Processing Unit (CPU): The brain of the computer. It interprets and carries out program
instructions.
2. Hard Drive: A device that stores large amounts of data.
3. Monitor: The device that contains the computer screen where the information is visually displayed.
4. Desktop: The first screen displayed after the operating system loads.
5. Background: The image that fills the background of the desktop.
6. Mouse: A hand-held device used to point to items on the monitor.
7. Speakers: Devices that enable you to hear sound from the computer.
8. Printer: A device that converts output from a computer into printed paper documents.
9. Icon: A small picture or image that visually represents something on your computer.
10. Cursor: An arrow which indicates where you are positioned on the screen.
11. Program Menu: A list of programs on your computer that can be accessed from the Start menu.
12. Taskbar: The horizontal bar at the bottom of the computer screen that lists applications that are currently
in use.
13. Recycle Bin: A temporary storage for deleted files.
6.2.1.2 Basic Internet Terms

• The Internet: Avast, international collection of computer networks that transfers information.
• The World Wide Web: A system that lets you access information on the Internet.
• Website: A location on the World Wide Web (and Internet) that contains information about a specific topic.
• Homepage: Provides information about a website and directs you to other pages on that website.
• Link/Hyperlink: A highlighted or underlined icon, graphic, or text that takes you to another file or object.
• Web Address/URL: The address for a website.
• Address Box: A box in the browser window where you can type in a web address.
6.2.1.3 Basic Computer Keys

• Arrow Keys: Press these keys to move your cursor.
• Space bar: Adds a space.
• Enter/Return: Moves your cursor to a new line.
• Shift: Press this key if you want to type a capital letter or the upper symbol of a key.
• Caps Lock: Press this key if you want all the letters you type to be capital letters. Press it again to revert back
to typing lowercase letters.
• Backspace: Deletes everything to the left of your cursor.
270
6.2.1.4 Tips
1. When visiting a .com address, there no need to type http:// or even www. Just type the name of the website
and then press Ctrl + Enter. (Example: Type ‘apple’ and press Ctrl + Enter to go to www.apple.com)
2. Press the Ctrl key and press the + or - to increase and decrease the size of text.
3. Press F5 or Ctrl + R to refresh or reload a web page.
6.2.2 MS Office and Email

About MS Office
MS Office or Microsoft Office is a suite of computer programs developed by Microsoft. Although meant for
all users, it offers different versions that cater specifically to students, home users and business users. All the
programs are compatible with both, Windows and Macintosh.
Most Popular Office Products
Some of the most popular and universally used MS Office applications are:
1. Microsoft Word: Allows users to type text and add images to a document.
2. Microsoft Excel: Allows users to enter data into a spreadsheet and create calculations and graphs.
3. Microsoft PowerPoint: Allows users to add text, pictures and media and create slideshows and presentations.
4. Microsoft Outlook: Allows users to send and receive email.
5. Microsoft OneNote: Allows users to make drawings and notes with the feel of a pen on paper.
6. Microsoft Access: Allows users to store data over many tables.
Why Choose Microsoft Outlook

A popular email management choice especially in the workplace, Microsoft Outlook also includes an address
book, notebook, web browser and calendar. Some major benefits of this program are:
• Integrated search function: You can use keywords to search for data across all Outlook programs.
• Enhanced security: Your email is safe from hackers, junk mail and phishing website email.
• Email syncing: Sync your mail with your calendar, contact list, notes in One Note and…your phone!
• Offline access to email: No Internet? No problem! Write emails offline and send them when you’re
connected again.
6.2.2.1 Tips
1. Press Ctrl+R as a shortcut method to reply to email.
2. Set your desktop notifications only for very important emails.
3. Flag messages quickly by selecting messages and hitting the Insert key.
4. Save frequently sent emails as a template to reuse again and again.
5. Conveniently save important emails as files.
271
6.2.3 E-Commerce
What is E-Commerce
E-commerce is the buying or selling of goods and services, or the transmitting of money or data, electronically
on the internet. E-Commerce is the short form for “electronic commerce.”
Examples of E-Commerce:
• Online shopping Online auctions
• Online ticketing
• Electronic payments
• Internet banking
Types of E-Commerce
E-commerce can be classified based on the types of participants in the transaction. The main types of e-commerce
are:
• Business to Business (B2B): Both the transacting parties are businesses.
• Business to Consumer (B2C): Businesses sell electronically to end-consumers.
• Consumer to Consumer (C2C): Consumers come together to buy, sell or trade items to other consumers.
• Consumer-to-Business (C2B): Consumers make products or services available for purchase to companies
looking for exactly those services or products.
• Business-to-Administration (B2A): Online transactions conducted between companies and public administration.
• Consumer-to-Administration (C2A): Online transactions conducted between individuals and
public administration.
6.2.3.1 Benefits of E-Commerce

The e-commerce business provides some benefits for retailers and customers.
Benefits for retailers:
• Establishes an online presence
• Reduces operational costs by removing overhead costs
• Increases brand awareness through the use of good keywords
• Increases sales by removing geographical and time constraints
Benefits for customers:
• Offers a wider range of choice than any physical store
• Enables goods and services to be purchased from remote locations
• Enables consumers to perform price comparisons
272
6.2.3.2 Digital India Campaign

Prime Minister Narendra Modi launched the Digital India campaign in 2015, with the objective of offering
every citizen of India access to digital services, knowledge and information. The campaign aims to improve the
country’s online infrastructure and increase internet connectivity, thus boosting the e-commerce industry.
Currently, the majority of online transactions come from tier 2 and tier 3 cities. Once the Digital India
campaign is in place, the government will deliver services through mobile connectivity, which will help
deliver internet to remote corners of the country. This will help the e-commerce market to enter India’s
tier 4 towns and rural areas.
E-Commerce Activity
Choose a product or service that you want to sell online. Write a brief note explaining how you will use existing
e-commerce platforms, or create a new e-commerce platform, to sell your product or service.
6.2.3.3 Tips
1. Before launching your e-commerce platform, test everything.
2. Pay close and personal attention to your social media.
273
Unit 6.3: Money Matters
Unit Objectives
1. Discuss the importance of saving money
2. Discuss the benefits of saving money
3. Discuss the main types of bank accounts
4. Describe the process of opening a bank account
5. Differentiate between fixed and variable costs
6. Describe the main types of investment options
7. Describe the different types of insurance products
8. Describe the different types of taxes
9. Discuss the uses of online banking
10. Discuss the main types of electronic funds transfers
6.3.1 Personal Finance – Why to Save

Importance of Saving
We all know that the future is unpredictable. You never know what will happen tomorrow, next week or next
year. That’s why saving money steadily through the years is so important. Saving money will help improve your
financial situation over time. But more importantly, knowing that you have money stashed away for an emergency
will give you peace of mind. Saving money also opens the door to many more options and possibilities.
Benefits of Saving
Inculcating the habit of saving leads to a vast number of benefits. Saving helps you:
• Become financially independent: When you have enough money saved up to feel secure you can start making
your choices, from taking a vacation whenever you want, to switching careers or starting your own business.
• Invest in yourself through education: Through saving, you can earn enough to pay up for courses that will
add to your professional experience and ultimately result in higher paying jobs.
• Get out of debt: Once you have saved enough as a reserve fund, you can use your savings to pay off debts
like loans or bills that have accumulated over time.
• Be prepared for surprise expenses: Having money saved enables you to pay for unforeseen expenses like
sudden car or house repairs, without feeling financially stressed.
• Pay for emergencies: Saving helps you deal with emergencies like sudden health issues or emergency trips
without feeling financially burdened.
• Afford large purchases and achieve major goals: Saving diligently makes it possible to place down payments
towards major purchases and goals, like buying a home or a car.
• Retire: The money you have saved over the years will keep you comfortable when you no longer have the
income you would get from your job.
274
6.3.1.1 Tips
1. Break your spending habit. Try not spending on one expensive item per week, and put the money that you
would have spent into your savings.
2. Decide that you will not buy anything on certain days or weeks and stick to your word.
6.3.2 Types of Bank Accounts

In India, banks offer four main types of bank accounts. These are:
1. Current Accounts
2. Savings Accounts
3. Recurring Deposit Accounts
4. Fixed Deposit Accounts
Current Accounts
Current accounts offer the most liquid deposits and thus, are best suited for businessmen and companies. As
these accounts are not meant for investments and savings, there is no imposed limit on the number or amount
of transactions that can be made on any given day. Current account holders are not paid any interest on the
amounts held in their accounts. They are charged for certain services offered on such accounts.
Savings Accounts
Savings accounts are meant to promote savings, and are therefore the number one choice for salaried individuals,
pensioners and students. While there is no restriction on the number and amount of deposits made, there are
usually restrictions on the number and amount of withdrawals. Savings account holders are paid interest on
their savings.
Recurring Deposit Accounts
Recurring Deposit accounts, also called RD accounts, are the accounts of choice for those who want to save an
amount every month, but are unable to invest a large sum at one time. Such account holders deposit a small,
fixed amount every month for a pre-determined period (minimum 6 months). Defaulting on a monthly payment
results in the account holder being charged a penalty amount. The total amount is repaid with interest at the
end of the specified period.
Fixed Deposit Accounts
Fixed Deposit accounts, also called FD accounts, are ideal for those who wish to deposit their savings for a long
term in return for a high rate of interest. The rate of interest offered depends on the amount deposited and the
time period, and also differs from bank to bank. In the case of an FD, a certain amount of money is deposited by
the account holder for a fixed period of time. The money can be withdrawn when the period expires. If necessary,
the depositor can break the fixed deposit prematurely. However, this usually attracts a penalty amount which
also differs from bank to bank.
275
6.3.2.1 Opening a Bank Account

Opening a bank account is quite a simple process. Take a look at the steps to open an account of your own:
Step 1: Fill in the Account Opening Form
This form requires you to provide the following information:
• Personal details (name, address, phone number, date of birth, gender, occupation, address)
• Method of receiving your account statement (hard copy/email)
• Details of your initial deposit (cash/cheque)
• Manner of operating your account (online/mobile banking/traditional via cheque, slip books) Ensure that
you sign wherever required on the form.
Step 2: Affix your Photograph
Stick a recent photograph of yourself in the allotted space on the form.
Step 3: Provide your Know Your Customer (KYC) Details
KYC is a process that helps banks verify the identity and address of their customers. To open an account, every
individual needs to submit certain approved documents with respect to photo identity (ID) and address proof.
Some Officially Valid Documents (OVDs) are:
• Passport
• Driving License
• Voters’ Identity Card
• PAN Card
• UIDAI (Aadhaar) Card
Step 4: Submit All your Documents
Submit the completed Account Opening Form and KYC documents. Then wait until the forms are processed and
your account has been opened!
6.3.2.2 Tips
1. Select the right type of account.
2. Fill in complete nomination details.
3. Ask about fees.
4. Understand the rules.
5. Check for online banking – it’s convenient!
6. Keep an eye on your bank balance.
6.3.3 Costs: Fixed vs Variable

What are Fixed and Variable Costs
• Fixed costs and variable costs together make up a company’s total cost. These are the two types of costs that
companies have to bear when producing goods and services.
• A fixed cost does not change with the volume of goods or services a company produces. It always remains
the same.
• A variable cost, on the other hand, increases and decreases depending on the volume of goods and services
produced. In other words, it varies with the amount produced.
276
Differences Between Fixed and Variable Costs

Let’s take a look at some of the main differences between fixed and variable costs:
Criteria Fixed Costs Variable Costs
A cost that stays the same,
Meaning regardless of the output A cost that changes when the
produced.
Nature Time related. Incurred
Incurred irrespective of units Incurred only when units are
Incurred
being produced. produced.
Inversely proportional to the
Unit cost Remains the same, per unit.
number of units produced.
Material consumed, wages,
Depreciation, rent, salary,
Examples commission on sales, packing
insurance, tax etc.
expenses, etc.
Table 6.3.3.1: Differences Between Fixed and Variable Costs
6.3.3.1 Tips
1. When trying to determine whether a cost is fixed or variable, simply ask the following question: Will the
particular cost change if the company stopped its production activities? If the answer is no, then it is a fixed
cost. If the answer is yes, then it is probably a variable cost.
6.3.4 Investment, Insurance and Taxes

Investment
Investment means that money is spent today with the aim of reaping financial gains at a future time. The main
types of investment options are as follows:
• Bonds: Bonds are instruments used by public and private companies to raise large sums of money – too large
to be borrowed from a bank. These bonds are then issued in the public market and are bought by lenders.
• Stocks: Stocks or equity are shares that are issued by companies and are bought by the general public.
• Small Savings Schemes: Small Savings Schemes are tools meant to save money in small amounts. Some popular
schemes are the Employees Provident Fund, Sukanya Samriddhi Scheme and National Pension Scheme.
• Mutual Funds: Mutual Funds are professionally managed financial instruments that invest money in
different securities on behalf of investors.
• Fixed Deposits: A fixed amount of money is kept aside with a financial institution for a fixed amount of time
in return for interest on the money.
• Real Estate: Loans are taken from banks to purchase real estate, which is then leased or sold with the aim
of making a profit on the appreciated property price.
• Hedge Funds: Hedge funds invest in both financial derivatives and/or publicly traded securities.
• Private Equity: Private Equity is trading in the shares of an operating company that is not publicly listed and
whose shares are not available on the stock market.
• Venture Capital: Venture Capital involves investing substantial capital in a budding company in return for
stocks in that company.
277
Insurance
There are two types of insurance:
1. Life Insurance
2. Non-Life or General Insurance.
Life Insurance Products

The main life insurance products are:
• Term Insurance: This is the simplest and cheapest form of insurance. It offers financial protection for a
specified tenure, say 15 to 20 years. In the case of your death, your family is paid the sum assured. In the
case of your surviving the term, the insurer pays nothing.
• Endowment Policy: This offers the dual benefit of insurance and investment. Part of the premium is allocated
towards the sum assured, while the remaining premium gets invested in equity and debt. It pays a lump sum
amount after the specified duration or on the death of the policyholder, whichever is earlier.
• Unit-Linked Insurance Plan (ULIP): Here part of the premium is spent on the life cover, while the remaining
amount is invested in equity and debt. It helps develop a regular saving habit.
• Money Back Life Insurance: While the policyholder is alive, periodic payments of the partial survival benefits
are made during the policy tenure. On the death of the insured, the insurance company pays the full sum
assured along with survival benefits.
• Whole Life Insurance: It offers the dual benefit of insurance and investment. It offers insurance cover for the
whole life of the person or up to 100 years whichever is earlier.
General Insurance
General Insurance deals with all insurance covering assets like animals, agricultural crops, goods, factories, cars
and so on.
General Insurance Products:
• Motor Insurance: This can be divided into Four Wheeler Insurance and Two Wheeler Insurance.
• Health Insurance: The main types of health insurance are individual health insurance, family floater health
insurance, comprehensive health insurance and critical illness insurance.
• Travel Insurance: This can be categorised into Individual Travel Policy, Family Travel Policy, Student Travel
Insurance and Senior Citizen Health Insurance.
• Home Insurance: This protects the house and its contents from risk.
• Marine Insurance: This insurance covers goods, freight, cargo etc. against loss or damage during transit by
rail, road, sea and/or air.
Taxes
There are two types of taxes:
1. Direct Taxes
2. Indirect Taxes.
Direct Tax
Direct taxes are levied directly on an entity or a person and are non-transferrable. Some examples of Direct
Taxes are:
• Income Tax: This tax is levied on your earning in a financial year. It is applicable to both, individuals
and companies.
278
• Capital Gains Tax: This tax is payable whenever you receive a sizable amount of money. It is usually of two
types – short term capital gains from investments held for less than 36 months and long term capital gains
from investments held for longer than 36 months.
• Securities Transaction Tax: This tax is added to the price of a share. It is levied every time you buy or
sell shares.
• Perquisite Tax: This tax is levied is on perks that have been acquired by a company or used by an employee.
• Corporate Tax: Corporate tax is paid by companies from the revenue they earn.
Indirect Tax
Indirect taxes are levied on goods or services. Some examples of Indirect Taxes are:
• Sales Tax: Sales Tax is levied on the sale of a product.
• Service Tax: Service Tax is added to services provided in India.
• Value Added Tax: Value Added Tax is levied at the discretion of the state government. The tax is levied on
goods sold in the state. The tax amount is decided by the state.
• Customs Duty & Octroi: Customs Duty is a charge that is applied on purchases that are imported from
another country. Octroi is levied on goods that cross state borders within India.
• Excise Duty: Excise Duty is levied on all goods manufactured or produced in India.
6.3.4.1 Tips
1. Think about how quickly you need your money back and pick an investment option accordingly.
2. Ensure that you are buying the right type of insurance policy for yourself.
3. Remember, not paying taxes can result in penalties ranging from fines to imprisonment.
6.3.5 Online Banking, NEFT, RTGS etc

What is Online Banking
Internet or online banking allows account holders to access their account from a laptop at any location. In this
way, instructions can be issued. To access an account, account holders simply need to use their unique customer
ID number and password.
Internet banking can be used to:
• Find out an account balance
• Transfer amounts from one account to another
• Arrange for the issuance of cheques
• Instruct payments to be made
• Request for a cheque book
• Request for a statement of accounts
• Make a fixed deposit
279
Electronic Funds Transfers

Electronic funds transfer is a convenient way of transferring money from the comfort of one’s own home, using
integrated banking tools like internet and mobile banking.
Transferring funds via an electronic gateway is extremely convenient. With the help of online banking, you can
choose to:
• Transfer funds into your own accounts of the same bank.
• Transfer funds into different accounts of the same bank.
• Transfer funds into accounts in different banks, using NEFT.
• Transfer funds into other bank accounts using RTGS.
• Transfer funds into various accounts using IMPS.
NEFT
NEFT stands for National Electronic Funds Transfer. This money transfer system allows you to electronically
transfer funds from your respective bank accounts to any other account, either in the same bank or belonging
to any other bank. NEFT can be used by individuals, firms and corporate organizations to transfer funds between
accounts.
In order to transfer funds via NEFT, two things are required:
• A transferring bank
• A destination bank
Before you can transfer funds through NEFT, you will need to register the beneficiary who will be receiving the
funds. In order to complete this registration, you will require the following
• Recipient’s name
• Recipient’s account number
• Recipient’s bank’s name
• Recipient’s bank’s IFSC code
RTGS
RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement. This is a real time funds transfer system which enables you to
transfer funds from one bank to another, in real time or on a gross basis. The transferred amount is immediately
deducted from the account of one bank, and instantly credited to the other bank’s account. The RTGS payment
gateway is maintained by the Reserve Bank of India. The transactions between banks are made electronically.
RTGS can be used by individuals, companies and firms to transfer large sums of money. Before remitting funds
through RTGS, you will need to add the beneficiary and his bank account details via your online banking account.
In order to complete this registration, you will require the following information:
• Name of the beneficiary
• Beneficiary’s account number
• Beneficiary’s bank address
• Bank’s IFSC code
IMPS
IMPS stands for Immediate Payment Service. This is a real-time, inter-bank, electronic funds transfer system
used to transfer money instantly within banks across India. IMPS enables users to make instant electronic
transfer payments using mobile phones through both, Mobile Banking and SMS. It can also be used through
ATMs and online banking. IMPS is available 24 hours a day and 7 days a week. The system features a secure
transfer gateway and immediately confirms orders that have been fulfilled.
280
To transfer money through IMPS, the you need to:

• Register for IMPS with your bank
• Receive a Mobile Money Identifier (MMID) from the bank
• Receive a MPIN from the bank
Once you have both these, you can login or make a request through SMS to transfer a particular amount to a
beneficiary.
For the beneficiary to receive the transferred money, he must:
• Link his mobile number with his respective account
• Receive the MMID from the bank
In order to initiate a money transfer through IMPS, you will need to enter the following information:
• The beneficiary’s mobile number
• The beneficiary’s MMID
• The transfer amount
• Your MPIN
As soon as money has been deducted from your account and credited into the beneficiary’s account, you will be
sent a confirmation SMS with a transaction reference number, for future reference.
6.3.5.1 Differences Between NEFT, RTGS & IMPS

Criteria NEFT RTGS IMPS
Settlement Done in Batches Real-Time Real-Time
national Electronic Fund
Full Form Real Time Gross Settlement Immediate Payment Service
Transfer
Timing on Mon-
8.00 am - 6.30 pm 9.00 am - 4.30 pm 24x7
day to Friday
Timing on Sat-
8.00 am - 7.00 p.m. 9.00 am - 1.30 pm 24x7
urday
Minimum
amount of mon- `1 `2 lacs `1
ey transfer limit
Maximum
amount of mon- `10 lacs `10 lacs per day `2 lacs
ey transfer limit
Upto 10,000 - `2.5
Maximum above 10,000 - `1 lac - `5 Upto 10,000 - `5
above 2-5 lacs - `25
charges as per above 1-2 lacs - `15 above 10,000 - `1 lac - `5
RBI above 2-5 lacs - `25 above 1-2 lacs - `15
6.3.5.2 Tips
1. Never click on any links in any e-mail message to access your online banking website.
2. You will never be asked for your credit or debit card details while using online banking.
3. Change your online banking password regularly.
281
Unit 6.4: Preparing for Employment & Self Employment
Unit Objectives
1. Discuss the steps to prepare for an interview
2. Discuss the steps to create an effective Resume
3. Discuss the most frequently asked interview questions
4. Discuss how to answer the most frequently asked interview questions
5. Discuss basic workplace terminology
6.4.1 Interview Preparation: How to Prepare for an Interview

The success of your getting the job that you want depends largely on how well your interview for that job goes.
Therefore, before you go in for your interview, it is important that you prepare for it with a fair amount of
research and planning. Take a look at the steps to follow in order to be well prepared for an interview:
1. Research the organization that you are having the interview with.
• Studying the company beforehand will help you be more prepared at the time of the interview. Your knowledge
of the organization will help you answer questions at the time of the interview, and will leave you looking and
feeling more confident. This is sure to make you stand out from other, not as well informed, candidates.
• Look for background information on the company. Ty and find an overview of the company and its
industry profile.
• Visit the company website to get a good idea of what the company does. A company website offers a wealth
of important information. Read and understand the company’s mission statement. Pay attention to the
company’s products/services and client list. Read through any press releases to get an idea of the company’s
projected growth and stability.
• Note down any questions that you have after your research has been completed.
2. Think about whether your skills and qualifications match the job requirements.
• Carefully read through and analyze the job description.
• Make a note of the knowledge, skills and abilities required to fulfill the job requirements.
• Take a look at the organization hierarchy. Figure out where the position you are applying for fits into this
hierarchy.
3. Go through the most typical interview questions asked, and prepare your responses.
• Remember, in most interviews a mix of resume-based, behavioral and case study questions are asked.
• Think about the kind of answers you would like to provide to typical questions asked in these three areas.
• Practice these answers until you can express them confidently and clearly.
4. Plan your attire for the interview.
• It is always safest to opt for formal business attire, unless expressly informed to dress in business casual (in
which case you should use your best judgement).
• Ensure that your clothes are clean and well-ironed. Pick neutral colours – nothing too bright or flashy.
• The shoes you wear should match your clothes, and should be clean and suitable for an interview.
• Remember, your aim is to leave everyone you meet with the impression that you are a professional and
highly efficient person.
282
5. Ensure that you have packed everything that you may require during the interview.
• Carry a few copies of your resume. Use a good quality paper for your resume print outs.
• Always take along a notepad and a pen.
• Take along any information you may need to refer to, in order to fill out an application form.
• Carry a few samples of your work, if relevant.
6. Remember the importance of non-verbal communication.
• Practice projecting confidence. Remind yourself to smile and make eye contact. Practice giving a firm handshake.
• Keep in mind the importance of posture. Practice sitting up straight. Train yourself to stop nervous gestures
like fidgeting and foot-tapping.
• Practice keeping your reactions in check. Remember, your facial expressions provide a good insight into your
true feelings. Practice projecting a positive image.
7. Make a list of questions to end the interview with.
• Most interviews will end with the interviewer(s) asking if you have any questions. This is your chance to
show that you have done your research and are interested in learning more about the company.
• If the interviewer does not ask you this question, you can inform him/her that you have some queries that
you would like to discuss. This is the time for you to refer to the notes you made while studying the company.
• Some good questions to ask at this point are:What do you consider the most important criteria for success
in this job?
♦♦ How will my performance be evaluated?
♦♦ What are the opportunities for advancement?
♦♦ What are the next steps in the hiring process?
• Remember, never ask for information that is easily available on the company website.
6.4.1.1 Tips
1. Ask insightful and probing questions.
2. When communicating, use effective forms of body language like smiling, making eye contact, and actively
listening and nodding. Don’t slouch, play with nearby items, fidget, chew gum, or mumble.
6.4.2 Preparing an Effective Resume

A resume is a formal document that lists a candidate’s work experience, education and skills. A good resume
gives a potential employer enough information to believe the applicant is worth interviewing. That’s why it is so
important to create a résumé that is effective. Take a look at the steps to create an effective resume:
Step 1: Write the Address Section
The Address section occupies the top of your resume. It includes information like your name, address, phone
number and e-mail address. Insert a bold line under the section to separate it from rest of your resume.
Example:
Jasmine Watts
Breach Candy, mumbai - India
Contact No. +91 2223678270
Email: [email protected]
___________________________________________________________________________
283
Step 2: Add the Profile Summary Section

This part of your resume should list your overall experiences, achievements, awards, certifications and strengths.
You can make your summary as short as 2-3 bullet points or as long as 8-10 bullet points.
Example:
Profile Summary
• A Content Writer gratuated from University of Strathclyde having 6 years of experience in
writing website copy.
• Core expertise lies in content creation for e-learning courses, specifically for the
k-12 segment.
Step 3: Include Your Educational Qualifications

When listing your academic records, first list your highest degree. Then add the second highest qualification
under the highest one and so on. To provide a clear and accurate picture of your educational background, it is
critical that include information on your position, rank, percentage or CPI for every degree or certification that
you have listed.
If you have done any certifications and trainings, you can add a Trainings & Certifications section under your
Educational Qualifications section.
Example:
Educetional Qualification
• Masters in International Management (2007) from Columbia University with 8.8 CPI.
• Bachelor of Management Studios (2004) from Mumbai University with 87% marks.
• 10+2 with Math, Stats (2001) from Maharastra Board with 91% marks.
• High School (1999) from Maharastra Board with 93% marks.
Step 4: List Your Technical Skills

When listing your technical skills, start with the skills that you are most confident about. Then add the skills that you
do not have as good a command over. It is perfectly acceptable to include just one skill, if you feel that particular
skill adds tremendous value to your résumé. If you do not have any technical skills, you can omit this step.
Example:
Technical Skills
• Flash
• Photoshop
Step 5: Insert Your Academic Project Experience

List down all the important projects that you have worked on. Include the following information in this section:
Example:
Project title Organization Platform used
Contribution Description
Academic Projects
Project Title: Different Communication Skills
Organization: True Blue Solutions
Platform used: Articilate
Contribution: Content writing and graphic zisualization
Description: Development of storyboards for corporate induction & training programs.
284
Step 6: List Your Strengths

This is where you list all your major strengths. This section should be in the form of a bulleted list.
Example:
Strengths
• Excellent oral, written and presentation skills
• Action-oriented and result-focused
• Great time management skills
Step 7: List Your Extracurricular Activities

It is very important to show that you have diverse interests and that your life consists of more than academics.
Including your extracurricular activities can give you an added edge over other candidates who have similar
academic scores and project experiences. This section should be in the form of a bulleted list.
Example:
Extracurricular Activities
• Mamber of the Debate Club
• Played tennis at at national level
• Won first prizes in the All India Camel Contest, 2010
Step 8: Write Your Personal Details

The last section of your résumé must include the following personal information:
• Date of birth
• Gender & marital status
• Nationality
• Languages known
Example:
Personal Details
• Date of Birth: 25th May, 1981
• Gender & marital status: Female, Single
• Nationality: Indian
• Languages known: English, Hindi, Tamil, French
6.4.2.1 Tips
1. Keep your resume file name short, simple and informational.
2. Make sure the resume is neat and free from typing errors.
3. Always create your resume on plain white paper.
285
6.4.3 Interview FAQs

Take a look at some of the most frequently asked interview questions, and some helpful tips on how to answer them.
1. Can you tell me a little about yourself?
Tips to answer:
• Don’t provide your full employment or personal history.
• Offer 2-3 specific experiences that you feel are most valuable and relevant.
• Conclude with how those experiences have made you perfect for this specific role.
2. How did you hear about the position?
Tips to answer:
• Tell the interviewer how you heard about the job – whether it was through a friend (name the friend), event
or article (name them) or a job portal (say which one).
• Explain what excites you about the position and what in particular caught your eye about this role.
3. What do you know about the company?
Tips to answer:
• Don’t recite the company’s About Us page.
• Show that you understand and care about the company’s goals.
• Explain why you believe in the company’s mission and values.
4. Why do you want this job?
Tips to answer:
• Show that you are passionate about the job.
• Identify why the role is a great fit for you.
• Explain why you love the company.
5. Why should we hire you?
Tips to answer:
• Prove through your words that you can not only do the work, but can definitely deliver excellent results.
• Explain why you would be a great fit with the team and work culture.
• Explain why you should be chosen over any other candidate.
6. What are your greatest professional strengths?
Tips to answer:
• Be honest – share some of your real strengths, rather than give answers that you think sound good.
• Offer examples of specific strengths that are relevant to the position you are applying for.
• Provide examples of how you’ve demonstrated these strengths.
7. What do you consider to be your weaknesses?
Tips to answer:
• The purpose of this question is to gauge your self-awareness and honesty.
• Give an example of a trait that you struggle with, but that you’re working on to improve.
8. What are your salary requirements?
Tips to answer:
• Do your research beforehand and find out the typical salary range for the job you are applying for.
• Figure out where you lie on the pay scale based on your experience, education, and skills.
• Be flexible. Tell the interviewer that you know your skills are valuable, but that you want the job and are
willing to negotiate.
286
9. What do you like to do outside of work?

Tips to answer:
• The purpose of this question is to see if you will fit in with the company culture.
• Be honest – open up and share activities and hobbies that interest and excite you.
10. If you were an animal, which one would you want to be?
Tips to answer:
• The purpose of this question is to see if you are able to think on your feet.
• There’s no wrong answer – but to make a great impression try to bring out your strengths or personality
traits through your answer.
11. What do you think we could do better or differently?
Tips to answer:
• The purpose of this question is to see if you have done your research on the company, and to test whether
you can think critically and come up with new ideas.
• Suggest new ideas. Show how your interests and expertise would help you execute these ideas.
12. Do you have any questions for us?
Tips to answer:
• Do not ask questions to which the answers can be easily found on the company website or through a quick
online search.
• Ask intelligent questions that show your ability to think critically.
6.4.3.1 Tips
1. Be honest and confident while answering.
2. Use examples of your past experiences wherever possible to make your answers more impactful.
6.4.4 Work Readiness – Terms & Terminologies

Every employee should be well versed in the following terms:
• Annual leave: Paid vacation leave given by employers to employees.
• Background Check: A method used by employers to verify the accuracy of the information provided by
potential candidates.
• Benefits: A part of an employee’s compensation package.
• Breaks: Short periods of rest taken by employees during working hours.
• Compensation Package: The combination of salary and benefits that an employer provides to his/
her employees.
• Compensatory Time (Comp Time): Time off in lieu of pay.
• Contract Employee: An employee who works for one organization that sells said employee’s services to
another company, either on a project or time basis.
• Contract of Employment: When an employee is offered work in exchange for wages or salary, and accepts
the offer made by the employer, a contract of employment exists.
• Corporate Culture: The beliefs and values shared by all the members of a company, and imparted from one
generation of employees to another.
287
• Counter Offer/Counter Proposal: A negotiation technique used by potential candidates to increase the
amount of salary offered by a company.
• Cover Letter: A letter that accompanies a candidate’s resume. It emphasizes the important points in the
candidate’s resume and provides real examples that prove the candidate’s ability to perform the expected
job role.
• Curriculum Vitae (CV)/Resume: A summary of a candidate’s achievements, educational background, work
experience, skills and strengths.
• Declining Letter: A letter sent by an employee to an employer, turning down the job offer made by the
employer to the employee.
• Deductions: Amounts subtracted from an employee’s pay and listed on the employee’s pay slip.
• Discrimination: The act of treating one person not as favourably as another person.
• Employee: A person who works for another person in exchange for payment.
• Employee Training: A workshop or in-house training that an employee is asked to attend by his or her
superior, for the benefit of the employer.
• Employment Gaps: Periods of unemployed time between jobs.
• Fixed-Term Contract: A contract of employment which gets terminated on an agreed-upon date.
• Follow-Up: The act of contacting a potential employer after a candidate has submitted his or her resume.
• Freelancer/Consultant/Independent Contractor: A person who works for him or herself and pitches for
temporary jobs and projects with different employers.
• Holiday: Paid time-off from work.
• Hourly Rate: The amount of salary or wages paid for 60 minutes of work.
• Internship: A job opportunity offered by an employer to a potential employee, called an intern, to work at
the employer’s company for a fixed, limited time period.
• Interview: A conversation between a potential employee and a representative of an employer, in order to
determine if the potential employee should be hired.
• Job Application: A form which asks for a candidate’s information like the candidate’s name, address, contact
details and work experience. The purpose of a candidate submitting a job application, is to show that
candidate’s interest in working for a particular company.
• Job Offer: An offer of employment made by an employer to a potential employee.
• Job Search Agent: A program that enables candidates to search for employment opportunities by selecting
criteria listed in the program, for job vacancies.
• Lay Off: A lay off occurs when an employee is temporarily let go from his or her job, due to the employer not
having any work for that employee.
• Leave: Formal permission given to an employee, by his or her employer, to take a leave of absence from work.
• Letter of Acceptance: A letter given by an employer to an employee, confirming the offer of employment
made by the employer, as well as the conditions of the offer.
• Letter of Agreement: A letter that outlines the terms of employment.
• Letter of Recommendation: A letter written for the purpose of validating the work skills of a person.
• Maternity Leave: Leave taken from work by women who are pregnant, or who have just given birth.
• Mentor: A person who is employed at a higher level than you, who offers you advice and guides you in
your career.
• Minimum wage: The minimum wage amount paid on an hourly basis.
• Notice: An announcement made by an employee or an employer, stating that the employment contract will
end on a particular date.
• Offer of Employment: An offer made by an employer to a prospective employee that contains important
information pertaining to the job being offered, like the starting date, salary, working conditions etc.
288
• Open-Ended Contract: A contract of employment that continues till the employer or employee terminates it.
• Overqualified: A person who is not suited for a particular job because he or she has too many years of
work experience, or a level of education that is much higher than required for the job, or is currently or was
previously too highly paid.
• Part-Time Worker: An employee who works for fewer hours than the standard number of hours
normally worked.
• Paternity Leave: Leave granted to a man who has recently become a father.
• Recruiters/Headhunters/Executive Search Firms: Professionals who are paid by employers to search for
people to fill particular positions.
• Resigning/Resignations: When an employee formally informs his or her employer that he or she is quitting
his or her job.
• Self-Employed: A person who has his or her own business and does not work in the capacity of an employee.
• Time Sheet: A form that is submitted to an employer, by an employee, that contains the number of hours
worked every day by the employee.
289
Unit 6.5: Understanding Entrepreneurship
Unit Objectives
1. Discuss the concept of entrepreneurship
2. Discuss the importance of entrepreneurship
3. Describe the characteristics of an entrepreneur
4. Describe the different types of enterprises
5. List the qualities of an effective leader
6. Discuss the benefits of effective leadership
7. List the traits of an effective team
8. Discuss the importance of listening effectively
9. Discuss how to listen effectively
10. Discuss the importance of speaking effectively
11. Discuss how to speak effectively
12. Discuss how to solve problems
13. List important problem solving traits
14. Discuss ways to assess problem solving skills
15. Discuss the importance of negotiation
16. Discuss how to negotiate
17. Discuss how to identify new business opportunities
18. Discuss how to identify business opportunities within your business
19. Understand the meaning of entrepreneur
20. Describe the different types of entrepreneurs
21. List the characteristics of entrepreneurs
22. Recall entrepreneur success stories
23. Discuss the entrepreneurial process
24. Describe the entrepreneurship ecosystem
25. Discuss the government’s role in the entrepreneurship ecosystem
26. Discuss the current entrepreneurship ecosystem in India
27. Understand the purpose of the Make in India campaign
28. Discuss the relationship between entrepreneurship and risk appetite
29. Discuss the relationship between entrepreneurship and resilience
30. Describe the characteristics of a resilient entrepreneur
31. Discuss how to deal with failure
290
6.5.1 Concept Introduction

Anyone who is determined to start a business, no matter what the risk, is an entrepreneur. Entrepreneurs run
their own start-up, take responsibility for the financial risks and use creativity, innovation and vast reserves of
self-motivation to achieve success. They dream big and are determined to do whatever it takes to turn their
idea into a viable offering. The aim of an entrepreneur is to create an enterprise. The process of creating this
enterprise is known as entrepreneurship.
6.5.1.1 Importance of Entrepreneurship

Entrepreneurship is very important for the following reasons:
1. It results in the creation of new organizations
2. It brings creativity into the marketplace
3. It leads to improved standards of living
4. It helps develop the economy of a country
6.5.1.2 Characteristics of Entrepreneurs

All successful entrepreneurs have certain characteristics in common.
They are all:
1. Extremely passionate about their work
2. Confident in themselves
3. Disciplined and dedicated
4. Motivated and driven
5. Highly creative
6. Visionaries
7. Open-minded
8. Decisive
Entrepreneurs also have a tendency to:
1. Have a high risk tolerance
2. Thoroughly plan everything
3. Manage their money wisely
4. Make their customers their priority
5. Understand their offering and their market in detail
6. Ask for advice from experts when required
7. Know when to cut their losses
6.5.1.3 Examples of Famous Entrepreneurs

Some famous entrepreneurs are:
• Bill Gates (Founder of Microsoft)
• Steve Jobs (Co-founder of Apple)
• Mark Zuckerberg (Founder of Facebook)
• Pierre Omidyar (Founder of eBay)
291
6.5.1.4 Types of Enterprises

As an entrepreneur in India, you can own and run any of the following types of enterprises:
Sole Proprietorship
In a sole proprietorship, a single individual owns, manages and controls the enterprise. This type of business
is the easiest to form with respect to legal formalities. The business and the owner have no separate legal
existence. All profit belongs to the proprietor, as do all the losses- the liability of the entrepreneur is unlimited.
Partnership
A partnership firm is formed by two or more people. The owners of the enterprise are called partners. A
partnership deed must be signed by all the partners. The firm and its partners have no separate legal existence.
The profits are shared by the partners. With respect to losses, the liability of the partners is unlimited. A firm
has a limited life span and must be dissolved when any one of the partners dies, retires, claims bankruptcy or
goes insane.
Limited Liability Partnership (LLP)

In a Limited Liability Partnership or LLP, the partners of the firm enjoy perpetual existence as well as the advantage
of limited liability. Each partner’s liability is limited to their agreed contribution to the LLP. The partnership and
its partners have a separate legal existence.
6.5.1.5 Tips
1. Learn from others’ failures.
2. Be certain that this is what you want.
3. Search for a problem to solve, rather than look for a problem to attach to your idea.
6.5.2 Leadership & Teamwork: Leadership and Leaders

Leadership means setting an example for others to follow. Setting a good example means t asking someone to
do something that you wouldn’t willingly want to do yourself. Leadership is about figuring out what to do in
order to win as a team, and as a company.
Leaders believe in doing the right things. They also believe in helping others to do the right things. An effective
leader is someone who:
• Creates an inspiring vision of the future.
• Motivates and inspires his team to pursue that vision.
6.5.2.1 Leadership Qualities That All Entrepreneurs Need

Building a successful enterprise is only possible if the entrepreneur in charge possesses excellent leadership
qualities. Some critical leadership skills that every entrepreneur must have are:
1. Pragmatism: This means having the ability to highlight all obstacles and challenges, in order to resolve
issues and reduce risks.
2. Humility: This means admitting to mistakes often and early, and being quick to take responsibility for your
actions. Mistakes should be viewed as challenges to overcome, not opportunities to point blame.
3. Flexibility: It is critical for a good leader to be very flexible and quickly adapt to change. It is equally critical
to know when to adapt and when not to.
292
4. Authenticity: This means showing both, your strengths and your weaknesses. It means being human and
showing others that you are human.
5. Reinvention: This means refreshing or changing your leadership style when necessary. To do this, it’s
important to learn where your leadership gaps lie and find out what resources are required to close them.
6. Awareness: This means taking the time to recognize how others view you. It means understanding how your
presence affects those around you.
6.5.2.2 Benefits of Effective Leadership

Effective leadership results in numerous benefits. Great leadership leads to the leader successfully:
• Gaining the loyalty and commitment of the team members
• Motivating the team to work towards achieving the company’s goals and objectives
• Building morale and instilling confidence in the team members
• Fostering mutual understanding and team-spirit among team members
• Convincing team members about the need to change when a situation requires adaptability
6.5.2.3 Teamwork and Teams

Teamwork occurs when the people in a workplace combine their individual skills to pursue a common goal.
Effective teams are made up of individuals who work together to achieve this common goal. A great team is one
who holds themselves accountable for the end result.
6.5.2.4 Importance of Teamwork in Entrepreneurial Success

For an entrepreneurial leader, building an effective team is critical to the success of a venture. An entrepreneur
must ensure that the team he builds possesses certain crucial qualities, traits and characteristics. An effective
team is one which has:
1. Unity of purpose: All the team members should clearly understand and be equally committed to the
purpose, vision and goals of the team.
2. Great communication skills: Team members should have the ability to express their concerns, ask questions
and use diagrams, and charts to convey complex information.
3. The ability to collaborate: Every member should feel entitled to provide regular feedback on new ideas.
4. Initiative: The team should consist of proactive individuals. The members should have the enthusiasm to
come up with new ideas, improve existing ideas, and conduct their own research.
5. Visionary members: The team should have the ability to anticipate problems and act on these potential
problem before they turn into real problems.
6. Great adaptability skills: The team must believe that change is a positive force. Change should be seen as
the chance to improve and try new things.
7. Excellent organizational skills: The team should have the ability to develop standard work processes,
balance responsibilities, properly plan projects, and set in place methods to measure progress and ROI.
293
6.5.2.5 Tips
1. Don’t get too attached to your original idea. Allow it to evolve and change.
2. Be aware of your weaknesses and build a team that will complement your shortfalls.
3. Hiring the right people is not enough. You need to promote or incentivize your most talented people to keep
them motivated.
4. Earn your team’s respect
6.5.3 Communication Skills

Listening is the ability to correctly receive and understand messages during the process of communication.
Listening is critical for effective communication. Without effective listening skills, messages can easily be
misunderstood. This results in a communication breakdown and can lead to the sender and the receiver of the
message becoming frustrated or irritated.
It’s very important to note that listening is not the same as hearing. Hearing just refers to sounds that you
hear. Listening is a whole lot more than that. To listen, one requires focus. It means not only paying attention
to the story, but also focusing on how the story is relayed, the way language and voice is used, and even how
the speaker uses their body language. The ability to listen depends on how effectively one can perceive and
understand both, verbal and non-verbal cues.
6.5.3.1 How to Listen Effectively

To listen effectively you should:
• Stop talking
• Stop interrupting
• Focus completely on what is being said
• Nod and use encouraging words and gestures
• Be open-minded
• Think about the speaker’s perspective
• Be very, very patient
• Pay attention to the tone that is being used
• Pay attention to the speaker’s gestures, facial expressions and eye movements
• Not try and rush the person
• Not let the speaker’s mannerisms or habits irritate or distract you
• Be very, very patient
• Pay attention to the tone that is being used
• Pay attention to the speaker’s gestures, facial expressions and eye movements
• Not try and rush the person
• Not let the speaker’s mannerisms or habits irritate or distract you
294
6.5.3.2 How to Listen Effectively

How successfully a message gets conveyed depends entirely on how effectively you are able to get it through.
An effective speaker is one who enunciates properly, pronounces words correctly, chooses the right words and
speaks at a pace that is easily understandable. Besides this, the words spoken out loud need to match the
gestures, tone and body language used.
What you say, and the tone in which you say it, results in numerous perceptions being formed. A person who
speaks hesitantly may be perceived as having low self-esteem or lacking in knowledge of the discussed topic.
Those with a quiet voice may very well be labelled as shy. And those who speak in commanding tones with
high levels of clarity, are usually considered to be extremely confident. This makes speaking a very critical
communication skill.
6.5.3.3 How to Speak Effectively

To speak effectively you should:
• Incorporate body language in your speech like eye contact, smiling, nodding, gesturing etc.
• Build a draft of your speech before actually making your speech.
• Ensure that all your emotions and feelings are under control.
• Pronounce your words distinctly with the correct pitch and intensity. Your speech should be crystal clear at
all times.
• Use a pleasant and natural tone when speaking. Your audience should not feel like you are putting on an
accent or being unnatural in any way.
• Use precise and specific words to drive your message home. Ambiguity should be avoided at all costs.
• Ensure that your speech has a logical flow.
• Be brief. Don’t add any unnecessary information.
• Make a conscious effort to avoid irritating mannerisms like fidgeting, twitching etc.
• Choose your words carefully and use simple words that the majority of the audience will have no difficulty
understanding.
• Use visual aids like slides or a whiteboard.
• Speak slowly so that your audience can easily understand what you’re saying. However, be careful not to
speak too slowly because this can come across as stiff, unprepared or even condescending.
• Remember to pause at the right moments.
6.5.3.4 Tips
1. If you’re finding it difficult to focus on what someone is saying, try repeating their words in your head.
2. Always maintain eye contact with the person that you are communicating with, when speaking as well as
listening. This conveys and also encourages interest in the conversation.
295
6.5.4 Problem Solving & Negotiation skills

As per The Concise Oxford Dictionary (1995), a problem is, “A doubtful or difficult matter requiring a solution”
All problems contain two elements:
1. Goals
2. Obstacles
The aim of problem solving is to recognize the obstacles and remove them in order to achieve the goals.
6.5.4.1 How to Solve Problems

Solving a problem requires a level of rational thinking. Here are some logical steps to follow when faced with an
issue:
• Step 1: Identify the problem
• Step 2: Study the problem in detail
• Step 3: List all possible solutions
• Step 4: Select the best solution
• Step 5: Implement the chosen solution
• Step 6: Check that the problem has really been solved
6.5.4.2 Important Traits for Problem Solving

Highly developed problem solving skills are critical for both, business owners and their employees. The following
personality traits play a big role in how effectively problems are solved:
• Being open minded
• Asking the right questions
• Being proactive
• Not panicking
• Having a positive attitude
• Focusing on the right problem
6.5.4.3 Important Traits for Problem Solving

As an entrepreneur, it would be a good idea to assess the level of problem solving skills of potential candidates
before hiring them. Some ways to assess this skill are through:
• Application forms: Ask for proof of the candidate’s problem solving skills in the application form.
• Psychometric tests: Give potential candidates logical reasoning and critical thinking tests and see how
they fare.
• Interviews: Create hypothetical problematic situations or raise ethical questions and see how the
candidates respond.
• Technical questions: Give candidates examples of real life problems and evaluate their thought process.
296
6.5.4.4 What is Negotiation?

Negotiation is a method used to settle differences. The aim of negotiation is to resolve differences through
a compromise or agreement while avoiding disputes. Without negotiation, conflicts are likely to lead to
resentment between people. Good negotiation skills help satisfy both parties and go a long way towards
developing strong relationships.
Why Negotiate
Starting a business requires many, many negotiations. Some negotiations are small while others are
critical enough to make or break a startup. Negotiation also plays a big role inside the workplace. As an
entrepreneur, you need to know not only know how to negotiate yourself, but also how to train employees
in the art of negotiation.
How to Negotiate
Take a look at some steps to help you negotiate:
Step 1: Pre-Negotiation Preparation: Agree on where to meet to discuss the problem, decide who all will be
present and set a time limit for the discussion.
Step 2: Discuss the Problem: This involves asking questions, listening to the other side, putting your views
forward and clarifying doubts.
Step 3: Clarify the Objective: Ensure that both parties want to solve the same problem and reach the same goal.
Step 4: Aim for a Win-Win Outcome: Try your best to be open minded when negotiating. Compromise and offer
alternate solutions to reach an outcome where both parties win.
Step 5: Clearly Define the Agreement: When an agreement has been reached, the details of the agreement
should be crystal clear to both sides, with no scope for misunderstandings.
Step 6: Implement the Agreed Upon Solution: Agree on a course of action to set the solution in motion.
6.5.4.5 Tips
1. Know exactly what you want before you work towards getting it
2. Give more importance to listening and thinking, than speaking
3. Focus on building a relationship rather than winning
4. Remember that your people skills will affect the outcome
5. Know when to walk away – sometimes reaching an agreement may not be possible
6.5.5 Business Opportunities Identification

“The entrepreneur always searches for change, responds to it and exploits it as an opportunity.”
Peter Drucker
The ability to identify business opportunities is an essential characteristic of an entrepreneur.
What is an Opportunity?
The word opportunity suggests a good chance or a favourable situation to do something offered by circumstances.
A business opportunity means a good or favourable change available to run a specific business in a given
environment, at a given point of time.
Common Questions Faced by Entrepreneurs
297
A critical question that all entrepreneurs face is how to go about finding the business opportunity that is right
for them.
Some common questions that entrepreneurs constantly think about are:
• Should the new enterprise introduce a new product or service based on an unmet need?
• Should the new enterprise select an existing product or service from one market and offer it in another
where it may not be available?
• Should the enterprise be based on a tried and tested formula that has worked elsewhere?
It is therefore extremely important that entrepreneurs must learn how to identify new and existing business
opportunities and evaluate their chances of success.
When is an Idea an Opportunity?
An idea is an opportunity when:
• It creates or adds value to a customer
• It solves a significant problem, removes a pain point or meets a demand
• Has a robust market and profit margin
• Is a good fit with the founder and management team at the right time and place
Factors to Consider When Looking for Opportunities
• Consider the following when looking for business opportunities:
• Economic trends Changes in funding
• Changing relationships between vendors, partners and suppliers
• Market trends
• Changes in political support
• Shift in target audience
Ways to Identify New Business Opportunities
• Identify Market Inefficiencies: When looking at a market, consider what inefficiencies are present in the
market. Think about ways to correct these inefficiencies.
• Remove Key Hassles: Rather than create a new product or service, you can innovatively improve a product,
service or process.
• Create Something New: Think about how you can create a new experience for customers, based on existing
business models.
• Pick a Growing Sector/Industry: Research and find out which sectors or industries are growing and think
about what opportunities you can tap in the same.
• Think About Product Differentiation: If you already have a product in mind, think about ways to set it apart
from the existing ones.
Ways to Identify Business Opportunities Within Your Business
SWOT Analysis: An excellent way to identify opportunities inside your business is by creating a SWOT analysis.
The acronym SWOT stands for strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. SWOT analysis framework:
298
STRENGTH WEAKNESSES
What are your strengths? What are your weaknesses?
What unique capabilities do What do your competitors
you posses? do better than you?
What do you do better than
others?
What do others percieve as
your strengths?
S W
OPPORTUNITIES THREATS
What trends may
O T Do you have solid
positively impact you? financial support?
What opportunities are What trends may negatively
available to you? impact you?
Fig. 6.5.5.1: SWOT Analysis parameters

Consider the following when looking for business opportunities:
By looking at yourself and your competitors using the SWOT framework, you can uncover opportunities that you
can exploit, as well as manage and eliminate threats that could derail your success.
Establishing Your USP
Establish your USP and position yourself as different from your competitors. Identify why customers should buy
from you and promote that reason.
Opportunity Analysis
Once you have identified an opportunity, you need to analyze it. To analyze an opportunity, you must:
• Focus on the idea
• Focus on the market of the idea
• Talk to industry leaders in the same space as the idea
• Talk to players in the same space as the idea
299
6.5.5.1 Tips
1. Remember, opportunities are situational.
2. Look for a proven track record.
3. Avoid the latest craze.
4. Love your idea.
6.5.6 Entrepreneurship Support Eco-System

An entrepreneur is a person who:
• Does not work for an employee
• Runs a small enterprise
• Assumes all the risks and rewards of the enterprise, idea, good or service
Types of Entrepreneurs
There are four main types of entrepreneurs:
1. The Traditional Entrepreneur: This type of entrepreneur usually has some kind of skill – they can be a
carpenter, mechanic, cook etc. They have businesses that have been around for numerous years like
restaurants, shops and carpenters. Typically, they gain plenty of experience in a particular industry before
they begin their own business in a similar field.
2. The Growth Potential Entrepreneur: The desire of this type of entrepreneur is to start an enterprise that will
grow, win many customers and make lots of money. Their ultimate aim is to eventually sell their enterprise
for a nice profit. Such entrepreneurs usually have a science or technical background.
3. The Project-Oriented Entrepreneur: This type of entrepreneur generally has a background in the Arts or
psychology. Their enterprises tend to be focus on something that they are very passionate about.
4. The Lifestyle Entrepreneur: This type of entrepreneur has usually worked as a teacher or a office assistant.
They are more interested in selling something that people will enjoy, rather than making lots of money.
Characteristics of an Entrepreneur
Successful entrepreneurs have the following characteristics:
• They are highly motivated
• They are creative and persuasive
• They are mentally prepared to handle each and every task
• They have excellent business skills – they know how to evaluate their cash flow, sales and revenue
• They are willing to take great risks
• They are very proactive – this means they are willing to do the work themselves, rather than wait for
someone else to do it
• They have a vision – they are able to see the big picture
• They are flexible and open-minded
• They are good at making decisions
300
6.5.6.1 Entrepreneur Success Stories

Dhiru Bhai Ambani
Dhirubhai Ambani began his entrepreneurial career by selling “bhajias” to pilgrims in Mount Girnar on
weekends. At 16, he moved to Yemen where he worked as a gas-station attendant, and as a clerk in an oil
company. He returned to India with Rs. 50,000 and started a textile trading company. Reliance went on to
become the first Indian company to raise money in global markets and the first Indian company to feature in
Forbes 500 list.
Dr. Karsanbhai Patel
Karsanbhai Patel made detergent powder in the backyard of his house. He sold his product door-to-door and
offered a money back guarantee with every pack that was sold. He charged Rs. 3 per kg when the cheapest
detergent at that time was Rs.13 per kg. Dr. Patel eventually started Nirma which became a whole new
segment in the Indian domestic detergent market.
6.5.6.2 The Entrepreneurial Process

Let’s take a look at the stages of the entrepreneurial process.
• Stage 1: Idea Generation. The entrepreneurial process begins with an idea that has been thought of by the
entrepreneur. The idea is a problem that has the potential to be solved.
• Stage 2: Germination or Recognition. In this stage a possible solution to the identified problem is
thought of.
• Stage 3: Preparation or Rationalization. The problem is studied further and research is done to find out how
others have tried to solve the same problem.
• Stage 4: Incubation or Fantasizing. This stage involves creative thinking for the purpose of coming up with
more ideas. Less thought is given to the problem areas.
• Stage 5: Feasibility Study: The next step is the creation of a feasibility study to determine if the idea will
make a profit and if it should be seen through.
• Stage 6: Illumination or Realization. This is when all uncertain areas suddenly become clear. The entrepreneur
feels confident that his idea has merit.
• Stage 7: Verification or Validation. In this final stage, the idea is verified to see if it works and if it is useful.
Take a look at the diagram below to get a better idea of this process.
301
Idea Germination
Generation (Recognition)
Preparation
(Rationalisation)
Incubation
(Fantasising)
Fasibility
Study
Illumination Varification
(Realisation) (Validation)
Fig. 6.5.6.2.1: Stages of the entrepreneurial process
6.5.6.3 What is an Entrepreneur?

The entrepreneurship support ecosystem signifies the collective and complete nature of entrepreneurship. New
companies emerge and flourish not only because of the courageous, visionary entrepreneurs who launch them,
but they thrive as they are set in an environment or ‘ecosystem’ made of private and public participants. These
players nurture and sustain the new ventures, facilitating the entrepreneurs’ efforts.
An entrepreneurship ecosystem comprises of the following six domains:
1. Favourable Culture: This includes elements such as tolerance of risk and errors, valuable networking and
positive social standing of the entrepreneur.
2. Facilitating Policies & Leadership: This includes regulatory framework incentives and existence of public
research institutes.
3. Financing Options: Angel financing, venture capitalists and micro loans would be good examples of this.
4. Human Capital: This refers to trained and untrained labour, entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship training
programmes, etc.
5. Conducive Markets for Products & Services: This refers to an existence or scope of existence of a market
for the product/service.
6. Institutional & Infrastructural Support: This includes legal and financing advisers, telecommunications,
digital and transportation infrastructure, and entrepreneurship networking programmes.
These domains indicate whether there is a strong entrepreneurship support ecosystem and what actions should
the government put in place to further encourage this ecosystem. The six domains and their various elements
have been graphically depicted.
302
Leadership
Early Customers Government
• Unequivocal support
• Early adopters for proof-of-concept • Institutions • Research institutes
• Social legitimacy
• Expertise in productizing e.g. Investment, support
• Open door for advocate
• Reference customer • Financial support • Venture-friendly legislation
• Entrepreneurship strategy
• First reviews e.g. for R&D, jump start funds e.g. Bankruptcy, contract
• Urgency, crisis and challenge
• Distribution channels • Regulatory framework incentives enforcement, property
e.g. Tax benefits rights and labour
Networks
• Entrepreneur’s networks Policy
• Diaspora networks Financial Capital
• Multinational corporations
• Micro-loans • Venture capital funds
Market Finance • Angel-investors, friends • Private equity
Labour and family • Public capital markets
• Zero-stage venture • Debts
• Skilled and unskilled Entrepreneurship capital
• Serial entrepreneurs
303
• Later generation family Success Stories
Human
Educational Institutions Culture • Visible successes
Capital • Wealth generation for founders
• General degrees (professional and academic)
• International reputation
• Specific entrepreneurship training
Supports
Infrastructure
• Telecommunications
• Transportation & Logistics
• Energy
• Zones, incubations centers, clusters Non-government Institutions
• Entrepreneurship promotion in non-profits
Support Professions • Business plan contests
• Conferences
• Legal
• Entrepreneur-friendly association
• Accounting
• Investment bankers
Fig. 6.5.6.3.1: Entrepreneurship support ecosystem

Every entrepreneurship support ecosystem is unique and all the elements of the ecosystem are
interdependent. Although every region’s entrepreneurship ecosystem can be broadly described by the above
features, each ecosystem is the result of the hundred elements interacting in highly complex and particular
ways.
Entrepreneurship ecosystems eventually become (largely) self-sustaining. When the six domains are resilient
enough, they are mutually beneficial. At this point, government involvement can and should be significantly
minimized. Public leaders do not need to invest a lot to sustain the ecosystem. It is imperative that the
entrepreneurship ecosystem incentives are formulated to be self-liquidating, hence focusing on sustainability
of the environment.
6.5.6.4 Make in India Campaign

Every entrepreneur has certain needs. Some of their important needs are:
• To easily get loans
• To easily find investors
• To get tax exemptions
• To easily access resources and good infrastructure
• To enjoy a procedure that is free of hassles and is quick
• To be able to easily partner with other firms
The Make in India campaign, launched by Prime Minister Modi aims to satisfy all these needs of young, aspiring
entrepreneurs. Its objective is to:
• Make investment easy
• Support new ideas
• Enhance skill development
• Safeguard the ideas of entrepreneurs
• Create state-of-the-art facilities for manufacturing goods
6.5.6.5 Key Schemes to Promote Entrepreneurs

The government offers many schemes to support entrepreneurs. These schemes are run by various Ministries/
Departments of Government of India to support First Generation Entrepreneurs.Take a look at a few key schemes
to promote entrepreneurship:
Name of the Scheme
1. Pradhan Mantri MUDRA Yojana - Micro Units Development and Refinance Agency (MUDRA),
2. STAND UP INDIA
3. Prime Minister Employment Generation Programme (PMEGP)
4. International Cooperation
5. Performance and Credit Rating
6. Marketing Assistance Scheme
7. Reimbursement of Registration Fee for Bar Coding
8. Enable Participation of MSMEs in State/District level Trade Fairs and Provide Funding Support
9. Capital Subsidy Support on Credit for Technology up gradation
10. Credit Guarantee Fund for Micro and SmalI Enterprise (CGFMSE)
11. Reimbursement of Certification Fees for Acquiring ISO Standards
304
12. Agricultural Marketing

13. Small Agricultural Marketing
14. Mega Food Park
15. Adivasi Mahila Sashaktikaran Yojana
Pradhan Mantri MUDRA Yojana, - Micro Units Development and Refinance Agency (MUDRA)
Under the aegis support of Pradhan Mantri MUDRA Yojana, MUDRA has already created its initial products/
schemes. The interventions have been named ‘Shishu’, ‘Kishor’ and ‘Tarun’ to signify the stage of growth/
development and funding needs of the beneficiary micro unit/entrepreneur and also provide a reference point
for the next phase of graduation/growth to look forward to:
• Shishu: Covering loans upto Rs.50,000/-
• Kishor: Covering loans above Rs. 50,000/- and upto Rs.5 lakh
• Tarun: Covering loans above Rs. 5 lakh to Rs.10 lakh
Who can apply?: Any Indian citizen who has a business plan for a non-farm sector income generating activity such
as manufacturing, processing, trading or service sector and whose credit need is less than Rs.10 lakh can approach
either a Bank, MFI, or NBFC for availing of MUDRA loans under Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana (PMMY).
Stand Up India
The objective of the Standup India scheme is to facilitate bank loans between Rs.10 lakh and Rs.1 crore to at
least one Schedule Caste (SC) or Scheduled Tribe (ST) borrower and at least one woman borrower per bank
branch for setting up a Greenfield enterprise. This enterprise may be in manufacturing, services or the trading
sector. In case of non-Individual enterprises at least 51% of the shareholding and controlling stake should be
held be either an SC/ST or Woman Entrepreneur.
Who can apply?: ST, SC &Women
Prime Minister Employment Generation Programme (PMEGP)
The Scheme is implemented by Khadi and Village Industries Commission (KVIC), as the nodal agency at the
National level. At the State level, the Scheme is implemented through State KVIC Directorates, State Khadi and
Village Industries Boards (KVIBs) and District Industries Centres (DICs) and banks. The Government subsidy
under the Scheme is routed. by KVIC through identified banks for eventual distribution to the beneficiaries/
entrepreneurs in their bank accounts.
Nature of assistance: The maximum cost of the project/unit admissible under manufacturing sector is Rs.25
lakh and under business/service sector is Rs.10 lakh. Levels of funding under PMEGP
Categories of beneficiaries Beneficiary's contribution (of Rate of Subsidy (of project

under PMEGP project cost) cost)
Area (location of project/unit) Urban Rural
15%
General Category 10%
25%
Special (including SC / ST /
25%
OBC / Minorities / Women,
Ex- servicemen, Physically 05% 35%
handicapped, NER, Hill and
Border areas, etc.
The balance amount of the total project cost will be provided by Banks as term loan as well as working capital.
Who can apply?: Any individual, above 18 years of age. At least VIII standard pass for projects costing above
Rs.10 lakh in the manufacturing sector and above Rs.5 lakh in the business/service sector. Only new projects
305
are considered for sanction under PMEGP. Self Help Groups (including those belonging to BPL provided that
they have not availed benefits under any other Scheme), Institutions registered under Societies Registration
Act,1860; Production Co-operative Societies, and Charitable Trusts are also eligible. Existing Units (under PMRY,
REGP or any other scheme of Government of India or State Government) and the units that have already availed
Government Subsidy under any other scheme of Government of India or State Government are NOT eligible.
International Cooperation Description
The Scheme would cover the following activities:
• Deputation of MSME business delegations to other countries for exploring new areas of technology infusion/
upgradation, facilitating joint ventures, improving market of MSMEs products, foreign collaborations, etc.
• Participation by Indian MSMEs in international exhibitions, trade fairs and buyer-seller meets in foreign
countries as well as in India, in which there is international participation.
• Holding international conferences and seminars on topics and themes of interest to the MSME.
Nature of assistance: IC Scheme provides financial assistance towards the airfare and space rent of entrepreneurs.
Assistance is provided on the basis of size and the type of the enterprise.
Who can apply?:
• State/Central Government Organisations;
• Industry/Enterprise Associations; and
• Registered Societies/Trusts and Organisations associated with the promotion and development of MSMEs
Performance and Credit Rating for Micro and Small Enterprises Description
The objective of the Scheme is to create awareness amongst micro & small enterprises about the strengths and
weaknesses of their operations and also their credit worthiness.
Nature of assistance:
Turn Over Fee to be reimbursed by Ministry of MSME
Up to Rs.50 lacs 75% of the fee charged by the rating agency subject to a ceiling
Rs.15,000/-
Above Rs.50 lacs to Rs.200 lacs 75% of the fee charged by the rating agency subject to a ceiling of
Rs.30,0001-
Above Rs.200 lacs 75% of the fee charged by the rating agency subject
Who can apply?: Any enterprise registered in India as a micro or small enterprise is eligible to apply.
Marketing Assistance Scheme Description
The assistance is provided for the following activities:
• Organizing exhibitions abroad and participation in international exhibitions/trade fairs
• Co-sponsoring of exhibitions organized by other organisations/industry associations/agencies
• Organizing buyer-seller meets, intensive campaigns and marketing promotion events
Nature of assistance: Financial assistance of up to 95% of the airfare and space rent of entrepreneurs. Assistance
is provided on the basis of size and the type of the enterprise. Financial assistance for co-sponsoring would be
limited to 40% of the net expenditure, subject to maximum amount of Rs.5 lakh.
Who can apply?: MSMEs, Industry Associations and other organizations related to MSME sector.
Reimbursement of Registration Fee for Bar Coding Description
The financial assistance is provided towards 75% reimbursement of only one-time registration fee and 75% of
annual recurring fee for first three years paid by MSEs to GS1 India for using bar coding.
Nature of assistance: Funding support for reimbursement of 75% of one time and recurring bar code
registration fees.
306
Who can apply?: All MSMEs with EM registration.

Enabling Participation of MSMEs in State/District Level Trade Fairs and Provide Funding Support
Provide marketing platform to manufacturing MSMEs by enabling their participation in state/district level
exhibitions being organized by state/district authorities/associations.
Nature of assistance:
• Free registration for participating in trade fairs. The selection of participants would be done by the MSME-
DIs post the submission of application.
• Reimbursement of 50% of to and fro actual fare by shortest distance/direct train (limited to AC II tier class)
from the nearest railway station/bus fare to the place of exhibition and 50% space rental charges for MSMEs
(General category entrepreneurs).
• For Women/SC/ST entrepreneurs & entrepreneurs from North Eastern Region Govt. of India will reimburse
80% of items listed above in Point (2).
Note: The total reimbursement will be max. Rs.30,000/- per unit for the SC/ST/Women/Physically
Handicapped entrepreneurs, while for the other units the max. limit will be Rs.20,000/- per person per MSME
unit.
Note: The participant is required to submit follow-up proofs post attending the event to claim reimbursement.
The proofs can be submitted after logging in online under the section “My Applications” or directly contacting a
DI office.
Who can apply?: All MSMEs with EM registration.
Capital Subsidy Support on Credit for Technology Upgradation Description
MSMEs can get a capital subsidy (~15%) on credit availed for technology upgradation.
Nature of assistance: Financial assistance for availing credit and loan.
Who can apply?:
• Banks and financial institutions can apply to DC-MSME for availing support.
• MSMEs need to directly contact the respective banks for getting credit and capital subsidy.
How to apply?: If you are a financial institution, click on the “Apply Now” button or else you can also directly
contact the Office of DC-MSME. You can view the contact details of Office of DC-MSME. If you are an MSME,
directly contact the respective banks/financial institutions as listed in the scheme guidelines.
Provision of Collateral Free Credit for MSMEs Description
Banks and financial institutions are provided funding assistance under this scheme so that they can in turn lend
collateral free credit to MSMEs.
Nature of assistance: Funding support to banks and financial institutions for lending collateral-free credit
to MSMEs.
Who can apply?: Banks and financial institutions can apply to office of DC-MSME/MSME-DIs for availing support.
MSMEs need to directly contact the respective banks for getting credit.
Reimbursement of certification fees for acquiring ISO standards - ISO 9000/ISO 14001 Certification Reimbursement
The GoaI assistance will be provided for one-time reimbursement of expenditure to such MSME manufacturing
units which acquire ISO 18000/ISO 22000/ISO 27000 certification.
Nature of assistance: Reimbursement of expenditure incurred on acquiring ISO standards.
Who can apply?: MSMEs with EM registration.
Agricultural Marketing Description
A capital investment subsidy for construction/renovation of rural godowns. Creation of scientific storage capacity
and prevention of distress sale.
Nature of assistance: Subsidy @ 25% to farmers, 15% of project cost to companies.
Who can apply?: NGOs, SHGs, companies, co-operatives.
307
Small Agricultural Marketing Description

Business development description provides venture capital assistance in the form of equity, and arranges
training and visits of agri-preneurs
Farmers’ Agriculture Business Consortium: Business development description provides venture capital
assistance in the form of equity, and arranges training and visits of agri-preneurs.
Nature of assistance: Financial assistance with a ceiling of Rs.5 lakh.
Who can apply?: Individuals, farmers, producer groups, partnership/propriety firms, SGHs, agri-preneurs, etc.
Mega Food Park Description
Mechanism to link agricultural production and market to maximize value addition, enhance farmers income,
create rural employment.
Nature of assistance: One-time capital grant of 50% of project cost with a limit of Rs.50 crore.
Who can apply?: Farmers, farmer groups, SHGs.
Adivasi Mahila Sashaktikaran Yojana Description
Concessional scheme for the economic development of ST women.
Nature of assistance: Term loan at concessional rates upto 90% of cost of scheme.
Who can apply?: Scheduled Tribes Women.
6.5.6.6 Tips
1. Research the existing market, network with other entrepreneurs, venture capitalists, angel investors, and
thoroughly review the policies in place to enable your entrepreneurship.
2. Failure is a stepping stone and not the end of the road. Review yours and your peers’ errors and correct
them in your future venture.
3. Be proactive in your ecosystem. Identify the key features of your ecosystem and enrich them to ensure self-
sustainability of your entrepreneurship support ecosystem.
6.5.7 Risk Appetite & Resilience

Entrepreneurship and Risk
Entrepreneurs are inherently risk takers. They are path-makers not path-takers. Unlike a normal, cautious
person, an entrepreneur would not think twice about quitting his job (his sole income) and taking a risk on
himself and his idea.
An entrepreneur is aware that while pursuing his dreams, assumptions can be proven wrong and unforeseen
events may arise. He knows that after dealing with numerous problems, success is still not guaranteed.
Entrepreneurship is synonymous with the ability to take risks. This ability, called risk-appetite, is an entrepreneurial
trait that is partly genetic and partly acquired.
What is Risk Appetite?
Risk appetite is defined as the extent to which a company is equipped to take risk, in order to achieve its
objectives. Essentially, it refers to the balance, struck by the company, between possible profits and the hazards
caused by changes in the environment (economic ecosystem, policies, etc.). Taking on more risk may lead to
higher rewards but have a high probability of losses as well. However, being too conservative may go against the
company as it can miss out on good opportunities to grow and reach their objectives.
The levels of risk appetite can be broadly categorized as “low”, “medium” and “high.” The company’s
entrepreneur(s) have to evaluate all potential alternatives and select the option most likely to succeed.
Companies have varying levels of risk appetites for different objectives. The levels depend on:
308
• The type of industry

• Market pressures
• Company objectives
For example, a startup with a revolutionary concept will have a very high risk appetite. The startup can afford
short term failures before it achieves longer term success. This type of appetite will not remain constant and will
be adjusted to account for the present circumstances of the company.167
Risk Appetite Statement
Companies have to define and articulate their risk appetite in sync with decisions made about their objectives
and opportunities. The point of having a risk appetite statement is to have a framework that clearly states the
acceptance and management of risk in business. It sets risk taking limits within the company. The risk appetite
statement should convey the following:
• The nature of risks the business faces.
• Which risks the company is comfortable taking on and which risks are unacceptable.
• How much risk to accept in all the risk categories.
• The desired tradeoff between risk and reward.
• Measures of risk and methods of examining and regulating risk exposures.
Entrepreneurship and Resilience
Entrepreneurs are characterized by a set of qualities known as resilience. These qualities play an especially large
role in the early stages of developing an enterprise. Risk resilience is an extremely valuable characteristic as it
is believed to protect entrepreneurs against the threat of challenges and changes in the business environment.
What is Entrepreneurial Resilience?
Resilience is used to describe individuals who have the ability to overcome setbacks related to their life and
career aspirations. A resilient person is someone who is capable of easily and quickly recovering from setbacks.
For the entrepreneur, resilience is a critical trait. Entrepreneurial resilience can be enhanced in the following
ways:
• By developing a professional network of coaches and mentors
• By accepting that change is a part of life
• By viewing obstacles as something that can be overcome
Characteristics of a Resilient Entrepreneur
The characteristics required to make an entrepreneur resilient enough to go the whole way in their business
enterprise are:
• A strong internal sense of control
• Strong social connections
• Skill to learn from setbacks
• Ability to look at the bigger picture
• Ability to diversify and expand
• Survivor attitude
• Cash-flow conscious habits
• Attention to detail
309
6.5.7.1 Tips
1. Cultivate a great network of clients, suppliers, peers, friends and family. This will not only help you promote
your business, but will also help you learn, identify new opportunities and stay tuned to changes in the
market.
2. Don’t dwell on setbacks. Focus on what the you need to do next to get moving again.
3. While you should try and curtail expenses, ensure that it is not at the cost of your growth.
6.5.8 Success & Failures

Understanding Successes and Failures in Entrepreneurship
Shyam is a famous entrepreneur, known for his success story. But what most people don’t know, is that Shyam
failed numerous times before his enterprise became a success. Read his interview to get an idea of what
entrepreneurship is really about, straight from an entrepreneur who has both, failed and succeeded.
Interviewer: Shyam, I have heard that entrepreneurs are great risk-takers who are never afraid of failing. Is
this true?
Shyam: Ha ha, no of course it’s not true! Most people believe that entrepreneurs need to be fearlessly
enthusiastic. But the truth is, fear is a very normal and valid human reaction, especially when you are planning
to start your own business! In fact, my biggest fear was the fear of failing. The reality is, entrepreneurs fail as
much as they succeed. The trick is to not allow the fear of failing to stop you from going ahead with your plans.
Remember, failures are lessons for future success!
Interviewer: What, according to you, is the reason that entrepreneurs fail?
Shyam: Well, there is no one single reason why entrepreneurs fail. An entrepreneur can fail due to numerous
reasons. You could fail because you have allowed your fear of failure to defeat you. You could fail because you
are unwilling to delegate (distribute) work. As the saying goes, “You can do anything, but not everything!”
You could fail because you gave up too easily – maybe you were not persistent enough. You could fail because
you were focusing your energy on small, insignificant tasks and ignoring the tasks that were most important.
Other reasons for failing are partnering with the wrong people, not being able to sell your product to the right
customers at the right time at the right price… and many more reasons!
Interviewer: As an entrepreneur, how do you feel failure should be looked at?
Shyam: I believe we should all look at failure as an asset, rather than as something negative. The way I see it, if
you have an idea, you should try to make it work, even if there is a chance that you will fail. That’s because not
trying is failure right there, anyway! And failure is not the worst thing that can happen. I think having regrets
because of not trying, and wondering ‘what if’ is far worse than trying and actually failing.
Interviewer: How did you feel when you failed for the first time?
Shyam: I was completely heartbroken! It was a very painful experience. But the good news is, you do recover
from the failure. And with every subsequent failure, the recovery process gets a lot easier. That’s because you
start to see each failure more as a lesson that will eventually help you succeed, rather than as an obstacle that
you cannot overcome. You will start to realize that failure has many benefits.
Interviewer: Can you tell us about some of the benefits of failing?
Shyam: One of the benefits that I have experienced personally from failing is that the failure made me see things
in a new light. It gave me answers that I didn’t have before. Failure can make you a lot stronger. It also helps keep
your ego in control.
Interviewer: What advice would you give entrepreneurs who are about to start their own enterprises?
Shyam: I would tell them to do their research and ensure that their product is something that is actually wanted
by customers. I’d tell them to pick their partners and employees very wisely and cautiously. I’d tell them that
it’s very important to be aggressive – push and market your product as aggressively as possible. I would warn
310
them that starting an enterprise is very expensive and that they should be prepared for a situation where they
run out of money.
I would tell them to create long term goals and put a plan in action to achieve that goal. I would tell them to
build a product that is truly unique. Be very careful and ensure that you are not copying another startup. Lastly,
I’d tell them that it’s very important that they find the right investors.
Interviewer: That’s some really helpful advice, Shyam! I’m sure this will help all entrepreneurs to be more
prepared before they begin their journey! Thank you for all your insight!
6.5.8.1 Tips
1. Remember that nothing is impossible.
2. Identify your mission and your purpose before you start.
3. Plan your next steps – don’t make decisions hastily.
311
Unit 6.6: Preparing to be an Entrepreneur
Unit Objectives
1. Discuss how market research is carried out
2. Describe the 4 Ps of marketing
3. Discuss the importance of idea generation
4. Recall basic business terminology
5. Discuss the need for CRM
6. Discuss the benefits of CRM
7. Discuss the need for networking
8. Discuss the benefits of networking
9. Understand the importance of setting goals
10. Differentiate between short-term, medium-term and long-term goals
11. Discuss how to write a business plan
12. Explain the financial planning process
13. Discuss ways to manage your risk
14. Describe the procedure and formalities for applying for bank finance
15. Discuss how to manage your own enterprise
16. List important questions that every entrepreneur should ask before starting an enterprise
6.6.1 Market Study / The 4 Ps of Marketing /

Importance of an IDEA
Understanding Market Research
Market research is the process of gathering, analyzing and interpreting market information on a product or
service that is being sold in that market. It also includes information on:
• Past, present and prospective customers
• Customer characteristics and spending habits
• The location and needs of the target market
• The overall industry
• Relevant competitors
Market research involves two types of data:
• Primary information. This is research collected by yourself or by someone hired by you.
• Secondary information. This is research that already exists and is out there for you to find and use.
Primary research
Primary research can be of two types:
• Exploratory: This is open-ended and usually involves detailed, unstructured interviews.
• Specific: This is precise and involves structured, formal interviews. Conducting specific research is the more
expensive than conducting exploratory research.
Secondary research
Secondary research uses outside information. Some common secondary sources are:
312
• Public sources: These are usually free and have a lot of good information. Examples are government
departments, business departments of public libraries etc.
• Commercial sources: These offer valuable information but usually require a fee to be paid. Examples are
research and trade associations, banks and other financial institutions etc.
• Educational institutions: These offer a wealth of information. Examples are colleges, universities, technical
institutes etc.
6.6.1.1 The 4 Ps of Marketing

The 4 Ps of marketing are:
1. Product,
2. Price,
3. Promotion and
4. Place.
Let’s look at each of these 4 Ps in detail.
Product
A product can be:
• A tangible good
• An intangible service
Whatever your product is, it is critical that you have a clear understanding of what you are offering, and what its
unique characteristics are, before you begin with the marketing process.
Some questions to ask yourself are:
• What does the customer want from the product/service?
• What needs does it satisfy?
• Are there any more features that can be added?
• Does it have any expensive and unnecessary features?
• How will customers use it?
• What should it be called?
• How is it different from similar products?
• How much will it cost to produce?
• Can it be sold at a profit?
Price
Once all the elements of Product have been established, the Price factor needs to be considered. The Price of a
Product will depend on several factors such as profit margins, supply, demand and the marketing strategy.
• What is the value of the product/service to customers?
• Do local products/services have established price points?
• Is the customer price sensitive?
• Should discounts be offered?
• How is your price compared to that of your competitors?
313
Promotion
Once you are certain about your Product and your Price, the next step is to look at ways to promote it. Some key
elements of promotion are advertising, public relations, social media marketing, email marketing, search engine
marketing, video marketing and more.
• Where should you promote your product or service?
• What is the best medium to use to reach your target audience?
• When would be the best time to promote your product?
• How are your competitors promoting their products?
Place
According to most marketers, the basis of marketing is about offering the right product, at the right price, at
the right place, at the right time. For this reason, selecting the best possible location is critical for converting
prospective clients into actual clients.
• Will your product or service be looked for in a physical store, online or both?
• What should you do to access the most appropriate distribution channels?
• Will you require a sales force?
• Where are your competitors offering their products or services?
• Should you follow in your competitors’ footsteps?
• Should you do something different from your competitors?
Importance of an IDEA
Ideas are the foundation of progress. An idea can be small or ground-breaking, easy to accomplish or extremely
complicated to implement. Whatever the case, the fact that it is an idea gives it merit. Without ideas, nothing
is possible. Most people are afraid to speak out their ideas, out for fear of being ridiculed. However, if are an
entrepreneur and want to remain competitive and innovative, you need to bring your ideas out into the light.173
Some ways to do this are by:
• Establishing a culture of brainstorming where you invite all interested parties to contribute
• Discussing ideas out loud so that people can add their ideas, views, opinions to them
• Being open minded and not limiting your ideas, even if the idea who have seems ridiculous
• Not discarding ideas that you don’t work on immediately, but instead making a note of them and shelving
them so they can be revisited at a later date.
6.6.1.2 Tips
1. Keep in mind that good ideas do not always have to be unique.
2. Remember that timing plays a huge role in determining the success of your idea.
3. Situations and circumstances will always change, so be flexible and adapt your idea accordingly.
314
6.6.2 Business Entity Concepts: Basic Business Terminology

If your aim is to start and run a business, it is crucial that you have a good understanding of basic business terms.
Every entrepreneur should be well versed in the following terms:
• Accounting: A systematic method of recording and reporting financial transactions.
• Accounts payable: Money owed by a company to its creditors.
• Accounts Receivable: The amount a company is owed by its clients.
• Assets: The value of everything a company owns and uses to conduct its business.
• Balance Sheet: A snapshot of a company’s assets, liabilities and owner’s equity at a given moment.
• Bottom Line: The total amount a business has earned or lost at the end of a month.
• Business: An organization that operates with the aim of making a profit.
• Business to Business (B2B): A business that sells goods or services to another business.
• Business to Consumer (B2C): A business that sells goods or services directly to the end user.
• Capital: The money a business has in its accounts, assets and investments. The two main types of capital
are debt and equity.
• Cash Flow: The overall movement of funds through a business each month, including income and expenses.
• Cash Flow Statement: A statement showing the money that entered and exited a business during a specific
period of time.
• Contract: A formal agreement to do work for pay.
• Depreciation: The degrading value of an asset over time.
• Expense: The costs that a business incurs through its operations.
• Finance: The management and allocation of money and other assets.
• Financial Report: A comprehensive account of a business’ transactions and expenses.
• Fixed Cost: A one-time expense.
• Income Statement (Profit and Loss Statement): Shows the profitability of a business during a period
of time.
• Liabilities: The value of what a business owes to someone else.
• Marketing: The process of promoting, selling and distributing a product or service.
• Net Income/Profit: Revenues minus expenses.
• Net Worth: The total value of a business.
• Payback Period: The amount of time it takes to recover the initial investment of a business.
• Profit Margin: The ratio of profit, divided by revenue, displayed as a percentage.
• Return on Investment (ROI): The amount of money a business gets as return from an investment.
• Revenue: The total amount of income before expenses are subtracted.
• Sales Prospect: A potential customer.
• Supplier: A provider of supplies to a business.
• Target Market: A specific group of customers at which a company’s products and services are aimed.
• Valuation: An estimate of the overall worth of the business.
• Variable Cost: Expenses that change in proportion to the activity of a business.
• Working Capital: Calculated as current assets minus current liabilities.
• Business Transactions: There are three types of business transactions. These are:
315
♦♦ Simple Transactions – Usually a single transaction between a vendor and a customer. For example: Buying
a cup of coffee.
♦♦ Complex Transactions – These transactions go through a number of events before they can be completed.
For example: Buying a house.
♦♦ Ongoing transactions – These transactions usually require a contract. For example: Contract with a vendor.
6.6.3 Basic Accounting Formulas

Take a look some important accounting formulas that every entrepreneur needs to know.
1. The Accounting Equation: This is value of everything a company owns and uses to conduct its business.
Formula: Assets = Liability + Owner’s Equity
2. Net Income: This is the profit of the company. Formula: Net Income = Revenues – Expenses
3. Break-Even Point: This is the point at which the company will not make a profit or a loss. The total cost and
total revenues are equal.
Formula: Break-Even = Fixed Costs/Sales Price – Variable Cost per Unit
4. Cash Ratio: This tells us about the liquidity of a company. Formula: Cash Ratio = Cash/Current Liabilities
5. Profit Margin: This is shown as a percentage. It shows what percentage of sales are left over after all the
expenses are paid by the business.
Formula: Profit Margin = Net Income/Sales
6. Debt-to-Equity Ratio: This ratio shows how much equity and debt a company is using to finance its assets,
and whether the shareholder equity can fulfill obligations to creditors if the business starts making a loss.
Formula: Debt-to-Equity Ratio = Total Liabilities/Total Equity
7. Cost of Goods Sold: This is the total of all costs used to create a product or service, which has been sold.
Formula: Cost of Goods Sold = Cost of Materials/Inventory – Cost of Outputs
8. Return on Investment (ROI): This is usually shown as a percentage. It calculates the profits of an investment
as a percentage of the original cost.
Formula: ROI = Net Profit/Total Investment * 100
9. Simple Interest: This is money you can earn by initially investing some money (the principal).
Formula: A = P(1 + rt); R = r * 100
Where:
A = Total Accrued Amount (principal + interest) P = Principal Amount
I = Interest Amount
r = Rate of Interest per year in decimal; r = R/100 t = Time Period involved in months or years
10. Annual Compound Interest: The calculates the addition of interest to the principal sum of a loan or deposit.
Formula:
A = P (1 + r/n) ^ nt
Where, A = the future value of the investment/loan, including interest
P = the principal investment amount (the initial deposit or loan amount) r = the annual interest
rate (decimal)
n = the number of times that interest is compounded per year t = the number of years the money is invested
or borrowed for.
316
6.6.4 CRM & Networking

What is CRM?
CRM stands for Customer Relationship Management. Originally the expression Customer Relationship
Management meant managing one’s relationship with customers. However, today it refers to IT systems and
software designed to help companies manage their relationships.
The Need for CRM
The better a company can manage its relationships with its customers, the higher the chances of the company’s
success. For any entrepreneur, the ability to successfully retain existing customers and expand the enterprise is
paramount. This is why IT systems that focus on addressing the problems of dealing with customers on a daily
basis are becoming more and more in demand.
Customer needs change over time, and technology can make it easier to understand what customers really
want. This insight helps companies to be more responsive to the needs of their customers. It enables them to
modify their business operations when required, so that their customers are always served in the best manner
possible. Simply put, CRM helps companies recognize the value of their clients and enables them to capitalize
on improved customer relations.
Benifits of CRM
CRM has a number of important benefits:
• It helps improve relations with existing customers which can lead to: Increased sales
♦♦ Identification of customer needs
♦♦ Cross-selling of products
♦♦ It results in better marketing of one’s products or services
• It enhances customer satisfaction and retention
• It improves profitability by identifying and focusing on the most profitable customers
6.3.4.1 What is Networking?

In business, networking means leveraging your business and personal connections in order to bring in a regular
supply of new business. This marketing method is effective as well as low cost. It is a great way to develop
sales opportunities and contacts. Networking can be based on referrals and introductions, or can take place via
phone, email, and social and business networking websites.
The Need for Networking
Networking is an essential personal skill for business people, but it is even more important for entrepreneurs.
The process of networking has its roots in relationship building. Networking results in greater communication
and a stronger presence in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. This helps build strong relationships with other
entrepreneurs.
Business networking events held across the globe play a huge role in connecting like-minded entrepreneurs who
share the same fundamental beliefs in communication, exchanging ideas and converting ideas into realities. Such
networking events also play a crucial role in connecting entrepreneurs with potential investors. Entrepreneurs
may have vastly different experiences and backgrounds but they all have a common goal in mind – they all seek
connection, inspiration, advice, opportunities and mentors. Networking offers them a platform to do just that.
Benefits of Networking
317
Networking offers numerous benefits for entrepreneurs. Some of the major benefits are:
• Getting high quality leads
• Increased business opportunities
• Good source of relevant connections
• Advice from like-minded entrepreneurs
• Gaining visibility and raising your profile
• Meeting positive and enthusiastic people
• Increased self-confidence
• Satisfaction from helping others
• Building strong and lasting friendships
6.6.4.2 Tips
1. Use social media interactions to identify needs and gather feedback.
2. When networking, ask open-ended questions rather than yes/no type questions.
6.6.5 Business Plan: Why Set Goals

Setting goals is important because it gives you long-term vision and short-term motivation. Goals can be short
term, medium term and long term.
Short-Term Goals
• These are specific goals for the immediate future. Example: Repairing a machine that has failed. Medium-
Term Goals
• These goals are built on your short term goals.
• They do not need to be as specific as your short term goals.
Example: Arranging for a service contract to ensure that your machines don’t fail again.
Long-Term Goals
These goals require time and planning. They usually take a year or more to achieve.
Example: Planning your expenses so you can buy new machinery
Why Create a Business Plan
A business plan is a tool for understanding how your business is put together. It can be used to monitor progress,
foster accountable and control the fate of the business. It usually offers a 3-5 year projection and outlines the
plan that the company intends to follow to grow its revenues. A business plan is also a very important tool for
getting the interest of key employees or future investors.
A business plan typically comprises of eight elements.
318
6.6.5.1 Elements of a Business Plan

Executive Summary
The executive summary follows the title page. The summary should clearly state your desires as the business
owner in a short and businesslike way. It is an overview of your business and your plans. Ideally this should not
be more than 1-2 pages.
Your Executive Summary should include:
• The Mission Statement: Explain what your business is all about.
Example: Nike’s Mission Statement
Nike’s mission statement is “To bring inspiration and innovation to every athlete in the world.”
• Company Information: Provide information like when your business was formed, the names and roles of
the founders, the number of employees, your business location(s) etc.
• Growth Highlights: Mention examples of company growth. Use graphs and charts where possible.
• Your Products/Services: Describe the products or services provided.
• Financial Information: Provide details on current bank and investors.
• Summarize future plans: Describe where you see your business in the future.
Business Description
The second section of your business plan needs to provide a detailed review of the different elements of your
business. This will help potential investors to correctly understand your business goal and the uniqueness of
your offering.
Your Business Description should include:
• A description of the nature of your business
• The market needs that you are aiming to satisfy
• The ways in which your products and services meet these needs
• The specific consumers and organizations that you intend to serve
• Your specific competitive advantages
Market Analysis
The market analysis section usually follows the business description. The aim of this section is to showcase your
industry and market knowledge. This is also the section where you should lay down your research findings and
conclusions.
Your Market Analysis should include:
• Your industry description and outlook
• Information on your target market
• The needs and demographics of your target audience
• The size of your target market
• The amount of market share you want to capture
• Your pricing structure
• Your competitive analysis
• Any regulatory requirements
Organization & Management
This section should come immediately after the Market Analysis. Your Organization & Management section
should include:
• Your company’s organizational structure
• Details of your company’s ownership
• Details of your management team
319
• Qualifications of your board of directors

• Detailed descriptions of each division/department and its function
• The salary and benefits package that you offer your people
• The incentives that you offer
Service or Product Line
The next section is the service or product line section. This is where you describe your service or product, and
stress on their benefits to potential and current customers. Explain in detail why your product of choice will
fulfill the needs of your target audience.
Your Service or Product Line section should include:
• A description of your product/service
• A description of your product or service’s life cycle
• A list of any copyright or patent filings
• A description of any R&D activities that you are involved in or planning
Marketing & Sales
Once the Service or Product Line section of your plan has been completed, you should start on the description
of the marketing and sales management strategy for your business.
Your Marketing section should include the following strategies:
• Market penetration strategy: This strategy focuses on selling your existing products or services in existing
markets, in order to increase your market share.
• Growth strategy: This strategy focuses on increasing the amount of market share, even if it reduces earnings
in the short-term.
• Channels of distribution strategy: These can be wholesalers, retailers, distributers and even the internet.
• Communication strategy: These can be written strategies (e-mail, text, chat), oral strategies (phone calls,
video chats, face-to-face conversations), non-verbal strategies (body language, facial expressions, tone of
voice) and visual strategies (signs, webpages, illustrations).
Your Sales section should include the following information:
• A salesforce strategy: This strategy focuses on increasing the revenue of the enterprise.
• A breakdown of your sales activities: This means detailing out how you intend to sell your products or
services – will you sell it offline or online, how many units do you intend to sell, what price do you plan to
sell each unit at, etc.
Funding Request
This section is specifically for those who require funding for their venture. The Funding Request section should
include the following information:
• How much funding you currently require.
• How much funding you will require over the next five years. This will depend on your long-term goals.
• The type of funding you want and how you plan to use it. Do you want funding that can be used only for a
specific purpose, or funding that can be used for any kind of requirement?
• Strategic plans for the future. This will involve detailing out your long-term plans – what these plans are and
how much money you will require to put these plans in motions.
• Historical and prospective financial information. This can be done by creating and maintaining all your
financial records, right from the moment your enterprise started, to the present day. Documents required
for this are your balance sheet which contains details of your company’s assets and liabilities, your income
statement which lists your company’s revenues, expenses and net income for the year, your tax returns
(usually for the last three years) and your cash flow budget which lists the cash that came in, the cash that
went out and states whether you had a cash deficit (negative balance) or surplus (positive balance) at the
end of each month.
320
Financial Planning
Before you begin building your enterprise, you need to plan your finances. Take a look at the steps for financial
planning:
• Step 1: Create a financial plan. This should include your goals, strategies and timelines for accomplishing
these goals.
• Step 2: Organize all your important financial documents. Maintain a file to hold your investment details,
bank statements, tax papers, credit card bills, insurance papers and any other financial records.
• Step 3: Calculate your net worth. This means figure out what you own (assets like your house, bank accounts,
investments etc.), and then subtract what you owe (liabilities like loans, pending credit card amounts etc.)
the amount you are left with is your net worth.
• Step 4: Make a spending plan. This means write down in detail where your money will come from, and
where it will go.
• Step 5: Build an emergency fund. A good emergency fund contains enough money to cover at least 6 months’
worth of expenses.
• Step 6: Set up your insurance. Insurance provides long term financial security and protects you against risk.
Risk Management
As an entrepreneur, it is critical that you evaluate the risks involved with the type of enterprise that you want to
start, before you begin setting up your company. Once you have identified potential risks, you can take steps to
reduce them. Some ways to manage risks are:
• Research similar business and find out about their risks and how they were minimized.
• Evaluate current market trends and find out if similar products or services that launched a while ago are still
being well received by the public.
• Think about whether you really have the required expertise to launch your product or service.
• Examine your finances and see if you have enough income to start your enterprise.
• Be aware of the current state of the economy, consider how the economy may change over time, and think
about how your enterprise will be affected by any of those changes.
• Create a detailed business plan.
6.6.5.2 Tips
1. Ensure all the important elements are covered in your plan.
2. Scrutinize the numbers thoroughly.
3. Be concise and realistic.
4. Be conservative in your approach and your projections.
5. Use visuals like charts, graphs and images wherever possible.
6.6.6 Procedure and Formalities for Bank Finance

The Need for Bank Finance
For entrepreneurs, one of the most difficult challenges faced involves securing funds for start-ups. With
numerous funding options available, entrepreneurs need to take a close look at which funding methodology
works best for them. In India, banks are one of the largest funders of start-ups, offering funding to thousands of
start-ups every year.
321
6.6.6.1 What Information Should Entrepreneurs Offer Banks

for Funding
When approaching a bank, entrepreneurs must have a clear idea of the different criteria that banks use to
screen, rate and process loan applications. Entrepreneurs must also be aware of the importance of providing
banks with accurate and correct information. It is now easier than ever for financial institutions to track any
default behaviour of loan applicants. Entrepreneurs looking for funding from banks must provide banks with
information relating to their general credentials, financial situation and guarantees or collaterals that can be
offered.
General Credentials
This is where you, as an entrepreneur, provide the bank with background information on yourself. Such
information includes:
• Letter(s) of Introduction: This letter should be written by a respected business person who knows you well
enough to introduce you. The aim of this letter is set across your achievements and vouch for your character
and integrity.
• Your Profile: This is basically your resume. You need to give the bank a good idea of your educational
achievements, professional training, qualifications, employment record and achievements.
• Business Brochure: A business brochure typically provides information on company products, clients, how
long the business has been running for etc.
• Bank and Other References: If you have an account with another bank, providing those bank references is
a good idea.
• Proof of Company Ownership or Registration: In some cases, you may need to provide the bank with proof
of company ownership and registration. A list of assets and liabilities may also be required.
Financial Situation
Banks will expect current financial information on your enterprise. The standard financial reports you should be
prepared with are:
• Balance Sheet
• Profit-and-Loss Account
• Cash-Flow Statement
• Projected Sales and Revenues
• Business Plan
• Feasibility Study
Guarantees or Collaterals
Usually banks will refuse to grant you a loan without security. You can offer assets which the bank can seize and
sell off if you do not repay the loan. Fixed assets like machinery, equipment, vehicles etc. are also considered to
be security for loans.
322
6.6.6.2 The Lending Criteria of Banks

Your request for funding will have a higher chance of success if you can satisfy the following lending criteria:
• Good cash flow
• Adequate shareholders’ funds
• Adequate security
• Experience in business
• Good reputation
The Procedure
To apply for funding the following procedure will need to be followed.
• Submit your application form and all other required documents to the bank.
• The bank will carefully assess your credit worthiness and assign ratings by analyzing your business information
with respect to parameters like management, financial, operational and industry information as well as past
loan performance.
• The bank will make a decision as to whether or not you should be given funding.
6.6.6.3 Tips
1. Get advice on funding options from experienced bankers.
2. Be cautious and avoid borrowing more than you need, for longer than you need, at an interest rate that is
higher than you are comfortable with.
6.6.7 Enterprise Management - An Overview

To manage your enterprise effectively you need to look at many different aspects, right from managing the
day-to-day activities to figuring out how to handle a large scale event. Let’s take a look at some simple steps to
manage your company effectively.
Step 1: Use your leadership skills and ask for advice when required.
Let’s take the example of Ramu, an entrepreneur who has recently started his own enterprise. Ramu has
good leadership skills – he is honest, communicates well, knows how to delegate work etc. These leadership
skills definitely help Ramu in the management of his enterprise. However, sometimes Ramu comes across
situations that he is unsure how to handle. What should Ramu do in this case? One solution is for him to find a
more experienced manager who is willing to mentor him. Another solution is for Ramu to use his networking
skills so that he can connect with managers from other organizations, who can give him advice on how to
handle such situations.
Step 2: Divide your work amongst others – realize that you cannot handle everything yourself.
Even the most skilled manager in the world will not be able to manage every single task that an enterprise will
demand of him. A smart manager needs to realize that the key to managing his enterprise lies in his dividing all his
work between those around him. This is known as delegation. However, delegating is not enough. A manager must
delegate effectively if he wants to see results. This is important because delegating, when done incorrectly, can
result in you creating even more work for yourself. To delegate effectively, you can start by making two lists. One
list should contain the things that you know you need to handle yourself. The second list should contain the things
that you are confident can be given to others to manage and handle. Besides incorrect delegation, another issue
that may arise is over-delegation. This means giving away too many of your tasks to others. The problem with this
is, the more tasks you delegate, the more time you will spend tracking and monitoring the work progress of those
you have handed the tasks to. This will leave you with very little time to finish your own work.
323
Step 3: Hire the right people for the job.

Hiring the right people goes a long way towards effectively managing your enterprise. To hire the best people
suited for the job, you need to be very careful with your interview process. You should ask potential candidates
the right questions and evaluate their answers carefully. Carrying out background checks is always a good
practice. Running a credit check is also a good idea, especially if the people you are planning to hire will be
handling your money. Create a detailed job description for each role that you want filled and ensure that all
candidates have a clear and correct understanding of the job description. You should also have an employee
manual in place, where you put down every expectation that you have from your employees. All these actions
will help ensure that the right people are approached for running your enterprise.
Step 4: Motivate your employees and train them well.
Your enterprise can only be managed effectively if your employees are motivated to work hard for your
enterprise. Part of being motivated involves your employees believing in the vision and mission of your
enterprise and genuinely wanting to make efforts towards pursuing the same. You can motivate your employees
with recognition, bonuses and rewards for achievements. You can also motivate them by telling them about
how their efforts have led to the company’s success. This will help them feel pride and give them a sense of
responsibility that will increase their motivation.
Besides motivating your people, your employees should be constantly trained in new practices and technologies.
Remember, training is not a one-time effort. It is a consistent effort that needs to be carried out regularly.
Step 5: Train your people to handle your customers well.
Your employees need to be well-versed in the art of customer management. This means they should be able to
understand what their customers want, and also know how to satisfy their needs. For them to truly understand
this, they need to see how you deal effectively with customers. This is called leading by example. Show them
how you sincerely listen to your clients and the efforts that you put into understand their requirements. Let them
listen to the type of questions that you ask your clients so they understand which questions are appropriate.
Step 6: Market your enterprise effectively.
Use all your skills and the skills of your employees to market your enterprise in an effective manner. You can also
hire a marketing agency if you feel you need help in this area.
Now that you know what is required to run your enterprise effectively, put these steps into play, and see how
much easier managing your enterprise becomes!
6.6.7.1 Tips
1. Get advice on funding options from experienced bankers.
2. Be cautious and avoid borrowing more than you need, for longer than you need, at an interest rate that is
higher than you are comfortable with.
6.6.7.2 Considering Entrepreneurship

Questions to Ask Yourself Before Considering Entrepreneurship
• Why am I starting a business?
• What problem am I solving?
• Have others attempted to solve this problem before? Did they succeed or fail?
• Do I have a mentor1 or industry expert that I can call on?
• Who is my ideal customer2?
• Who are my competitors3?
324
• What makes my business idea different from other business ideas?

• What are the key features of my product or service?
• Have I done a SWOT4 analysis?
• What is the size of the market that will buy my product or service?
• What would it take to build a minimum viable product5 to test the market?
• How much money do I need to get started?
• Will I need to get a loan?
• How soon will my products or services be available?
• When will I break even6 or make a profit?
• How will those who invest in my idea make a profit?
• How should I set up the legal structure7 of my business?
• What taxes8 will I need to pay?
• What kind of insurance9 will I need?
• Have I reached out to potential customers for feedback
6.6.7.3 Tips
1. It is very important to validate your business ideas before you invest significant time, money and resources
into it.
2. The more questions you ask yourself, the more prepared you will be to handle to highs and lows of starting
an enterprise.
Footnotes:
1. A mentor is a trusted and experienced person who is willing to coach and guide you.
2. A customer is someone who buys goods and/or services.
3. A competitor is a person or company that sells products and/or services similar to your products and/or
services.
4. SWOT stands for Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats. To conduct a SWOT analysis of your
company, you need to list down all the strengths and weaknesses of your company, the opportunities that
are present for your company and the threats faced by your company.
5. A minimum viable product is a product that has the fewest possible features, that can be sold to customers,
for the purpose of getting feedback from customers on the product.
6. A company is said to break even when the profits of the company are equal to the costs.
7. The legal structure could be a sole proprietorship, partnership or limited liability partnership.
8. There are two types of taxes – direct taxes payable by a person or a company, or indirect taxes charged on
goods and/or services.
9. There are two types of insurance – life insurance and general insurance. Life insurance covers human life
while general insurance covers assets like animals, goods, cars etc.
325
326
Address: 407-408, 4th Floor, DLF City Court, MG Road
Sikanderpur Gurugram - 122002, Haryana, India
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.ffsc.in
Phone: +91 124 4513900
Price:
“This book is provided free to students under the PMKVY (Pradhan Mantri Kaushal Vikas Yojana)."

PH FFSQ0106 Assistant Furniture Designer

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PH FFSQ0106 Assistant Furniture Designer

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PH FFSQ0106 Assistant Furniture Designer

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Assistant Furniture Designer

Reference ID: FFS/Q0106, Version 1.0

VIKAS ® PUBLISHING HOUSE PVT. LTD.

All Rights Reserved

Address: 407-408, 4th Floor, DLF City Court, MG Road, Sikanderpur

Phone: +91 124 4513900

Shri Narendra Modi

About this book

Key Learning Exercise Tips Notes

Unit 1.1 - Introducing the Furniture and Fittings Sector in India 3

Unit 1.2 - Common Furniture Styles 5

Unit 1.3 - Defining Modular Design of Furniture 14

2. Research and Creation of Furniture Design Concept (FFS/N0109) 19

Unit 2.1 - Furniture Design Objective and Research 21

Unit 2.2 - Prioritize Work Activities to Achieve Desired Results 48

Unit 2.3 - Create Design Concept 57

Unit 2.4 - Furniture Design Drawing and Approval 84

3. Create a Scale Model and Build a Furniture Prototype (FFS/N0110) 123

Unit 3.1 - Create a Scale Model 125

Unit 3.2 - Build a Prototype and Test 138

4. Ensure Health and Safety at Workplace (FFS/N8601) 157

Unit 4.1 - Health and Safety 159

Unit 4.2 - Dealing with Emergencies 186

5. Work Effectively with Others (FFS/N8801) 225

Unit 5.1 - Interaction with Seniors 227

Unit 5.2 - Work Effectively 234

6. Employability & Entrepreneurship Skills 249

Unit 6.1 - Personal Strengths & Value Systems 253

Unit 6.2 - Digital Literacy: A Recap 269

Unit 6.3 - Money Matters 274

Unit 6.4 - Preparing for Employment & Self Employment 282

Unit 6.5 - Understanding Entrepreneurship 290

Unit 6.6: Preparing to be an Entrepreneur 312

Unit 1.1 - Introducing the Furniture and Fittings Sector

Key Learning Outcomes

Unit 1.1: Introducing the Furniture and Fittings Sector in India

1.1.1 Get an Overview of the Furniture and Fittings Sector

Fig. 1.1.1.1: popular brands in Indian furniture industry

Fig. 1.1.1.2: Furniture Industry in India

Fig. 1.1.1.3: Statistics for Furniture purchase in India

Unit 1.2: Common Furniture Styles

1.2.1 About History and Style of Furniture

Fig. 1.2.1.1: Furniture from Tutankhamen’s tomb

Fig. 1.2.1.3: Traditional English Styles

Fig. 1.2.1.4: Indo Portuguese Furniture

Fig. 1.2.1.5: Mughal Style Wooden Furniture

The common styles of furniture are:

Style Characteristics Images

• Geometric, symmetrical design

• Replaced the orthogonal,

Style Characteristics Images

• Geometric, symmetrical design

Pennsylvania Dutch • Influenced by American and

Style Characteristics Images

Style Characteristics Images

• Incorporates the borderline

Style Characteristics Images

Scandinavian Contemporary • Involves basic, utilitarian style

Post 20th Century

Style Characteristics Images